RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY

DIRECTION NO. 48 OF 2016

DIRECTION GOVERNING THE EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (COMPUTER APPLICATION) (BCCA)
(CREDIT BASE SEMISTER PATTERN) FACULTY OF COMMERCE

WHEREAS the Maharashtra Universities Act No. XXXV of 1994 has come into force with
effect from 22nd July, 1994.
AND
WHEREAS the amendment to the said Act came to be effected from 2016-2017.
AND
WHEREAS the Faculty of Commerce at its meeting held on 14.3.2016 have decided to update
and upgrade the existing syllabus for the award of the degree of Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com.
(Computer Application)) (BCCA) commensurate with the curricula existing in the various
Universities in India and with a view to include the latest trends in the commerce stream as well
as to design it to suit to the needs of the industries and corporate houses as provided under
Section 38(a) of the Act.
AND
WHEREAS the Coordinator of the Faculty of Commerce concurred with the recommendations
of the Special Task Committee in Computer Application in the Faculty of Commerce on
5.4.2016.
AND
WHEREAS the Special Task Committee in Computer Application in its meetings held on
5.4.2016 updated the existing syllabi and recommended some modifications in the scheme of
examination for under graduate courses.
AND
WHEREAS the Coordinator, Faculty of Commerce has consented to the changes in the
syllabus and the scheme of examination for the award of Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com.
(Computer Application)) (BCCA) Degree.
 AND
WHEREAS the Vice-Chancellor, Nagpur University, Nagpur approved the recommendations so
made by the Special Task Committee in the Faculty of Commerce duly concurred by the
Coordinator, Faculty of Commerce as required under Section 38 (a) of the Act .
AND
WHEREAS it is expedient to provide and Ordinance for the purpose of prescribing examinations
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com. (Computer Application)) (BCCA) in the
Faculty of Commerce and phasic repeal of Ordinance No. 21 of 1994 governing the existing
course of Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com. (Computer Application))(BCCA).
AND
WHEREAS as per the Advice of the Vice Chancellor, Coordinator, Faculty of Commerce &
Coordinator, Special Task Committee (Computer Application) in the meeting held on 24.2.2016
constituted sub-committee for syllabus restructuring of BCCA with Semester pattern.

The Sub-committee submitted the Semester Draft Syllabus of BCCA in meeting held on
5.4.2016.

Now, therefore, I, Dr. S. P. Kane, Vice-Chancellor, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur

University, Nagpur in exercise of the powers vested in me under Section 14(8) of the
Maharashtra University Act of 1994 do hereby issue the following direction:

This direction shall be called “DIRECTION GOVERNING THE EXAMINATION LEADING TO

THE DEGREE OFBACHELOR OF COMMERCE (COMPUTER APPLICATION)
(BCCA)(CREDIT BASE SEMISTER PATTERN) FACULTY OFCOMMERCE”.

1. There shall be SIX examinations leading to the degree of B.Com. (Computer

Application) (BCCA) namely:
Part-I
(1) The B.Com. (Computer Application) (BCCA) Semester-I Examination,
(2) The B.Com. (Computer Application) (BCCA) Semester-II Examination,
Part-II
(3) The B.Com. (Computer Application) (BCCA) Semester-III Examination,
(4) The B.Com. (Computer Application) (BCCA) Semester-IV Examination,
Part-III
 (5) The B.Com. (Computer Application) (BCCA) Semester-V Examination,
(6) The B.Com. (Computer Application) (BCCA) Semester-VI Examination,
2. The duration of the Degree Course under this shall be of three academic years. The
BCCA Semester - I Examination at the end of the first Semester and BCCA Semester - II
Examination at the end of the Second Semester in First Year and the BCCA Semester -
III Examination at the end of the Semester - III and BCCA Semester - IV Examination at
the end of Semester - IV in Second Year and the BCCA Semester - V Examination at
the end of the Semester - V and BCCA Semester - VI Examination at the end of
Semester - VI in Third Year.
3. The Examinations Specified in above paragraph (i.e., Paragraph – 2) above shall be
held twice a year (Winter + Summer) at such places and on such dates as may be fixed
by the University.
4. The details of the procedure for admission as well as eligibility for examination
of:
(A) An applicant of the BCCASemester – I Examination shall have :
Passed the 12thStandard Examination of the Maharashtra State Board of
Secondary and Higher Secondary Education, with English at Higher or Lower level
and any Modern Indian Language at higher or lower level with any combination of
optional subjects.
OR
12th Standard Examination of Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and Higher
Secondary Education in Vocational Stream with one language only; OR any other
examinationrecognized as equivalent thereto; in such subjects and with such
standards of attainments as may be prescribed Minimum Competition vocational
course (MCVC).
OR
Any other Equivalent Examination of any State in (10+2) pattern with any
combination of subjects.
(B) An applicant of the BCCASemester - II Examination shall have :
Appeared BCCA Semester – I Examination of this University.
(C) An Applicant of the BCCA Semester-III Examination shall have :
Appeared BCCA Semester – I & Semester – II Examination of this University.
(D) An Applicant of the BCCA Semester-IV Examination shall have :
Appeared BCCA Semester – I, Semester – II & Semester – III Examination of this
University.
(E) An Applicant of the BCCA Semester- V Examination shall have :
 Passed BCCA Part – I (Semester – I & Semester - II) and appeared BCCA
Semester – III & Semester – IV Examination of this University.
(F) An Applicant of the BCCA Semester- VI Examination shall have :
Passed BCCA Part – II (Semester – III) and appeared BCCA Part – II Semester –
V Examination of this University.
Name of Candidate should have Candidate should
Examination Passed in following have Completed the
Examinations term and filled
Examination Form
BCCA Part - I The Qualifying Examination
-----
Semester - I mentioned in Paragraph – 4 (A)
BCCA Part - I BCCA Part - I
---
Semester - II (Semester – I)
BCCA Part - II BCCA Part - I
---
Semester - III (Semester – II)
BCCA Part - II BCCA Part - II
---
Semester - IV (Semester – III)
BCCA Part - III Passed BCCA Part – I BCCA Part - II
Semester - V (Semester – I &Semester – II) (Semester – IV)
BCCA Part - III Passed BCCA Part – II BCCA Part - III
Semester - VI (Semester – III) (Semester – V)

5. Without prejudice to the other provisions of Ordinance No. 6 relating to the

Examinations in General, the provisions of Paragraphs 5, 7, 8, 10, 26 and 31 of
the said Ordinance shall apply to every collegiate candidate.
6. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the Management Council from
time to time and whenever any change is made in the fees prescribed for any particular
examination that shall be notified through a notification for information of the examinees
concerned.

With the issuance of thisDirection, The Direction No 12 of 2014 shall stand repealed.

Sd/-
Nagpur Dr. S. P. Kane
Date :21.6.2016 Vice-Chancellor
 7. Teaching and Examination Scheme
B.Com. (Computer Application) (BCCA)
(A) BCCA Part – I
Semester – I
Teaching Examination Scheme
Scheme per
weeks Theory Practical
Course Code

Total Marks
Max Marks - Practical
Subjects

Max Marks - Theory

Credits
Min Passing Marks

Min Passing Marks

Paper

Max Marks - Internal

Practical (Periods)
Theory (Periods)

Paper (TH)
Total (Periods)

Total

(PR)
Assessment
Theory
English – I
1CAT1 (Communication I 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
Skills)
Financial
1CAT2 II 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
Accounting
Fundamentals of
1CAT3 III 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
Computer
1CAT4 Programming in ‗C‘ IV 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
Practical
Component - I:
Fundamentals of
Computer
1CAP5 P- I - 10 10 - - - - 100 40 100 4
Component -
II:Programming in
‗C‘
Total 20 10 30 500 20
Notes:
1. Duration of one Theory/Practical period is 48 minutes.
2. TH = Theory, PR = Practical, IA = Internal Assessment.
3. Minimum passing marks shall be 40 including internal assessment & University theory
papers put together.
4. The practical shall be treated as a separate passing head.
5. Record should be prepared for Practical. Both Components should be included in
Practical Record.
6. The candidate has to pass theory papers and Practical Paper separately.
7. One credit is equivalent to one hour of Teaching or two hours of Practical Work per
week.
Viz. Theory - 48 Minutes * 5 = 240 Minutes = 4 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.
Practical - 48 Minutes * 10 = 480 Minutes = 8 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.
 8. Each semester will consist of 15 – 18 weeks of Academic Work equivalent to 90 actual
teaching days.
9. The odd semester may be scheduled from July to December and even semester from
January to June.

(B) BCCA Part-I

Semester – II

Teaching Examination Scheme

Scheme per
weeks Theory Practical
Course Code

Total Marks
Max Marks - Practical
Subjects

Max Marks - Theory

Credits
Min Passing Marks

Min Passing Marks

Paper

Max Marks - Internal

Practical (Periods)
Theory (Periods)

Paper (TH)
Total (Periods)

Total

(PR)
Assessment
Theory
English – II
2CAT1 (Business I 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
Communication)
Principles of
2CAT2 Business II 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
Management
2CAT3 Programming in C++‘ III 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
E-Commerce and
2CAT4 IV 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
Web Designing
Practical
Component -I
:Programming in
‗C++‘
2CAP5 P- I - 10 10 - - - - 100 40 100 4
Component -II : E-
Commerce and Web
Designing
Total 20 10 30 500 20

Notes:
1. Duration of one Theory/Practical period is 48 minutes.
2. TH = Theory, PR = Practical, IA = Internal Assessment.
3. Minimum passing marks shall be 40 including internal assessment & University theory
papers put together.
4. The practical shall be treated as a separate passing head.
5. Record should be prepared for Practical. Both Components should be included in
Practical Record.
6. The candidate has to pass theory papers and Practical Paper separately.
 7. One credit is equivalent to one hour of Teaching or two hours of Practical Work per
week.
Viz. Theory - 48 Minutes * 5 = 240 Minutes = 4 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.
Practical - 48 Minutes * 10 = 480 Minutes = 8 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.
8. Each semester will consist of 15 – 18 weeks of Academic Work equivalent to 90 actual
teaching days.
9. The odd semester may be scheduled from July to December and even semester from
January to June.

(C) BCCA Part-II

Semester – III
Teaching Examination Scheme
Scheme per
weeks Theory Practical
Course Code

Max Marks - Practical

Total Marks
Max Marks - Theory

Min Passing Marks

Min Passing Marks

Max Marks - Internal
Subjects

Credits
Practical (Periods)
Paper

Theory (Periods)

Paper (TH)
Total (Periods)

Total

(PR)
Assessment

Theory
Environmental
3CAT1 I 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
Studies
Business
3CAT2 II 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
Economics
Visual Basic
3CAT3 III 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
Programming
Database
3CAT4 Management IV 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
System
Practical
Component -I
:Visual Basic
Programming
3CAP5 Component – II: P- I - 10 10 - - - - 100 40 100 4
Database
Management
System
Total 20 10 30 500 20
Notes:
1. Duration of one Theory/Practical period is 48 minutes.
2. TH = Theory, PR = Practical, IA = Internal Assessment.
3. Minimum passing marks shall be 40 including internal assessment & University theory
papers put together.
4. The practical shall be treated as a separate passing head.
 5. Record should be prepared for Practical. Both Components should be included in
Practical Record.
6. The candidate has to pass theory papers and Practical Paper separately.
7. One credit is equivalent to one hour of Teaching or two hours of Practical Work per
week.
Viz. Theory - 48 Minutes * 5 = 240 Minutes = 4 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.
Practical - 48 Minutes * 10 = 480 Minutes = 8 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.
8. Each semester will consist of 15 – 18 weeks of Academic Work equivalent to 90 actual
teaching days.
9. The odd semester may be scheduled from July to December and even semester from
January to June.

(D) BCCA Part-II

Semester – IV

Teaching Examination Scheme

Scheme per
weeks Theory Practical

Max Marks - Practical

Course Code

Total Marks
Max Marks - Theory

Min Passing Marks

Min Passing Marks

Max Marks - Internal
Subjects

Credits
Practical (Periods)
Paper

Theory (Periods)

Paper (TH)
Total (Periods)

Total

(PR)
Assessment

Theory
4CAT1 Mathematics I 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
4CAT2 Business Law II 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
4CAT3 Core Java III 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
PHP & MySQL
4CAT4 IV 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
Practical
Component – I
:Core Java
4CAP5 P- I - 10 10 - - - - 100 40 100 4
Component – II :
PHP & MySQL
Total 20 10 30 500 20

Notes:
1. Duration of one Theory/Practical period is 48 minutes.
2. TH = Theory, PR = Practical, IA = Internal Assessment.
3. Minimum passing marks shall be 40 including internal assessment & University theory
papers put together.
4. The practical shall be treated as a separate passing head.
 5. Record should be prepared for Practical. Both Components should be included in
Practical Record.
6. The candidate has to pass theory papers and Practical Paper separately.
7. One credit is equivalent to one hour of Teaching or two hours of Practical Work per
week.
Viz. Theory - 48 Minutes * 5 = 240 Minutes = 4 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.
Practical - 48 Minutes * 10 = 480 Minutes = 8 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.
8. Each semester will consist of 15 – 18 weeks of Academic Work equivalent to 90 actual
teaching days.
9. The odd semester may be scheduled from July to December and even semester from
January to June.

(E) BCCA Part-III

Semester – V
Teaching Examination Scheme
Scheme per
weeks Theory Practical
Course Code

Max Marks - Practical

Total Marks
Max Marks - Theory

Min Passing Marks

Min Passing Marks

Subjects

Max Marks - Internal

Credits
Paper

Practical (Periods)

Paper (TH)
Theory (Periods)

Total (Periods)

Total

(PR)
Assessment

Theory
Computerized
5CAT1 I 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
Accounting using Tally
5CAT2 VB.Net II 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
SEC – I :
(i) Management
5CAT3 Information Systems III 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
(ii) System analysis &
Design
DSE– I :
(i) Cost & Management
5CAT4 Accounting IV 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
(ii) Corporate
Accounting
Practical
Component -I : Tally P-
5CAP5 - 10 10 - - - - 100 40 100 4
Component – II VB.Net I
Total 20 10 30 500 20
Notes:
1. Duration of one Theory/Practical period is 48 minutes.
2. TH = Theory, PR = Practical, IA = Internal Assessment.
3. SEC = Skill Enhancement Course, DSE = Discipline Specific Elective (DSE) Course.
4. Minimum passing marks shall be 40 including internal assessment & University theory
papers put together.
5. The practical shall be treated as a separate passing head.
6. Record should be prepared for Practical. Both Components should be included in
Practical Record.
7. The candidate has to pass theory papers and Practical Paper separately.
8. One credit is equivalent to one hour of Teaching or two hours of Practical Work per
week.
Viz. Theory - 48 Minutes * 5 = 240 Minutes = 4 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.
Practical - 48 Minutes * 10 = 480 Minutes = 8 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.
9. Each semester will consist of 15 – 18 weeks of Academic Work equivalent to 90 actual
teaching days.
10. The odd semester may be scheduled from July to December and even semester from
January to June.

(F) BCCA Part-III

Semester – VI

Teaching Examination Scheme

Scheme per
weeks Theory Practical
Course Code

Max Marks - Practical

Total Marks
Max Marks - Theory

Min Passing Marks

Min Passing Marks

Subjects

Max Marks - Internal

Credits
Paper

Practical (Periods)
Theory (Periods)

Paper (TH)
Total (Periods)

Total

(PR)
Assessment

Theory
5CAT1 C#.Net I 4 - 4 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
SEC– II :
5CAT2 (i) Python II 4 - 4 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
(ii) Ruby on Rail
DSE– II :
(i) Entrepreneurship
5CAT3 Development III 4 - 4 80 20 100 40 - - 100 4
(ii) Company Law and
Secretarial Practice
Practical
Component -I :C#.Net
5CAP4 P- I - 6 6 - - - - 100 40 100 4
Component - II : SEC - II
5CAP5 Project Proj - 6 6 - - - - 100 40 100 4
 Total 12 12 24 500 20

Notes:
1. Duration of one Theory/Practical period is 48 minutes.
2. TH = Theory, PR = Practical, IA = Internal Assessment.
3. SEC = Skill Enhancement Course, DSE = Discipline Specific Elective (DSE) Course.
4. Minimum passing marks shall be 40 including internal assessment & University theory
papers put together.
5. The practical shall be treated as a separate passing head.
6. Record should be prepared for Practical. Both Components should be included in
Practical Record.
7. The candidate has to pass theory papers, Practical Paper and Project separately.
8. One credit is equivalent to one hour of Teaching or two hours of Practical Work per
week.
Viz. Theory - 48 Minutes * 5 = 240 Minutes = 4 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.
Practical - 48 Minutes * 10 = 480 Minutes = 8 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.
9. Each semester will consist of 15 – 18 weeks of Academic Work equivalent to 90 actual
teaching days.
10. The odd semester may be scheduled from July to December and even semester from
January to June.

8. In order to pass the examination, an examinee shall obtain not less than 40% marks in
each of the theory papers and each of the practical and the project.
(A) An examinee who is unsuccessful in the examination shall be eligible for
admission to the subsequent examinations on payment of a fresh fee prescribed
for the examination together with the conditions of the ordinance in force from
time to time.

9. (A) The scope of the subjects and pattern of examination shall be as indicated in
syllabi.
(B) The Medium of instructions and examinations shall be in ENGLISH only.
(C) The Maximum/minimum marks which each subject carries&workload
inBCCAPart–I (Semester – I & II),Part – II (Semester – III & IV) and Part – II
(Semester – V & VI) shall be as indicated in Examination& Teaching Scheme in
Paragraph No -7.
10. Applicant for B.Com. (Computer Application) (BCCA) Examination prosecuting regular
course of study shall not bepermitted to join any other course in this or any other
University.

11. The percentage of passing marks in Theory &Practical shall be as indicated

inExamination Scheme mentioned in Paragraph 7.
In order to pass at the B.Com. (Computer Application) (BCCA) Semester - I, Semester -
II, Semester - III, Semester - IV, Semester - V and Semester - VI Examinations an
examinee shall obtain not less than 40% marks in each subject (Theory / Practical), that
is to say jointly in the written subject theory Examination and in internal assessment /
Sessional wherever applicable.

12. ASSESSMENT
 The final total assessment of the candidates is made in terms of an internal
assessment (Sessional) and an external assessment for each course.
 For each paper, 20 marks will be based on internal assessment and 80 marks for
semester end examination (external assessment), unless otherwise stated.
 The division of the 20 marks allotted to internal assessment of theory papers
should based on class test, attendance, project assignments, seminar, power point
presentation, fieldwork, group discussions or any other innovative practice / activity
as determined by the teacher in respective subject and moderated by Head of the
Institute/Principal.
 There shall be no separate / extra allotment of workload to the concerned teacher.
He/ She shall conduct the internal assessment activity during the regular teaching
days / periods as a part of regular teaching activity.
 At the beginning of each semester, every teacher shall inform his / her students
unambiguously the method he / she propose to adopt and the scheme of marking
for internal assessment with the prior permission of HOD / principal.
 An unsuccessful examinee at any internal shall be eligible for reexamination on
payment of fresh examination fee prescribed by the University as per the
respective directions.
 The internal marks will be communicated to the University at the end of each
semester, but before the semester end examinations. These marks will be
considered for the declaration of the results.
  The record of internal marks, evaluation & result should be maintained for a period
of one year by respective institute/college for verification by competent authority.
 The maximum and minimum marks which each subject carries in BCCA Semester
- I, Semester - II, Semester – III, Semester – IV, Semester - V & Semester - VI
Examination are as indicated in Paragraph 7. A, B, C, D, E & F respectively.
 A copy of Project work shall be submitted to college prior to commencement of
Semester - VI Examination for Evaluation by Internal and External Examiner
appointed as per University rules.
 Candidate shall submit his/her declaration that the Project is a result of his/her own
work and the same has not been previously submitted to any examination of this
University or any other University.
 The Practical Examination of each Semester will be conducted by Internal and
External Examiner appointed as per University rules.
 The old course students shall be absorbed as per the absorption scheme
mentioned in Appendix D.

STANDARD OF PASSING
 Every candidate must secure 40% marks in each paper (Theory / Practical).
 There shall be no internal marks in Practical and Project Examination.
13. (A) There shall be no classification of examinees successful at the B.Com. (Computer
Application) (BCCA) Semester - I, Semester - II, Semester - III, Semester - IV, Semester -
V and Semester - VI Examination whereas SGPA will be notified.
* Conversion of Marks to Grades and Calculations of SGPA (Grade Point Average)
and CGPA (Cumulative Grade Point Average): In the Credit and Grade Point System,
the assessment of individual Courses in the concerned examinations will be on the basis
of marks only, but the marks shall later be converted into Grades by some mechanism
wherein the overall performance of the Learners can be reflected after considering the
Credit Points for any given course. However, the overall evaluation shall be designated in
terms of Grade. There are some abbreviations used here that need understanding of each
and every parameter involved in grade computation and the evaluation mechanism. The
abbreviations and formulae used are as follows:-

Abbreviations and Formulae Used

G: Grade
GP: Grade Points
C: Credits
CP: Credit Points
CG: Credits X Grades (Product of credits & Grades)
SGPA = ΣCG:Sum of Product of Credits & Grades points / ΣC: Sum of Credits points

SGPA: Semester Grade Point Average shall be calculated for individual semesters. (It is
also designated as GPA)

CGPA: Cumulative Grade Point Average shall be calculated for the entire Programme by
considering all the semesters taken together.
After calculating the SGPA for an individual semester and the CGPA for entire
programme, the value can be matched with the grade in the Grade Point table as per the
ten (10) Points Grading System and expressed as a single designated GRADE such as O,
A+, A, B+, B, etc.
Marks Grade Grade Points
85 and above O (Outstanding) 10
75 - 84 A+ (Distinction) 9
71 - 74 A (Very Good) 8
61 - 70 B+ (Good) 7
55 - 60 B(Above Average) 6
50 - 54 C (Average) 5
40 - 49 P (Pass) 4
00 - 39 F (Fail) 0
AB (Absent) 0

A student obtaining Grade F shall be considered failed and will be required to reappear
in the examination.
(B) Division at the B.Com. (Computer Application) (BCCA)Semester - VI Examination
shall be declared on the basis of the aggregate marks at the BCCASemester - I,
Semester - II, Semester-III, Semester- IV, Semester- V and Semester- VI
Examination taken together and the CGPA will be calculated and notified.
(C) Successful examinees at the B.Com. (Computer Application) (BCCA) Semester - VI
Examination shall be awarded division based on CGPA as follows :

CGPA Range Final Grade Equivalent Class/ Division

9.01 to 10.00 O First Division (Outstanding)
8.01 to 9.00 A+ (Distinction) First Division(Distinction)
7.01 to 8.00 A(Very Good) First Division (Very Good)
6.01 to 7.00 B+(Good) First Division (Good)
5.55 to 6.00 B(Above Average) Second Division (Above Average)
5.00 to 5.54 C(Average) Second Division (Average)
4.00 to 4.99 P (Pass) Pass
 0 F (Fail) Fail
0 AB(Absent) Absent

14. Successful examinees in the B.Com. (Computer Application) (BCCA)Semester

Examination shall be awardedDistinction in each subject in which examinees obtain 75%
or more marks in that subject at the respective Examination.
15. Unsuccessful examinees at the above examinations can be readmitted to the
same examination on payment of a fresh fee and such other fees as may be
prescribed.

16. Provisions of Ordinance No. 3 of 2007 relating to the award of Grace Marks for passing
an examination, securing higher division / class and for securing distinction in subject(s)
shall be applicable.

17. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Direction, no person shall be

admitted to an examination under this Ordinance, if he/ she has already passed
the same examination or an equivalent examination of any other University.

18. Examinees successful at B.Com. (Computer Application) (BCCA) Semester - I,

Semester - II, Semester-III, Semester- IV, Semester- V and Semester- VI Examination
shall on payment of the prescribed fees receive a Degree in the prescribed form signed
by the Vice-Chancellor.

19. This Scheme shall come into force from the academic session 2016-17.

20. The Provisions of Ordinance No. 21 of 1994 governing the existing course for
B.Com. (Computer Application) (BCCA) stands repealed physically on implementation of
this Direction.
APPENDIX –A
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

First / Second / Third / Fourth / Fifth / Sixth Semester B.Com.

(Computer Application) (BCCA) Examination
Choice Based Credit System (CBS)
Subject Name
Paper - I

Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 80

N. B. - a) Draw well labeled diagram wherever necessary.

b) All questions are compulsory.
Part - A
N. B. – 1. Each question carries two marks.
2. Answers should not more than five lines.
1. 8 x 2 = 16
Unit - I
2.
3.
Unit - II
4.
5.
Unit - III
6.
7.
Unit - IV
8.
Part - B
N. B. – 1. Each question carries three marks.
2. Answers should not more than ten lines.
1. 8 x 3 = 24
Unit - I
2.
3.
Unit - II
4.
5.
Unit - III
6.
7.
Unit - IV
8.
Part - C
N. B. – 1. Each question carries five marks.
2. Answers should not more than 400 words for 5 marks questions and
600 words for 10 Marks questions respectively.
1. Either
(A) 5
(B) 5
Unit - I OR
(C) 10

2. Either
(A) 5
(B) 5
Unit - II OR
(C) 10

3. Either
(A) 5
(B) 5
Unit - III OR
(C) 10

4. Either
(A) 5
(B) 5
Unit - IV OR
(C) 10
APPENDIX –B
(A) Project and Classification of Marks on Project
Towards the end of the second year of study, a student will be examined in the course ―Project
Work‖.
a. Project Work may be done individually or in groups (Maximum 3 students) in case of
bigger projects. However if project is done in groups, each student must be given a
responsibility for a distinct module and care should be taken to monitor the progress of
individual student.
b. The Project Work should be done using the tools covered in B.Com. (Computer
Application) (BCCA).
c. The Project Work should be of such a nature that it could prove useful or be relevant
from the commercial / management angle.
d. The project work will carry 100 marks.
e. Project Work can be carried out in the Institute or outside with prior permission of the
Institute.
f. The external viva-voce examination for Project Work would be held as per the
Examination Time Table of the second year of study, by a panel of one external and one
Internal Examiner.

Types of Project
As majority of the students are expected to work out a project in some industry/research and
development laboratories/educational institutions/software export companies, it is suggested
that the project is to be chosen which should have some direct relevance in day-today activities
of the candidates in his/her institution. The Applications Areas of project -
Financial/Marketing/Database Management System/ Relational Database Management
System/E-Commerce /Internet/ Manufacturing/ web Designing / Scientific / ERP etc.

Project Proposal (Synopsis)

The project proposal should be prepared in consultation with the guide. The project guide must
be a person having minimum Qualification MCM / M.Sc. (Computer Science + Information
Technology) / M.Sc. (Mathematics / Electronics / Statistics / Physics + Post B.Sc. Diploma in
Computer Science & Application) / MCA. The project proposal should clearly state the
objectives and environment of the proposed project to be undertaken. It should have full details
in the following form:

Format of Synopsis for Desktop Application

1. Title of the Project.
2. Objectives of the Project.
3. Project Category (DBMS/RDBMS/OOPSetc.).
4. Tools/Platform and Languages to be used.
5. Complete Structure of the System:
i. Numbers of Modules and its Description.
ii. Modular Chart / System Chart.
iii. Data Structures or Tables.
iv. Process Logic of each Module.
v. Types of Report Generation.
6. References.
Note: Synopsis should not be more than 3-4 pages.

Format of Synopsis for Web Application

1. Title of the Project.
2. Objectives of the Project.
3. Project Category (DBMS/RDBMS/OOPSetc.).
4. Tools/Platform and Languages to be used.
5. Complete Structure of the System:
i. Number of pages and links their short description.
ii. Use / Information of Pages.
iii. Feedback Form (if any).
6. References.
Note: Synopsis should not be more than 3-4 pages.
Project Report Formulation
Front Page.
College Certificate Page.
Declaration Page.
Acknowledgment Page.
Project Profile.
Index or Content Page.
i. *Contents ——————————.
Appendices
i. List Figures, Tables& Charts.
ii. Approved copy of Synopsis.
Glossary
* Contents.
i. Introduction.
ii. Objectives.
iii. Preliminary System Analysis.
 Preliminary Investigation.
 Present System in Use.
 Flaws in Present System.
 Need of New System.
 Feasibility Study.
 Project Category.
iv. Software Engineering Paradigm Applied
 Modules
 System / Modular Chart.
v. Software & Hardware Requirement Specification.
vi. Detailed System Analysis.
 Data Flow Diagram.
 Numbers of Modules and Process Logic.
 Data Structures and Tables.
 Entity-Relationship Diagram.
vii. System Design.
 Form Design.
 Source Code.
 Input screen & Output Screen.
viii. Testing &Validation Checks.
ix. System Security Measures.
x. Implementation, Evaluation and Maintenance.
xi. Future Scope of the project.
 xii. Suggestion & Conclusion
xiii. Bibliography& References.

Note :-
i. A Student is expected to complete the Assignments based on Syllabus of Practical
subjects and submit the same in the form of a files (assignment Record) at the end of
Academic Session for the evaluation purpose.
ii. A student should submit internal assessment of each theory paper prescribed by the
subject teacher.
iii. A Student is expected to deliver a seminar on any course curricular subject / latest
trends in IT relevant subject per semester for internal assessment.
Classification Of Marks on Project :-
Report & Documentation 40
Viva voice (External) 40
Viva voice (Internal) 20
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Marks 100
The marks of Project shall be notified as a whole out of 100 in Foil/C-Foil.

(B)Practical and Classification of Marks on Practical

1. Practical exam shall be of 4 hours duration.

2. The Practical Record of every student shall carry a certificate as shown below,
dulysigned by the teacher-in-charge and the Head of the Department.
3. If the student fails to submit his / her certified Practical Record duly signed by
theTeacher-In-Charge and the Head of the Department, he / she shall not be allowed
toappear for the Practical Examination and no Marks shall be allotted to the student.
4. After Viva-Voce and evaluation of practical records of a student by the Internal &
External Examiner, both examiners should sign on the certificate of practical records.
5. The certificate template shall be as follows:

Name of the college / Institution

Name of the Department:

CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that Mr./Mrs./Ms. _____________________________________
of class BCCA Part _______ Semester _______ has satisfactorily completed the
practical experiments prescribed by Rastrashant Tukdoji Maharaj Nagpur University for
the subject ______________________ during the academic year
____________________.

Signature Signature
Practical In-charge Head of the Department

Signature Signature
Internal Examiner External Examiner

Date: ________________
# Classification Of Practical Marks :-

Practical – I Marks Marks

(Component – I) (Component – II)
1. Writing a Program or Problem 20 20
(Algorithm & Flowchart)
2. Execute on a computer
3. Taking Hard Copy

Practical – II
1. Writing a Program or Problem 10 10
(Algorithm & Program)
External Viva Voce
10 10
Practical Record 10 10
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Marks 50 + 50 = 100

Note:
 Since the practical contains two components (i.e. two subjects), so each components
has to be evaluated as above.

 Whereas, the marks of Practical shall be notified as a whole out of 100 in Foil/C-Foil.

`
APPENDIX –C
Absorption Scheme BCCA

It is notified for general information of all concerned that the failure students of BCCA
OldCourse (Annual Pattern) shall be absorbed in the New Course CBCS Pattern introduced
from the session 2016-2017 Examination with the following scheme.

1) The Failure students of BCCA – I, BCCA – II and BCCA - III as per Old Course (Annual
Pattern) appeared in Sum 2016 should clear their backlog papers of BCCA – I, BCCA–
II and BCCA – III Old Course (Annual Pattern) till Winter 2017. If they fail to complete &
pass till Winter 2017, then they will have to appear in parallel papers of New Course
CBCS Pattern (Choice Based Credit System) as per absorption scheme indicated in
Appendix - D.

2) The Failure students of BCCA – II and BCCA - III as per Old Course (Annual Pattern)
appeared in Sum 2017 should clear their backlog papers of BCCA – II and BCCA – III
Old Course (Annual Pattern) till Winter 2018. If they fail to complete & pass till Winter
2018, then they will have to appear in parallel papers of New Course CBCS Pattern
(Choice Based Credit System) as per absorption scheme indicated in Appendix - D.

3) The Failure students of BCCA - III as per Old Course (Annual Pattern) appeared in
Sum 2018 should clear their backlog papers of BCCA – III Old Course (Annual Pattern)
till Winter 2019. If they fail to complete & pass till Winter 2019, then they will have to
appear in parallel papers of New Course CBCS Pattern (Choice Based Credit System)
as per absorption scheme indicated in Appendix - D.

4) All the Failure students of BCCA – I, BCCA – II and BCCA - III as per Old Course
(Annual Pattern) appeared before Sum 2016 should clear their backlog papers of
BCCA – I, BCCA – II and BCCA – III Old Course (Annual Pattern) till Winter 2017. If
they fail to complete & pass till winter 2017, then they will have to appear in parallel
papers of New Course CBCS Pattern (Choice Based Credit System) as per absorption
scheme indicated in Appendix - D.

5) The students, who will appear in parallel papers of New Course CBCS Pattern (Choice
Based Credit System) paper with maximum marks 80, will get proportional marks out
of 100 updated in BCCA – I, BCCA – II and BCCA - III as per Old Course (Annual
Pattern) mark sheet.
APPENDIX –D

(A) BCCA Part – I

Old Course (Semester Pattern)New Course CBCS Pattern (Choice
Based Credit System)
New Course CBCS
Sr. Old Course M. Max
Sr. No Pattern (Choice Based
No (Semester Pattern) Marks Marks
Credit System)
Theory Theory
1 English & Business English – II (Business
100 2CAT1 80
Communication Communication)
2 Principles of Business Principles of Business
100 2CAT2 80
Management Management
3 Financial Accounting 100 1CAT2 Financial Accounting 80
4 Information Systems 100 1CAT3 Fundamentals of Computer 80
5 E-Commerce and Web
Information Technology 100 2CAT4 80
Designing
6 Introduction to Operating 100 1CAT4 Programming in ‗C‘ 80
Systems
Practical Practical
Practical - I :Fundamentals
7 Practical-I : Microsoft Office 100 1CMP5 of Computer&Programming 100
in ‗C‘
8 Practical-II : Operating 100
System
(B) BCCA Part – II
Old Course (Semester Pattern)New Course Pattern (Choice Based
Credit System)

New Course CBCS

Sr. Old Course M. Max
Sr. No Pattern (Choice Based
No (Semester Pattern) Marks Marks
Credit System)
Theory Theory
1 Statistics & Quantitative 100 80
4CAT1 Mathematics
Techniques
2 Business Economics 100 3CAT2 Business Economics 80
3 Cost & Management Business Law 80
100 4CAT2
Accounting
4 Programming Skills (C Prog.) 100 3CAT3 Visual Basic Programming 80
5 E-Commerce & Web 80
100 4CAT4 PHP & MySQL
Designing
6
Database Management
MIS & System Analysis 100 3CAT4 80
System
Practical Practical
Practical-I : Programming Practical - I :Visual Basic
7 100 1CMP5 Programming & PHP & 100
Skills MySQL
8 Practical-II : HTML 100
(C) BCCA Part – III
Old Course (Semester Pattern)New Course Pattern (Choice Based
Credit System)

New Course CBCS

Sr. Old Course M. Max
Sr. No Pattern (Choice Based
No (Semester Pattern) Marks Marks
Credit System)
Theory Theory
DSE – I :
1
(i) Cost & Management
Business Law 100 5CAT4 80
Accounting
(ii) Corporate Accounting
2 Computerized Accounting Computerized Accounting
100 5CAT1 80
(TALLY) using Tally
SEC – I :
(i) Management Information
3 Software Product and Project Systems 80
100 5CAT3
Management
(ii) System analysis &
Design
4 Front End Development 100 5CAT1 C#.Net 80
5 DBMS and Oracle 100 5CAT2 VB.Net 80
Practical Practical
Practical - I :Computerized
6 Practical-I : Tally 100 1CMP5 Accounting using 100
Tally&C#.Net
7 Practical-II : VB & Oracle 100
Project Project
8 PROJECT 100 5CAP5 Project 100
 RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY

“(Established by Government of Central Provinces Education Department by Notification No. 513 dated the
1 of August, 1923 & presently a State University governed by Maharashtra Universities Act, 1994.)”
st

Directions, Subject Scheme and Syllabus

For

Bachelor of Commerce

1
 RASHTRASANT TUKDOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR
Direction No. 59 of 2016
DIRECTION GOVERNING THE EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (CREDIT BASE SEMISTER PATTERN) FACULTY OF
COMMERCE

(Issued under section 14(8) of the Maharashtra University Act 1994)

WHEREAS, Maharashtra University act No. xxxv of 1994 has come into force with effect from
22nd July 1994 and has been amended from time to time,

AND

WHERAS, the University Grants Commission, New Delhi vide letter no. D.O. No. F-2/2008/(XI
Plan), Dated 31st January 2008 regarding new initiatives under the XI Plan-Academic reforms in
the University has suggested for improving quality of higher education and to initiate the
Academic reform at the earliest.

AND

WHEREAS, faculty of commerce act its meeting held 14.3.2016 has decided to update the
existing syllabus for award of the degree of Bachelor of Commerce commensurate with the
curricula existing in the various universities in India and with a view to include the latest trends
in the commerce stream as well as to design it to suit to the needs of the industries and corporate
houses,

AND

WHEREAS, University Grants Commission, New Delhi has prescribed the Model
Curriculum for award of the Bachelor degree in the Faculty of commerce and directed to
implement the same from the academic session 2016-2017

AND

2
WHEREAS, Chairman of all the Board of Studies in the Faculty of Commerce in their meeting
held on 5.4.2016 prepared the Scheme of Credit Based Semester pattern for conduct of the
BCom. Examination,
AND

WHEREAS, Board of Studies viz. (1) Business Administration and Business Management, (2)
Commerce, (3) Accounts and Statistics, (4) Business Economics and (5) Ad-hoc Board in
Computer Application in its meetings held on 8.2.2016 respectively updated the existing Syllabi
and recommended some modifications in the scheme of examination for graduate courses,

AND

WHEREAS, Coordinator of Task Force, Faculty of Commerce has consented to the changes in
the syllabus and the scheme of examination for the award of B.Com Degree,

AND
WHEREAS, the Vice-Chancellor, Nagpur University, Nagpur approved the recommendations
so made by the Special Task Committee in the Faculty of Commerce duly concurred by the
Coordinator, Faculty of Commerce as required under Section 38 (a) of the Act on

AND
WHEREAS, As per the Advice of the Vice Chancellor, Coordinator, Faculty of Commerce &
Coordinator, Special Task Committee in the meeting held on 14.3.2016 constituted sub-
committee for syllabus restructuring of B.Com with CBCS pattern.
The Sub-committee submitted the Draft Syllabus of B.Com with CBCS pattern in meeting held
on 5.4.2016
AND

WHEREAS, ordinance making involve a time consuming process, Now, therefore, I, Dr. S. P.
Kane, Vice-Chancellor, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur in exercise
of the powers vested in me under Section 14(8) of the Maharashtra University Act of 1994 do
hereby issue the following direction:

This direction shall be called “DIRECTION GOVERNING THE EXAMINATION

LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (CREDIT BASED
SEMESTER SYSTEM) FACULTY OF COMMERCE RASHTRASANT TUKDOJI
MAHARAJ NAGPURUNIVERSITY,NAGPUR”.

• The Direction shall come into force with effect from the date of its issuance by
Honorable Vice-Chancellor.

3
• The duration of the course shall be of three academic years consisting of the six
semesters with university examination at the end of each semester namely

• B.Com Semester I Examination

• B. Com Semester II Examination
• B. Com Semester III Examination
• B.Com Semester IV Examination
• B.Com Semester V Examination
• B.Com Semester VI Examination

The examination shall be held at such places and on such dates which are
notified by the University.

I. ELIGIBILITYTO THE COURSE

The duration of B. Com. Course shall be of Three years consisting Semester-I &II in
first year ,Semester-III &IV in second year and Semester-V &VI in third year

• Subject to compliance with the provisions of this direction and of other ordinances in
force from time to time, an applicant for admission to this course shall have passed the XII
Standard Examination of the Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and Higher
Secondary Education, with English at Higher or Lower level and any Modern Indian
Language at higher or lower level with any combination of optional subjects;

OR

• XII Standard Examination of Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and Higher

Secondary Education in Vocational Stream with one language only; OR any other
examination recognized as equivalent thereto; in such subjects and with such standards of
attainments as may be prescribed Minimum Competition vocation course (MCVC).
•
OR

Any other Equivalent Examination of any State in (10+2) pattern with English & any
combination of subjects

The Examinations for Semesters I,II,III,IV , V and VI shall be held twice a year at
Such places and on such dates as notified by the University.

The fees for examination shall be as prescribed by the Rashtrasant Tukdoji Maharaj
Nagpur University from time to time.

4
 Applicant for the examination pursuing the regular course of study leading to the
Bachelor Degree in Commerce shall not be permitted to join any other course in this
University or any other University simultaneously.
ATKT Rules for Admission for the B.Com. Course -An unsuccessful examinee at the
any semester examination shall be ALLOWED TO KEEP TERM in
accordance to the following table:

Admission Candidate should have Candidate should have passed

to filled in the examination at least 50% of the passing
Semester form of the R.T.M. heads of following
Nagpur University examinations
As provided eligibility to
I Semester the course, as above in the -
direction.

II Semester of semester I -
Semester I and II taken together i.e.
III Semester -
6 heads clear
IV Semester of semester III -

Semester I & II all heads clear&

V Semester - semester III & IV together i.e. 6
heads clear
-
VI Semester of semester V
Note- The consideration of passing heads in respect of all the subjects, including
languages, includes the University Theory Examination and Internal
Assessment/Practical marks taken together for all subjects.

For providing teaching facility in the subjects of Foundation and Elective Groups
minimum requirement of student is 5.

II. CREDIT SYSTEM OF EVALUATION

• The B. COM. programme shall consist of Thirty Six Papers/Subjects in old
terminology

With the issuance of this Direction, The Direction No 46 of 2016 shall stand repealed.

Sd/-
Nagpur: ( Dr. S.P. Kane )

Dated : 2/9/2016 Vice-Chancellor

5
 Subjects offered, contact hours, credits attached and allocation of marks shall be as
follows:
APPENDIX-I
Scheme of teaching and examination under credit based semester system for B.Com
Course.

Semester-I

Internal Marks
Course Subjects /University Total
Code Exam. Semester Internal Total
Hours
End Assessme Marks
Exam. nt Credits
Financial
1T1 Accounting-I Uni. 60 80 20 100 4

Business
1T2 Organization Uni. 60 80 20 100 4

Company Law
1T3 Uni. 60 80 20 100 4
Business
1T4 Uni. 60 80 20 4
Economics-I 100
Compulsory
1T5 Uni. 60 4
English 80 20 100
Second Language
1T6
1T6.1-
Supplementary
English Uni. 60 80 20 4.
1T6.2- 100
Marathi
1T6.3-
Hindi
Total 360 480 120 600 24

Note-. Second Language subject of B. Com. Semester ; I, II, III & IV shall be as follows:

A)The syllabus, question paper pattern and question paper of the following subjects :

1. Supplementary English, 2. Marathi, 3. Hindi will be as per the Commerce Language

Board.

B) The syllabus , question paper pattern and question paper of the following subjects :

Sanskrit, Urdu, Gujarathi, Telgu, Bengali, Persian, Arebic Pali & Prakrit, Latin will be
as per the Boards of the faculty of Arts for B.A. Semester- I, II, III & IV respectively.

6
 Vocational Courses : Semester -I

Examination Scheme Credits

Theory Internal Practical Total
(Uni) (College) (Uni) Marks

Total Hours
Course

Min Passing
Marks
Subjects (TH. +

Practical (PR)
Theory Paper
Code

Max Marks

Max Marks

Max Marks
PR +

(TH)

(IM)
IM)

1T7 Entrepreneurship Development 60 80 20 - 40 100 4

1T8 2T8.1-
Computer Application-II
or
2T8.2-
Principles and Practice 4
of Insurance-II 60 80 20 - 40 100
or
2T8.3-
Advertising, Sales
Promotion & Sales
Management-II

7
Semester-II
Internal Marks
Course Subjects /University Total
Code Exam. Semester Internal Total
Hours
End Assessme Marks
Exam. nt Credits
Statistics and
2T1
Business Uni. 60 80 20 100 4
Mathematics
MathemMathe
Business
2T2 Management Uni. 60 80 20 100 4

Secretarial
Uni. 60 80 20 100 4
2T3 Practice
Business
Uni. 60 80 20 100 4
2T4 Economics-II
2T5 Compulsory
Uni. 60 100 4
English 80 20
2T6 Second
Language
2T6.1-
Supplementary Uni. 60 80 20 4.
English
100
2T6.2-
Marathi

2T6.3-
Total Hindi
360 480 120 600 24
Note-. Second Language subject of B. Com. Semester ; I, II, III & IV shall be as follows:

A)The syllabus, question paper pattern and question paper of the following subjects :

1. Supplementary English, 2. Marathi, 3. Hindi will be as per the Commerce Language

Board.

B) The syllabus , question paper pattern and question paper of the following subjects :

Sanskrit, Urdu, Gujarathi, Telgu, Bengali, Persian, Arebic Pali & Prakrit, Latin will be
as per the Boards of the faculty of Arts for B.A. Semester- I, II, III & IV respectively.

8
Vocational Courses : Semester -II

Examination Scheme Cre

Total dits
Theor Internal Practica

Total Hours
Marks
Cours y (Uni) (College) l (Uni)
Subjects (TH.
e Code
+ PR

Marks
Min
Passing
Practical
Theory
Marks

Marks

Marks
+ IM)

Paper
(TH)

(PR)
(IM)
Max

Max
2T7 Entrepreneurship
Development 60 80 20 - 40 100
4

2T8 2T8.1-
Computer
Application-II
or
2T8.2-
Principles and
Practice of Insurance-II 60 80 20 - 40 100
or 4
2T8.3-
Advertising, Sales
Promotion & Sales
Management-II

9
Semester-III

Internal Marks
Course Subjects /University Total
Code Exam. Semester Internal Total Credits
Hours
End Assessme Marks
Exam. nt
Financial
3T1
Accounting -II Uni. 60 80 20 100 4

Business
3T2 Communication Uni. 60 80 20 100 4
& Management
3T3 Business Law
Uni. 60 80 20 4
100
Monetary
Uni. 60 80 20 4
3T4 Economics –I 100
Compulsory
Uni. 60 4
3T5 English 80 20 100

Second Language
3T6 3T6.1-
Supplementary
English Uni. 60 80 20 4.
3T6.2- 100
Marathi

3T6.3-
Hindi
Total 360 480 120 600 24

Note-Second Language subject of B. Com. Semester ; I, II, III & IV shall be as follows:

A)The syllabus, question paper pattern and question paper of the following subjects :

1. Supplementary English, 2. Marathi, 3. Hindi will be as per the Commerce Language

Board.

B) The syllabus , question paper pattern and question paper of the following subjects :

Sanskrit, Urdu, Gujarathi, Telgu, Bengali, Persian, Arebic Pali & Prakrit, Latin will be
as per the Boards of the faculty of Arts for B.A. Semester- I, II, III & IV respectively.

10
Vocational Courses :Semester-III

Examination Scheme Credits

Theor Total
Internal Practical
y

Total Hours
Cour (College) (Uni) Marks
(Uni)
se Subjects (TH. +
Code

Min Passing
Marks
PR +

Practical (PR)
Theory Paper
Max Marks

Max Marks

Max Marks
IM)

(TH)

(IM)
3T7 Entrepreneurship
Development
60 80 20 - 40 100
4

3T8 3T8.1-
Computer Application-II
or
3T8.2-
Principles and Practice
of Insurance-II
60 80 20 - 40 100
4
or
3T8.3-
Advertising, Sales
Promotion & Sales
Management-II

11
Semester-IV

Internal Marks
Course Subjects /University Total
Code Exam. Semester Internal Total
Hours
End Assessme Marks
Exam. nt Credits
Financial
4T1
Accounting -III Uni. 60 80 20 100 4

Skill
4T2 Development Uni. 60 80 20 100 4

Uni. 60 80 20 4
4T3 Income Tax 100

Monetary
Uni. 60 80 20 4
4T4 Economics-II 100
Compulsory
Uni. 60 4
4T5 English 80 20 100

Second Language
4T6 4T6.1-
Supplementary
English Uni. 60 80 20 4.
4T6.2-
100
Marathi

4T6.3-
Hindi

Total 360 480 120 600 24

Note-1. For rest of Indian Languages the code is as per syllabus of B.A. Semester –I

2. Second Language subject of B. Com. Semester ; I, II, III & IV shall be as follows:

A)The syllabus, question paper pattern and question paper of the following subjects :

1. Supplementary English, 2. Marathi, 3. Hindi will be as per the Commerce Language

Board.

B) The syllabus , question paper pattern and question paper of the following subjects :

Sanskrit, Urdu, Guajarati, Telgu, Bengali, Persian, Arabic Pali & Prakrit, Latin will be
as per the Boards of the faculty of Arts for B.A. Semester- I, II, III & IV respectively.

12
Vocational Courses :Semester-IV

Examination Scheme
Credits

Total
Theory Internal Practical

Total Hours
Cours (Uni) (College) (Uni) Marks
e Subjects (TH. +

Min Passing
Marks
Practical (PR)
Theory Paper
Code PR +

Max Marks

Max Marks

Max Marks
IM)

(TH)

(IM)
Entrepreneurship 4
4T7 Development-IV 60 80 20 - 40 100

4T8 4T8.1-

Computer Application-
IV

or

4T8.2-
4
Principles and Practice
of Insurance-IV 60 80 20 - 40 100

Or

4T8.3-

Advertising, Sales
Promotion and Sales
Management-IV

13
Semester-V

Marks
Internal
/Uni.
Semester Internal Total
Course Examinat Total
Subjects ion End Assessm Marks
Code Hours Exam. ent Credits
Core Group
5T1
1. Financial Accounting- Uni. 60 80 20
IV 100 4

5T2 2.Cost Accounting Uni. 60 20 4

80 100

3.Management Process
5T3
Uni. 60 80 20 100 4
4. Indian Economics- I
5T4
Uni. 60 80 20 100 4

Elective Group –I
5T5.1
Marketing
5T5 Management
OR Uni. 60 80 20 100 4
5T5.2
Computerized
Accounting
Foundation Group- I
5T6
5T6.1
Business Finance -I 100 4
OR Uni. 60 80 20
5T6.2
Auditing

Total 360 480 120 600 24

14
Vocational Courses :Semester-V

Examination Scheme Credits

Theory Internal Practical Total

Total Hours
(Uni) (College) (Uni) Marks
Course
Subjects (TH. +

Marks
Min Passing
Code

Practical (PR)
Theory Paper
PR +

Max Marks

Max Marks

Max Marks
IM)

(TH)

(IM)
Entrepreneurship 4
5T7 60 80 20 - 40 100
Development-V

5T8 5T8.1

Computer
Application-V

Or

5T8.2
4
Principles and Practice
of Insurance-V 60 80 20 - 40 100

Or

5T8.3

Advertising, Sales
Promotion and Sales
Management-V

15
Semester-VI

Marks

Course University Total Credits

Code Subjects Examination Interna Semester Internal Total
l End Assessm Marks
/Hours Exam. ent

Core Group

6T1 1. Financial 60 80 20 100 4

Uni.
Accounting -V

6T2 2.Management
Accounting Uni. 60 80 20 100 4

6T3 3.Advanced
Uni. 60 80 20 100 4
Statistics

6T4 4. Indian Uni. 60 20 100 4

80
Economics - II

Elective Group-II
6T5.1
Human Resource
6T5 Management 60 80 20 100 4
Uni.
OR
6T5.2-
Indirect Tax
Foundation
Group- II
6T6.1
Business Finance - 100
80 4
6T6 II Uni. 60 20
OR
6T6.2
Industrial Law

Total 24
360 480 120 600

16
Vocational Courses :Semester-VI

Examination Scheme Credits

Theory Internal Practical Total

(Uni) (College) (Uni)

Total Hours
Marks
Course
Subjects (TH.

Marks
Min Passing
Code

Practical (PR)
Theory Paper
+ PR

Max Marks

Max Marks

Max Marks
+ IM)

(TH)

(IM)
Entrepreneurship 4
6T7 60 80 20 - 40 100
Development-VI

6T8 6T8.1

Computer
Application-VI

Or

6T8.2

Principles and
Practice of 4
Insurance-VI 60 80 20 - 40 100

Or

6T8.3

Advertising,
Sales Promotion
and Sales
Management-VI

17
III Choice of Vocational Courses :
Apart from doing General B.Com, students can opt for vocational courses in B. Com as under :
 Vocational subjects: The various vocational courses (mainly sponsored by UGC) which can
be chosen by the students are given below. As per the UGC letter no. F.9-3/95 (Desk-VE)
dated 23.12.1999 a course for Entrepreneurial Development is compulsory for students
opting for vocational subjects. Thus with every vocational subject there will be one paper of
Entrepreneurship Development.
Group –I - Computer Applications
I. Entrepreneurship Development- Paper-I
II. Computer Applications
(2 papers in each year i.e. 6 papers in 3 years)
Group –II - Principles and Practice of Insurance
I. Entrepreneurship Development- Paper-I
II. Principles and Practice of Insurance
(2 papers in each year i.e. 6 papers in 3 years)
Group –III - Advertising, Sales Promotion And Sales Management
I. Entrepreneurship Development- Paper-I
II. Advertising, Sales Promotion And Sales Management
(2 papers in each year i.e. 6 papers in 3 years)
NOTE :
Students opting for UGC Vocational subject (any one group of the two mentioned above) may
select the same in lieu of following mentioned subjects in the respective Semester.
B.Com. Semester-I :
a. Second Language subject i.e. Hindi, Marathi, Supp. English, etc.
b. Company Law
B.Com. Semester-II :
a. Second Language subject i.e. Hindi, Marathi, Supp. English, etc.
b. Secretarial Practice
B.Com. Semester-III :
a. Second Language subject i.e. Hindi, Marathi, Supp. English, etc.
b. Business Communication and Management
B.Com. Semester-IV :
a. Second Language subject i.e. Hindi, Marathi, Supp. English, etc.
b. Skill Development
B.Com. Semester-V :
a. Core Group-I
b. Elective Group-I
B.Com. Semester-VI :
a. Core Group-II
b. Elective Group-II

18
 Summary of the Total Marks and Credits

Total
Sr. Instruction Marks )
No. Hours Semester Credits
End Exam.

1 Semester–I 360 600 24

2 Semester–II 360 600 24
3 Semester–III 360 600 24
4 Semester–IV 360 600 24
5 Semester–V 360 600 24
6 Semester–VI 360 600 24
Total 2160 3600 144
• The Semester End written examination of all subjects shall be conducted by the University.
[[

B.COM. Examination Semester–I

Minimum
Maximum
Passing Marks
Subject Examination Scheme Marks
(Combined)
University Theory
Examination 80
Internal
1. Financial Accounting – I
Assessment 20
Total 100
40
University Theory
Examination 80
2. Business Organization Internal
Assessment 20
Total 100 40
University Theory
Examination 80
Internal
3. Company Law
Assessment 20
40
Total 100
University Theory
Examination 80
Internal
4.Business Assessment 20
Economics-I
40
Total 100

University Theory
5. Compulsory Examination 80
English Internal
Assessment 20

19
 Total 100 40
University Theory
Examination 80
6. Second Internal
Language Assessment 20
Total 100
40
Total 600 240

B.COM. Examination Semester–II

Minimum
Maximum
Passing Marks
Subject Examination Scheme Marks
(Combined)
University
Theory
80
Examination
1. Statistics &.Business
Internal
mathematics Assessment 20
40
Total 100
University
Theory
80
2. Business Organization Examination
Internal
Assessment 20
40
Total 100
University
Theory
80
3. Company Law Examination
Internal
Assessment 20
Total 100 40
University
Theory
80
4. Business Examination
Economics-II Internal
Assessment 20 40
Total 100
University
Theory
80
5. Compulsory Examination
English Internal
Assessment 20
40
Total 100
University
Theory
80
Examination
6. Second Language Internal
Assessment 20
40
Total 100
Total 600 240

20
B..COM. Examination Semester–III
Minimum
Maximum
Passing Marks
Subject Examination Scheme Marks
(Combined)
1. Financial Accounting –II University
Theory
Examination 80
Internal
Assessment 20
Total 100 40
2. Business Communication University
and Management Theory
Examination 80
Internal
Assessment 20
Total 100 40
University
Theory
Examination 80
3. Business Law Internal
Assessment 20
Total 100 40
University
Theory
4.Monetary Examination 80
Economics-I Internal
Assessment 20
Total 100 40
University
Theory
5. Compulsory Examination 80
English Internal
Assessment 20
Total 100 40

University
Theory 80
6.Second Language Examination

Internal
Assessment 20 40
Total 100
Total 600 240

21
B..COM. Examination Semester–IV
Minimum
Maximum Passing
Subject Examination Scheme Marks Marks
(Combined)
1. Financial Accounting – University
III Theory
Examination 80
Internal
Assessment 20

Total 100 40
2. Skill Development University
Theory
Examination 80
Internal
Assessment 20
40
Total 100
University
Theory
Examination 80
3. Income Tax Internal
Assessment 20

Total 100 40
University
Theory
Examination 80
4.Monetary
Economics-II Internal
Assessment 20

Total 100 40
University
Theory
Examination 80
5. Compulsory
English Internal
Assessment 20

Total 100 40
University
Theory
Examination 80
6.Second Language Internal
Assessment 20

Total 100 40
Total 600 240

22
B.COM. Examination Semester–V

Maximum Minimum
Subject Examination Scheme Marks Passing Marks (
Combined)
Group University
Theory
Examination 80
1. Financial Accounting-IV
Internal 40
Assessment 20
Total 100
2.Management Accounting University
Theory
Examination 80

Internal
Assessment 20 40

Total
100
3.Management Process University
Theory
Examination 80
Internal 40
Assessment 20

Total 100
4. Indian Economics- I University
Theory
Examination 80
Internal 40
Assessment 20
Total
100
University 80
Theory 40
5. Elective Group-I Examination
Marketing Management Internal
OR Assessment 20
Computerized Accounting.
Total 100

University 80
6. Foundation Group- I Theory 40
Business Finance -I Examination
OR Internal
Auditing Assessment 20

Total 100
Total 600 240

23
B.COM. Examination Semester–VI

Maximum Minimum
Subject Examination Scheme Marks Passing Marks
( Combined)
Group University
Theory
Examination 80
1.Financial Accounting -V
Internal
Assessment 20 40

Total
100
2.Cost Accounting University
Theory
Examination 80

Internal
Assessment 20 40

Total 100
3. Advanced Statistics University
Theory
Examination 80
Internal 40
Assessment 20

Total 100
4. Indian Economics-II University
Theory
Examination 80
Internal 40
Assessment 20

Total 100
University 80
3. Elective Group-II Theory 40
Human Resource Examination
Management Internal
OR Assessment 20
Indirect Tax

Total 100
80
University 40
4. Foundation Group- II Theory
Business Finance –II Examination
OR Internal
Industrial Law Assessment 20

Total 100
Total 600 240

24
 APPENDIX-II
I. GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS

The scope of the subject, percentage of passing in theory will be governed as per following
rules:
• In order to pass at the Semester I, II, III & IV examinations an examinee shall obtain not less than
40% marks in each paper. This is to say that out of total 100 marks student should score 40 marks
jointly in university examination (80 Marks) and internal examination (20 marks).
• The results of successful candidates at the end of semester-VI shall be classified on the basis
of aggregate marks obtained in all the six semesters.

• The candidates who pass all the semester examinations in the first attempt are eligible for
ranks.

• The results of the candidates who have passed the Semester-VI examination but not passed
the lower semester examinations shall be declared as NCL (not completed lower semester
examinations). Such candidates shall be eligible for the Degree only after successful
completion of all the lower semester examinations.

• Percentage of marks for declaring class:

Distinction- 75% and above (First Class With Distinction).
First Class- 60% and above
Second Class 45% and above but less than
60%.
Third Class 40% but not less than 45%
• An unsuccessful examinee at the any semester wise end examination shall be eligible for re-
examination on payment of a fresh Examination fee prescribed by the University.

II.TEACHING NORMS FOR THEORY PAPERS

• For all Theory Papers there shall be FIVE Periods Per week per Subject of 48 Minutes
duration each. Each Theory Paper must cover minimum 60 Clock Hours of Teaching and
360Clock Hours for semester I, II, III IV, V & VI form awl the 6 papers and One Credit, subject
of Theory will be of 1 Clock Hour

• No person shall be admitted to this Programme, if he has already passed the same
Programme or an Programme of any other statutory University (which has been recognized
as equivalent to this programme.)

• A candidate who fails in any of the semester examinations may be permitted to take the
examinations again at a subsequent appearance as per the syllabus and scheme of

25
 examination in vogue at the time the candidate took the examination for the first time. This
facility shall be limited to the following two years i.e. 4 more attempts.

• Examinee successful at the Semester I, II, III, IV, V and VI examinations shall, on payment
of the prescribed fee, receive a Degree in the prescribed form signed by the Vice-Chancellor.

• Qualification of Teacher shall be as per U.G.C. and State Government norms.

APPENDIX- III
Rashtrasant Tukdoji Maharaj Nagpur University
I. SUBJECTS FOR B.Com. EXAMINATION

Semester–I

1. 1T1-Financial Accounting-I
2. 1T2- Business Organization
3.1T3 Company Law
4. 1T4 Business Economics –I
5.1T5 Compulsory English
6.1T6 Second Language

Semester–II

1. 2T1 Statistics and Business Mathematics

2. 2T2 Business Management
3. 2T3 Secretarial Practice
4. 2T4 Business Economics –II
5.2T5 Compulsory English
6.2T6 Second Language
Semester–III

1. 3T1 Financial Accounting-II

2. 3T2 Business Communication and Management
3. 3T3 Business Law
4. 3T4 Monetary Economics –I
5.3T5. Compulsory English
6. 3T6 Second Language

26
Semester–IV

1. 4T1 Financial Accounting-III

2. 4T2 Skill Development.
3. 4T3 Income Tax
4. 4T4 Monetary Economics –II
5. 4T5 Compulsory English
6.4T6 Second Language
Semester–V

Core Group 1. 5T1 Financial Accounting IV

2.5T2 Management Accounting
3. 5T3 Management Process
4. 5T4 Indian Economics-I

Elective Group-I 5.
5T5 .1 Marketing Management
OR
5T5.2 Computerizes Accounting

Foundation Group I 6.
5T6.1 Business Finance 1
OR
5T6.2 Auditing
Semester–VI

Core Group 1.6T1 Financial Accounting -V

2. 6T2 Cost Accounting
3.6T3 Advanced Statistics
4. 6T4 Indian Economics-Ii
Elective Group-II 5.
6T5.1 Human Resource Management
OR
6T5.2 Indirect Tax
Foundation Group II 6.
6T6.1 Business Finance-II
OR
6T6.2 Industrial Law

27
 Workload

Workload Chart (70 periods per week) (Odd Semesters) ( July to November )
B. Com. Semester - I B. Com. Semester – III B. Com. Semester – V

S. Subjects N/o. of S. Subjects No. of S. Subjects No. of

No. Periods No Period No. Periods
. s

1. Financial 5 1. Financial 5 1. Core Group 1. 5

Accounting-I Accounting-II Financial
Business Business 2 Accounting IV 5
2. 5 2. 5
Organization Communication 3 Management
and Accounting
Management Management 5
Process
4.
Indian
Economics 5
Company Business Law Elective Group -
3 5 3. 5 5. I
Law
Marketing 5
Management
OR
Computerized
Accounting
Business Monetary Foundation
4. 5 4. 5 6. Group - I
Economics –I Economics -I
Business Finance 5
-I
OR
Auditing

Total Periods 20 Total Periods 20 Total Periods 30

28
 Workload Chart (70 periods per week)(Even Semesters)
( December to April)

B. Com. Semester - II B. Com. Semester – IV B. Com. Semester – VI

S. Subjects No. of S. Subjects No. of S. Subjects No. of
No. Periods No. Periods No. Periods
1. Statistics 5 1. Financial 5 Core Group
and Accounting-III Financial
Business 1. Accounting-V 5
Mathematics
2. Cost 5
Accounting
2. Business 5 2. Skill 5 3. 5
Management Development. Advanced
Statistics
Indian
4. Economics-II 5
Secretarial Income Tax Elective
3. 5 3. 5 5. Group-I
Practice
Human 5
Resource
Management
OR
Indirect Tax
Business Monetary Foundation
4. 5 4. 5 6. Group- I
Economics – Economics –II
II Business 5
Finance-II
OR
Industrial Law

Total Periods 20 20 30

29
WEEKLY Workload Chart ( LANGUAGES) ( For Semesters I, II, III & IV)
SUBJECT(S) PERIODS
1. Compulsory English 5 PERIODS OF THEORY
+
1 PERIOD OF TUTORIAL FOR A
BATCH OF 20 STUDENTS

2. Second Language - 5 PERIODS OF THEORY

Supplementary English/ Hindi/
Marathi/ Sanskrit etc.

II. CONVERSION OF MARKS TO GRADES AND CALCULATIONS OF GPA (GRADE

POINT AVERAGE) AND CGPA (CUMULATIVE GRADE POINT AVERAGE) :

In the Credit and Grade Point System, the assessment of individual Subjects in the
concerned examinations will be on the basis of marks only, but the marks shall later be
converted into Grades by some mechanism wherein the overall performance of the
Learners can be reflected after considering the Credit Points for any given course.
However, the overall evaluation shall be designated in terms of Grade. There are some
abbreviations used here that need understanding of each and every parameter involved in
grade computation and the evaluation mechanism. The abbreviations and formulae used
are as follows:-

Abbreviations and Formulae Used

G : Grade
GP : Grade Points
C : Credits
CP : Credit Points
CG : Credits X Grades (Product of credits & Grades)
SGPA = ΣCG: Sum of Product of Credits & Grades points / ΣC: Sum of Credits points
SGPA : Semester Grade Point Average shall be calculated for individual semesters. (It
is also designated as GPA)
CGPA : Cumulative Grade Point Average shall be calculated for the entire
Programme by considering all the semesters taken together.

While calculating the CG the value of Grade Point 1 shall be consider Zero (0) in case of
learners who failed in the concerned course/s i.e. obtained the marks below 40. After
calculating the SGPA for an individual semester and the CGPA for entire programme, the
value can be matched with the grade in the Grade Point table as per the Five (05) Points
Grading System and expressed as a single designated GRADE such as O,A,B,C, F. (Fail).

30
 Marks Grade Grade Points
75& above O (Outstanding) 10
60-74 A (Very Good) 09
45-59 B (Good) 08
40-44 C (Average) 07
39& Below F (Fail) 00
Failed

CGPA Grade Division

10 O (Outstanding) Distinction
9-10 A(Very Good) First
8-9 B (Good) Second
7-8 C (Average) Third
Note: -

• Consider Grade Points equal to Zero for (C x G) calculations of failed Learner/s in the
concerned course/s.

The illustration for the conversion of marks into grades in a course and
semester Illustrations of Calculation:- Pass
Total Maximum Marks

Credit of the Course(C)

Total Marks Obtained

(Credit)
Total Minimum Marks

Grade points (GP)

X
SGPA=ƩCG/ƩC
Subjects

Grade(G)

(Grade
points)(
CX
GP)

C-11 100 40 60 A 9 4 36 SGPA

=208/24
C-12 100 40 50 B 8 4 32
=8.67
C-13 100 40 75 O 10 4 40 Grade B
RESULT
C-14 100 40 70 A 9 4 36 =PASS
C-15 100 40 48 B 8 4 32
C-16 100 40 52 B 8 4 32
Total 600 240 355 -- 48 24 208
Illustrations of Calculation:- Fail

31
 Total Maximum Marks

Credit of the Course(C)

Total Marks Obtained

Grade points(GP)

SGPA=ƩCG/ƩC
Subjects

Grade(G)
(Credit)
X
(Grade
points)(
CX
GP)

C-31 100 32 F 0 4 00 SGPA

C-32 100 34 F 0 4 00 =102/24
=4.24
C-33 100 60 B 8 4 32
Grade
C-34 100 75 O 10 4 40 FRESUL
C-35 100 33 F 0 4 00 T
=FAIL
C-36 100 55 B 8 4 32
Total 600 304 -- 26 24 102

Provision of Direction No.44 of 2001 governing the award of grace marks for
passing an examination, securing higher Grades shall apply to the examination
III. GUIDELINES FOR SETTING QUESTION PAPERS:

.The question paper should be set in such a manner so as to cover the complete syllabus as
prescribed by the University.

.The numerical questions in any of the subjects shall be set in ENGLISH only and the candidate
shall have to answer such questions in ENGLISH only. The candidate may answer non-numerical
questions in ENGLISH, MARATHI or HINDI.

The duration of the Semester wise End Examination shall be 3.00 Hours per course.

32
 ABSORPTION SCHEME –I

Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com)(Old Course Before 2013-2014)

It is notified for general information of all concerned that the failure students of Bachelor of
Commerce (B.Com) OLD course shall be absorbed in the New course introduced from the
session 2014-2015 examination with the following scheme.

1. Those who have completed & passed B.Com Part - I as per Old course are eligible for
admission in the B.Com Part - II New course.

2. Failure students of B.Com Part - I old course and having ATKT as per rules are eligible to
take admission in B.Com Part-II New course. They should clear their B.Com Part - I old
course backlog papers in next three attempts (Last Chance Winter 2016). If they fail to pass
in Winter-2016 attempt they will have to appear in parallel papers of New course

Scheme as per absorption scheme indicated in Appendix- I.

Note: The students who will appear in parallel papers of New course scheme paper with
maximum theory marks 80, will get proportional marks out of 100 updated in old course
marksheetofB.Com Part - I.

3. Those who have completed & passed B.Com Part - I & B.Com Part -II as per Old course
are eligible for admission in the B.Com Part - III

New course.

4. Failure students of B.Com Part - II old course and having ATKT as per rules are eligible to
take admission in B.Com Part-III New course. They should clear their B.Com Part - II old
course backlog papers in next three attempts (Last Chance Winter 2017). If they fail to pass
in Winter-2017 attempt they will have to appear in parallel papers of New course

Scheme as per absorption scheme indicated in Appendix- II.

Note: The students who will appear in parallel papers of New course scheme paper with
maximum theory marks 80, will get proportional marks out of 100 updated in old course
marksheetofB.Com Part - II.

5. Failure students of B.Com Part-III old course are having chances up to Winter 2018
examination (Last Chance). So they should appearB.Com Part-III old course examination
&are required to clear their backlog. After that those who will have backlog in the B.Com
Part-III old course will have to appear in parallel papers of New course scheme as per the

absorption scheme indicated in Appendix- III.

33
Note: The students who will appear in parallel papers of New course scheme paper with
maximum theory marks 80, will get proportional marks out of 100 updated in old course mark
sheet of B.Com Part-III.

6. The students opted for UGC vocational subjects in B.Com (old course) & failed will have to
appear in respective vocational paper ofB.Com (new course) as indicated in Appendix – IV.

Appendix- I B.Com Part- I

Sr. No Old course Before 2013-2014 Max. Sr.No. New Course from 2014- Max.
Marks 2015 Marks
Theory Theory

1 Compulsory English 100 1 Compulsory English 100

nd nd
2 II Language (Other Indian 100 2 II Language (Other 100
language as per syllabus) (Hindi, Indian language as per
Marathi, etc.) syllabus) (Hindi, Marathi,
etc.)
3 Financial Accounting – I 100 3 Financial Accounting - I 100

4 Basics of Computer & Statistical 100 4 Fundamentals of 100

Techniques Statistics & Computer
5 Principles of business Management 100 5 Principles of 100
Management
6 Business Economics 100 6 Business Economics 100

7 Optional Paper - I (Any Group) 100 7 Company Law & 100

Secretarial Practice
(CLSP)

34
Appendix- II B.Com Part-II

Sr.N Old course Before 2013-2014 Max. Sr.No. New Course from 2014-2015 Max.
o. Marks Marks
Theory Theory

1 Compulsory English 100 1 Compulsory English 100

2 II nd Language (Other Indian language 100 2 II nd Language (Other Indian 100
as per syllabus) (Hindi, Marathi, etc.) language as per syllabus) (Hindi,
Marathi, etc.)
3 Financial Accounting – II 100 3 Financial Accounting - II 100
4 Cost & Management Accounting 100 4 Cost & Management Accounting 100

5 Company Law & Secretarial Practice 100 5 Business and Industrial Law 100

6 Monetary Economics 100 6 Monetary Economics 100

7 Optional Paper - II (Any Group) 100 7 Business Communication 80

Appendix- III B.Com Part-III

Sr.No Old course Before 2013-2014 Max. Sr.No New Course from 2014-2015 Max.
. Marks . Marks
Theory Theory

1 Financial Accounts & Auditing – 100 1 Financial Accounting – III 100

III
2 Income Tax 100 2 Income Tax & Auditing 100

3 Business Law 100 3 Business Finance 100

4 Business Communication & 100 4 Functional 100
Management Management
5 Indian Economics 100 5 Indian Economy 100
6 Optional Paper - III (Any Group) 100 6 Computerized 80
Accounting

35
Appendix- IV

B.Com Part- I ( Vocational Subjects )

Sr Old course Before 2013-2014 Max. Sr New Course from 2014-2015 Max.
No. Mark No. Mark
s s
Theory Theory

1 Group I. Tax Procedures & Practice 70 1 Group I. Tax Procedures & Practice 70
Tax Procedures & Practice – I Tax Procedures & Practice – I
2 Group II. Office management and 70 2 Group II. Office management and 70
Secretarial Practice Secretarial Practice
Office Management & Secretarial Office Management & Secretarial
Practice- I Practice- I
3 Group III. Advertising, Sales 70 3 Group III. Advertising, Sales Promotion 70
Promotion and Sales Management. and Sales Management.
Advertising, Sales Promotion and Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales
Sales Management – I Management – I
4 Group IV. Computer 70 4 Group IV. Computer Applications 70
Applications Information Technology & MIS (IT &
MIS & IT – I MIS)

5 Group V. Principles and Practice of 70 5 Group V. Principles and Practice of 70

Insurance Insurance
Principles and Practice of Insurance – Principles and Practice of Insurance – I
I
6 Entrepreneurship Development – I 70 6 Entrepreneurship Development – I 70

36
B.Com Part- II___________ ( Vocational Subjects )

Sr Old course Before 2013-2014 Max. Sr New Course from 2014-2015 Max.
No. Mark No. Mark
s s
Theory Theory

1 Group I. Tax Procedures & Practice 70 1 Group I. Tax Procedures & 70

Tax Procedures & Practice – II Practice
Tax Procedures & Practice – II
2 Group II. Office management and Secretarial 70 2 Group II. Office management and 70
Practice Secretarial Practice
Office Management & Secretarial Practice- Office Management & Secretarial
II Practice- II
3 Group III. Advertising, Sales Promotion and 70 3 Group III. Advertising, Sales 70
Sales Management. Promotion and Sales Management.
Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Advertising, Sales Promotion and
Management – II Sales Management – II
4 Group IV. Computer 70 4 Group IV. Computer Applications 70
Applications Visual Basic & DBMS (VB &
MIS & IT – II DBMS)
5 Group V. Principles and Practice of 70 5 Group V. Principles and Practice 70
Insurance of Insurance
Principles and Practice of Insurance – II Principles and Practice of
Insurance – II
6 Entrepreneurship Development – II 70 6 Entrepreneurship Development – II 70

37
B.Com Part-III
( Vocational Subjects )

Sr Old course Before 2013-2014 Max. Sr New Course from 2014-2015 Max.
No. Mark No. Mark
s s
Theory Theory

1 Group I. Tax Procedures & Practice 70 1 Group I. Tax Procedures & 70

Tax Procedures & Practice – III Practice
Tax Procedures & Practice – III
2 Group II. Office management and 70 2 Group II. Office management and 70
Secretarial Practice Secretarial Practice
Office Management & Secretarial Practice- Office Management & Secretarial
III Practice- III
3 Group III. Advertising, Sales Promotion 70 3 Group III. Advertising, Sales 70
and Sales Management. Promotion and Sales Management.
Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Advertising, Sales Promotion and
Management – III Sales Management – III
4 Group IV. Computer 70 4 Group IV. Computer Applications 70
Applications E-Commerce & Web Development
MIS & IT – III (EWD)

5 Group V. Principles and Practice of 70 5 Group V. Principles and Practice 70

Insurance of Insurance
Principles and Practice of Insurance – III Principles and Practice of
Insurance – III
6 Entrepreneurship Development – III 70 6 Entrepreneurship Development – 70
III

38
 ABSORPTION SCHEME –II (Old Course 2014-2015 & New Course 2016-2017)

Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com)(Old Course 2014-2015) The students of B. Com course of

2014-2015who are not eligible for getting admission in B. Com part- II from B. Com part-I as
per prevailing ATKT rules shall have to pass in the subjects given in the absorption scheme as
below.

After becoming eligible they will be admitted in Semester III of CBCS2016-2017

Similarly, those students who are not eligible for getting admission in B. Com part-III from B.
Com-II shall have to pass in the subjects given in the absorption scheme II as below. After
becoming eligible they will be admitted in semester V of CBCS 2016-2017.

Only three attempts of successive examination shall be given to such students

For example- If the student fails in B. Com part –I in summer 2016 shall get winter 2016,
Summer 2017, and Winter 2017 attempts only

Appendix- I B.Com Part- I

Sr. No Old course(2014-2015) Max. Sr.No. New Course ( 2016- Max.
Marks 2017) Marks
Theory Theory

1 Compulsory English 100 1 Compulsory English 100

2 II nd Language (Other Indian 100 2 II nd Language (Other 100
language as per syllabus) (Hindi, Indian language as per
Marathi, etc.) syllabus) (Hindi,
Marathi, etc.)
3 Financial Accounting – I 100 3 Financial Accounting - I 100

4 Fundamentals of Statistics & 100 4 Statistics & Business 100

Computer Mathematics
5 Principles of business Management 100 5 Business of 100
Management
6 Business Economics 100 6 Business Economics-I 100

7. Company Law & Secretarial 100 7 Company Law 100

Practice(CLSP)

39
Appendix- II B.Com Part-II

Sr.N Old course(2014-2015) Max. Sr.No. New Course ( 2016-2017) Max.

o. Marks Marks
Theory Theory

1 Compulsory English 100 1 Compulsory English 100

2 II nd Language (Other Indian 100 2 II nd Language (Other Indian 100
language as per syllabus) (Hindi, language as per syllabus) (Hindi,
Marathi, etc.) Marathi, etc.)
3 Financial Accounting – II 100 3 Financial Accounting - II 100
4 Cost & Management Accounting 100 4 Cost Accounting 100

5 Business Communication 100 5 Business Communication & 100

Management
6 Monetary Economics 100 6 Monetary Economics-I 100
7. Business & Industrial Law 100 7 Business Law 100

Appendix- III B.Com Part-III

Sr.No. Old course(2014-2015) Max. Sr.No. New Course ( 2016-2017) Max.

Marks Marks
Theory Theory

1 Financial Accounts – III 100 1 Financial Accounting – III 100

2 Income Tax& Auditing 100 2 Auditing 100

3 Functional Management 100 3 Management Process 100

4 Indian economy 100 4 Indian Economics -I 100
5 Business Finance 100 5 Business Finance - I 100
6 Computerized Accounting 80 6 Computerized 100
Accounting

40
Appendix- IV

B.Com Part- I (Vocational Subjects)

Sr Old course(2014-2015) Max. Sr New Course ( 2016-2017) Max.
No. Mark No. Mark
s s
Theory Theory

1 Group I. Tax Procedures & Practice 70 1 Group V. Principles and Practice of 70

Tax Procedures & Practice – I Insurance
Principles and Practice of Insurance –
Life Insurance
2 Group II. Office management and 70 2 Group V. Principles and Practice of 70
Secretarial Practice Insurance
Principles and Practice of Insurance –
Office Management & Secretarial
Life Insurance
Practice- I
3 Group III. Advertising, Sales 70 3 Group III. Advertising, Sales 70
Promotion and Sales Management. Promotion and Sales Management.
Advertising, Sales Promotion and Advertising, Sales Promotion and
Sales Management – I Sales Management – I
4 Group IV. Computer 70 4 Group IV. Computer Applications 70
Applications Fundamentals of Information
MIS & IT – I Technology (FIT )

5 Group V. Principles and Practice of 70 5 Group V. Principles and Practice of 70

Insurance Insurance
Principles and Practice of Principles and Practice of Insurance –
Insurance – I Life Insurance
6 Entrepreneurship Development – I 70 6 Entrepreneurship Development – I 70

41
B.Com Part- II _______________( Vocational Subjects )

Sr Old course(2014-2015) Max. Sr New Course ( 2016-2017) Max.

No. Mark No. Mark
s s
Theory Theory

1 Group I. Tax Procedures & Practice 70 1 Principles & Practice of Insurance 70

Tax Procedures & Practice – II General Insurance – Paper I

2 Group II. Office management and 70 2 Principles & Practice of Insurance 70

Secretarial Practice General Insurance – Paper I
Office Management & Secretarial Practice-
II
3 Group III. Advertising, Sales Promotion 70 3 Advertising, Sales Promotion and 70
and Sales Management. Sales Management.
Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Advertising, Sales Promotion and
Management – II Sales Management – II
4 Group IV. Computer 70 4 Computer application- 70
Software Packages (Word & Excel)
Applications
MIS & IT – II
5 Group V. Principles and Practice of 70 5 Principles & Practice of 70
Insurance Insurance
General Insurance – Paper I
Principles and Practice of Insurance – II
6 Entrepreneurship Development – II 70 6 Entrepreneurship Development 70
– II

42
B.Com Part-III
( Vocational Subjects )

Sr Old course(2014-2015) Max. Sr New Course ( 2016-2017) Max.

No. Marks No. Mark
s
Theory Theory

1 Group I. Tax Procedures & Practice 70 1 Principles & Practice of 70

Tax Procedures & Practice – III Insurance
Insurance and Actuarial Science –
Paper I
2 Group II. Office management and 70 2 Principles & Practice of 70
Secretarial Practice Insurance
Office Management & Secretarial Insurance and Actuarial Science –
Practice- III Paper I

3 Group III. Advertising, Sales Promotion 70 3 Advertising, Sales Promotion and 70

and Sales Management. Sales Management.
Advertising, Sales Promotion and
Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Sales Management. III
Management – III
4 Group IV. Computer 70 4 Group IV. Computer Applications 70
Applications Web Designing using HTML
MIS & IT – III (WD)

5 Group V. Principles and Practice of 70 5 Principles & Practice of 70

Insurance Insurance
Principles and Practice of Insurance – III Insurance and Actuarial Science –
Paper I
6 Entrepreneurship Development – III 70 6 Entrepreneurship Development 70
– III

The students of old course shall be given 03 attempts to pass their examination with old
course starting from implementation of New Course.

43
 Proposed New syllabusFor B. Com
From the Academic session 2016-2017
B.Com. – First Year
Semester-I
1T1: Financial Accounting-I
Unit – I Financial Accounting
Meaning, objectives and principles of Accounting, Accounting concepts & Conventions,
Accounting Standards- AS 1 to AS 10. Final accounts of Sole Traders. (Theory &
Numerical)

Unit – II Hire Purchase Accounts

Meaning of Hire Purchase Accounts, Features, Merits and Demerits of Hire Purchase
System, Distinction between Hire Purchase and Instalment System.
(Theory & Numerical Excluding Instalment System and Repossession of Assets)

Unit – III
Final Accounts of Co - Operative Societies: ( As per Maharashtra Co-Operative
Societies Act 1960)- Introduction, Types of Co-operative societies Preparation of
Trading & Profit and Loss A/C and Balance Sheet. (Theory & Numerical)

Unit – IV
Joint Venture Accounts
Meaning, Distinction between Joint venture and Partnership, Methods of joint venture
accounting. (Theory & Numerical on Centralized & Decentralized Method)

The Financial year ends on 31st March.

Reference Books :
 S. N. Maheshwari :- Financial Accounting – Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.
 Gupta R. L. – Advanced Financial Accounting – S. Chand & Sons.
 Kumar, Anil S. – Advanced Financial Accounting – Himalaya Publication House.
 Shukla and Grewal : Advanced Accounts (S. Chand & Ltd. New Delhi).
 Jain and Narang : Advanced Accounts (Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana).
 Sr. K. Paul : Accountancy, Volume –I and II (New Central Book Agency, Kolkata).
 R. K..Lele and Jawaharlal : Accounting Theory (Himalaya Publishers).
 M. A. Arulnandam :- Advance Accounting – Himalay Publication
 Gulhane, Navghare And Others- Financial Accounting –I, Sheth Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai.
 Prof. PradeepWath, Dr. R. D. Mehta, Dr. DilipGotmare :- Financial Accounting– Payal
Pakashan.
 Advanced Accounts (volume –I), M. C. Shukla, T.S. Grewal, Revised by S. C. Gupta. S,
Chand Publishing.

1
 1T1-Financial Accounting – I

Paper Pattern

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.

2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q. No. 1 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16Marks

Q. No. 2 – Unit II
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 3 – Unit III

a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 4 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 5 a) Unit- I Problem 04 Marks

b) Unit –II Problem 04 Marks
c) Unit-III Problem 04Marks
d) Unit-IV Problem 04 Marks

2
 1T2: Business Organization
Unit – I
Nature and scope of business: Meaning and definition of business, characteristics,
objectives of business, classification of business activities, Industry, Service, Commerce
& Trade. Social Responsibility of Business towards different groups.

Unit – II
Forms of Business Units: Meaning, Characteristics, Advantages and Disadvantages of
Sole Trader, Partnership, One Person Company, Private Company, Joint Stock
Company- Concept, Classification, Service sector business: - meaning, types including
BPO and KPO, advantage its role in economy

Unit - III
Organization: Meaning, Definition ,Concept and functions of Organization, Principles
of Organization, Types of Organization- Line and Staff, Modern types of organizations-
Project, Matrix, Formal and Informal Organization, Advantages and Disadvantages.

Unit IV
Recent Trends in Business Organization: Internal constituents of the Business
Organization; key managerial personnel (KMP); chairman- qualities of a chairman,
powers, responsibilities and duties of a chairman; chief executive officer (CEO), role and
responsibilities of the CEO; E-commerce, E-business, E-banking.

Suggested Books:
1. Jain, Khushpat S : Business Organisation,Mumbai
2. C.P Bose: Business Organisation & Management
3. Sekhri, Arun : Organisation, MUMBAI, Himalaya Publishing House, 2014
4. P.C.Jain: Government and business policy,Galgotia Publishing Com.New Delhi
5. Gulhane, Chopade Choudhary- Business Organization, Sheth Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai.
6. ‘kekZ] ,l-,y- % O;kolkf;d laxBu] jes’k cwd fMiks] ubZ fnYyh
7. oekZ] ;ksxsUnzizlkn % O;kolkf;d laxBu izca/k ,oa iz’kklu] ,l-pkUn ,aM da-
8. Dr. A. Shende, Dr. M Dixit& Dr. D. Mohture, Business Organization, Anuradha
Prakashan Nagpur.

3
 QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
BCOM – I : SEMESTER I
1T2-Business Organisation

TIME:- 3 Hours] [Full Marks:- 80

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

4
 1T3: Company Law
Level of Knowledge: - Basic Conceptual Knowledge.
Objective: To make aware the students with basic concept of company law
[The Company Act 2013 with Amendments up to June 2016]
UNIT - I
(i) Background of New Company Act 2013.
(ii) Corporate Personality – Company, Meaning of Company, Characteristics of a
Company, Lifting of Corporate Veil
(iii) Kinds of Company- Private Company, Public Company, Company limited by Share,
Company Limited by guarantee, Unlimited Company, Association not for profit,
Government Company, Foreign Company, Holding and Subsidiary and associate
company with features of all kinds of company.
(iv) Promotion and incorporation of company- stages in formation and incorporation of
company, registration and commencement of business, Certificate of Incorporation
UNIT – II
(i) Memorandum of Association- Meaning, Definition, Importance and Content of
Memorandum of Association.
(ii) Articles of Association – Meaning, Definition, Importance and content of Articles of
association.
(iii) Private Placement and Prospectus: Meaning and definition of private placement and
prospectus, public offer, types of prospectus- Deemed prospectus, Shelf prospectus,
Red Herring Prospectus, Abridge prospectus.
(iv) Misrepresentation in prospectus, Consequences of misrepresentation and remedies for
misrepresentation in prospectus.
UNIT- III
(i) Share and share capital- Meaning and nature of capital and share capital, kinds of
share- equity, preference, sweat equity, bonus, employee stock option scheme, and
Right issue.
(ii) Debt Capital (Borrowing and Debenture)- Meaning and nature of debt and debt
capital, Types of different types of borrowing
(iii) Difference between- Share and debenture, owned capital and debt capital.
(iv) Depositories and dematerialization of securities- meaning and nature of depositories,
procedure of dematerialization of securities.
UNIT – IV
(i) Membership in a company – Meaning of shareholder and member, distinction
between shareholder and member, kinds of member.
(ii) Procedure to become member and shareholder of a company, Concept of Transfer
and Transmission of Securities (Share and Debenture)
(iii) Directors – Meaning, Appointment, Power and Duties, Managing Director and Whole
Time Director – Appointment and Qualification.

5
 (iv) Concept of Small Shareholders Director, Women Director, Resident Director and
Independent Director,Auditor – Meaning, Appointment and Removal

Reference Books:
 Company Law By Ashok K. Bagrial:, Vikas Publication House
 Company Law And Practice, Ratan Nolakha: Vikas Publication House
 Business Law Including Company Law, Gulshan, S S and Kapoor, G K , New Age
International (P) Ltd., Publishers.
 Company Law - A comprehensive Textbook on New Companies Act 2013 , Kapoor G.K.
and Dhamija Sanjay: Tazman Publication
 Company Law & Secretaria lPractice- Appannaian Reddy, Prabhudev, Himalaya
Publishing House
 Faroq Haque Company Law., Sheth Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai
 Company Law Dr. A . Shende, Dr. R. Ingole, Anuradha Prakashan, Nagpur
 Company Law and Secretarial Practice- Dr. R.K. Nelakha, Ramesh Book Depot, Jaipur,
New Delhi.
 Secretarial Practice & Company Law- Arunkumar, Rachana Sharma- Atlantic Publishers
and Distributors
 A Text Book of Company Law & Corporate Law) P.P.S.Gogna, S. Chand Publishing.

6
 QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
1T3-COMPANY LAW

TIME:- 3 Hours] [Full Marks:- 80

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

7
 1T4: Business Economics – I

Unit I: Nature and Scope of Business Economics

Business Economics-Meaning, scope and objectives of business economics. Nature and
types of business decisions. Role and social responsibility of business & business
economist. Micro and Macro Economics- Definition, scope, merits and demerits.

Unit II: Theory of Consumption

Law of Demand, Demand determinants, Changes in demand, Indifference Curve
Concept- Definition, properties, importance of indifference curves. Elasticity of Demand-
Concept, definition, kinds, measurement of elasticity of demand, Factors influencing
elasticity of demand, Importance of elasticity of demand. Demand Forecasting- Meaning,
need, importance, methods of demand forecasting.

Unit III: Theory of Production

Concept of Production Function- Concept, definition, Types of Products, Total
Production, Average Production, Marginal Production. Law of Variable Proportions-
Assumptions, significance & limitations. Isoquant Curves- Definition, general properties
of Isoquant curves, Expansion Path. Law of Returns to Scale, Internal and External
Economies and Diseconomies of Scale, Ridge Lines. Theories of Population - Malthusian
Theory of Population, Optimum Theory of Population, Demographic Transition Theory
of Population and Criticisms. Law of Supply.

Unit IV- Theory of Cost and Revenue

Law of Supply & Criticisms, Factors influencing supply. Concept of Cost in the Short
&Long Run- Accounting Cost, Economic Cost, Opportunity Cost, Fixed Cost, Variable
Cost, Direct and Indirect Costs, Real Cost, Explicit & Implicit Costs, Money Cost, Total
Cost, Average Cost, Marginal Cost, Selling Costs. Revenues - Total Revenue, Average
Revenue, Marginal Revenue and their Relationship.

Books Recommended:
1. Business Economics ,V.G. Mankar, Himalaya Publication House.
2. Business Economics, H.L.Ahuja, S.Chand Publishing
3. Business Economics, Dr. A. shende, Dr. D. Mohture, Dr. Dixit,
Dr. R. Gan,Anuradha Prakashan Nagpur
4. Micro Economics, P.N.Chopra, Kalyani Publishers.
5. Micro Economics, D.D.Chaturvedi, Galgotia Publishing Company.
6. Principles of Economics, D.M.Mithani, Himalaya Publishing House.
7. Advance Micro Economic Theory, M.Maria John Kennedy, Himalaya Publishing House.
8. Business Ecomomics, Rashi Arora, Sheth Publishers, Mumbai
9. Business Economics, Dr. Samudra, Sai Jyoti Prakashan

8
 QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
BCOM – I : SEMESTER I
1T4-Business Economics- I
TIME:- 3 Hours] [Full Marks:-80
N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

9
Allocation of marks for the subjects-
1. Financial Accounting
2. Business Organization
3. Company Law and
4. Business Economics-I

1a Two periodical class tests 10marks

1b An assignment/Viva/Group Discussion/Seminar based on curriculum to 10marks
be assessed by the teacher concerned
1 Internal assessment Total marks 20 marks
2 Unit- I 20 marks
Unit-II 20 marks
Unit-III 20 marks
Unit-IV 20 marks
Semester wise End Examination marks
80 marks
Total marks per subject 100 marks

10
 1T5-Compulsory English

Unit –I Short Stories:

1. The Gifts by O Henry
2. The Quality by J. Galsworthy
3. The Axe by R. K. Narayan

Unit –II Poems:

1. You turned away yourself by Kabir

2. Mending wall by Robert Frost
3. Unknown Citizen by W.H. Auden

Unit –III Essays:

1. Tolerance by E.M. Forster

2. The Philosophy of Pleasure by Fulton J. Sheen
3. On Painted Face by A. G. Gardiner

Unit –IV

A) I ) Synonym/Antonym of Given words (Match the following format)

II ) One Word Substitute

B) Business Correspondence:
Job Application Letter,Interview Call Letter,Job Offer Letter
C) Comprehension of an Unseen Passage
D) Precis Writing
Prescribed Textfor UNITS I, II & III: Swan and Pearls (Raghav Publishers)
Reference Books :

For UNIT IV(A) (Grammar /Vocabulary items)

1. Learner’s English Grammar & Composition by Dr. N.D.V.Prasada Rao (S.Chand)
For Unit IV (B)
2. Business Correspondence and Report Writing – R.C.Sharma & Krishna Mohan
(Tata McGraw-Hill)
3. Developing Communication Skills – Krishna Mohan & Meera Banerji (Macmillan)

11
 Question Paper Pattern
1T5-: Compulsory English
SEMESTER – I
N.B. LAQ - Long Answer Question to be answered in about 150 words.
SAQ - Short Answer Question to be answered in about 75 words.
VSAQ – Very Short Answer Question to be answered in one or two sentences.
Total Marks- 80
Q 1. A. One LAQ out of Two based on Short Stories (Unit I) 08 Marks
B. Two SAQs with internal choice based on Short Stories (Unit I) 2 x 4 Marks - 08 Marks

Q 2. A. One LAQ out of Two based on prescribed poems (Unit II) 08 Marks
B. One LAQ out of Two based on the prescribed Essays (Unit III) 08 Marks

Q 3. A. Two SAQs with Internal Choice from Unit III (2 x 4 Marks) = 08 Marks
B. (i) Synonyms/Antonyms - Match the following – 4 items against 6 options 04 Marks
(4 x 1 Marks)
(ii) One word substitute – 4 out of 6 (4 x 1 Marks) 04 Marks

Q 4. A. One out of Two items based on Business Correspondence (Unit IV) 08 Marks
B. Comprehension of Unseen Passage – 4 VSAQs – 4 x 2 Marks 08 Marks

Q 5. A. Make a Precis of the given passage and give it a suitable Title 08 Marks
B. Five VSAQs based on Unit I and Unit III (4×2 Marks) = 08 Marks

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT : 20 MARKS

The Internal Assessment would be done on the basis of the assignments submitted by the
student and his/her performance, attendance and conduct during the Semester. The
concerned teacher shall provide, in advance, a list of topics/assessment items/Question
Bank (to the students) based on the Units prescribed for the Theory Examination. Students
shall finalize 2 topics/items from 2 different units with the approval of the concerned
teacher and submit the same within the prescribed deadline.

Students may be given freedom to submit a creative writing assignment on human

values/world peace/environmental issues inspired by or related to the lessons/poems
prescribed in the syllabus.

2 Assignments – 6+6 = 12 Marks

Performance & Conduct – 4 Marks

Attendance - 4 Marks

TOTAL – 20 MARKS

12
 Semester - I
1T6.1- Supplementary English
Unit 1- Prose

1. A New Star Rises- Jawaharlal Nehru

2. Mahatma Gandhi- Louis Fischer
3. Jagdish Chandra Bose- Aldous Huxley
4. My Greatest Olympic Prize- Jesse Owens
5. Eating for Health- Rajkumari Amrit Kaur
Unit 2 - Poetry
1. Virtue- George Herbert
2. Solitude- Alexander Pope
3. How Sleep the Brave- William Collins

Non-Textual portion-

Unit 3 – Writing Skills

(A) Social Correspondence:
Letter of Congratulations, Letter of Condolence, Informal Invitation
(B) Writing Classified Advertisements

Unit 4 – Grammar
Spotting errors in the use of - (1) Articles (2) Subject-Verb Agreement
Prescribed Text- Zenith- An Anthology of Prose and Poetry (Raghav Publishers)

Reference books
1. Macmillan Foundation English - R.K. Dwivedi, A. Kumar ( for Unit IV)
2. Developing Communication Skills -- Krishna Mohan & Meera Banerji (Macmillan
Publishers) ( for the topic of ‘Social Correspondence under Unit III)
3. Write Right – Sarita Manuja (Macmillan) ( For the topic ‘Writing Classified
Advertisements’ given under Unit III)

13
 1T6.1- Supplementary English
Question Paper Pattern
Semester - I
Q1.
(A) Unit 1 Prose - LAQ 150 words ( 2 out of 4)2 x 08 = 16 marks
Q 2.
(B) Unit 1 Prose - SAQ 75 words( 4 out of 5)4 x 4 = 16 marks
Q 3.
(A) Unit 2 Poetry- LAQ 150 words (1 out of 2) 1 x 08 = 08 marks
(B) Unit 2 Poetry - SAQ 75 words ( 2 out of 3) 2 x 4 = 08 marks
Q 4.
Non-textual portion
(A) Social Correspondence: 1 x 08= 08Marks
(B) Writing Classified Ads 1 x 08= 08 Marks

Q 5. (A)i. Correct the error in the use of Articles (4) 04 x 1= 04 Marks

ii. Correct the error in the subject-verb agreement (4)04 x 1 = 04Marks
(B)VSAQs Units 1 & 2
Answer each of the following in one or two lines 04 x 2 =08 Marks

Total Marks of Theory Examination- 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 20 MARKS

The Internal Assessment would be done on the basis of the assignments submitted by the
student and his/her performance, attendance and conduct during the Semester. The
concerned teacher shall provide, in advance, a list of topics/assessment items/Question
Bank (to the students) based on the Units prescribed for the Theory Examination. Students
shall finalize 2 topics/items from 2 different units with the approval of the concerned
teacher and submit the same within the prescribed deadline.

Students may be given freedom to submit a creative writing assignment on human

values/world peace/environmental issues inspired by or related to the lessons/poems
prescribed in the syllabus.

14
2 Assignments – 6+6 = 12 Marks

Performance & Conduct – 4 Marks

Attendance - 4 Marks

TOTAL – 20 MARKS

Theory Examination – 80 Marks

Internal Assessment – 20 Marks
Total: 100 Marks

15
 1T6.2 - विषय : मराठी
सर पहिल २०१६

र्न र. घटक र. अ्यासरम गण

ु शरा

१ १ समकालीन रा्रीय, सामाजिक सम्यािर २०

आधाररत ( चार पयाायांपकी एका विषयािर,
श्द मयाादा-४०० )

२ २ ग्य विभाग : पा्य प्

ु तक : भाषा दशान भाग ३५
एक

१. ल कशािीच भवित्य (डॉ. बाबासािब

आंबडकर)
२. न का ( प. भा. भाि )
३. अ्प्ृ यांचा आधारिड ( शशिािी
सािंत)
४. बगड ( य गीराि िाघमार )
५. उमा ( वि. स. ि ग )
३ ३ प्य विभाग : पा्य प्
ु तक : भाषा दशान भाग ३५
एक

१. ञान्िरां्या विरा्या ( संत ञान्िर

)
२. मन ( बहिणाबाई च धरी )
३. गणपतिाणी ( बा. सी. मढे कर)
४. गगरणीची लािणी ( नारायण सि
ु )े
५. माउली भक
ु ल बट ( सध
ु ाकर गायधनी)
४ ४ ्याििाररक मराठी १०

१. परलखन
२. इतति्ृ त लखन

16
 1T6.2-विषय : मराठी

र्न परिकेचे ्वूप

सि : पहिले
िळ:३ तास)
(एकूण गण
ु -80)

र्न:१ समकालीन रा्रीय, सामाजिक सम्यांिर आधाररत तनबंध (चार पयाायांपकी एका विषयािर)
श्दमयाादा-४०० श्द (16 गण
ु )
र्न: २ ग्य विभागािर आधाररत दीघो्तरी द न र्नांपकी एक स डिा ( 16 गण
ु )
र्न: ३ प्य विभागािर आधाररत दीघो्तरी द न र्नांपकी एक स डिा ( 16 गण
ु )

र्न: ४ द न ग्य विभागािर ि द न प्य विभागािर आधाररत चार लघु र्नां्या द न गटांपकी एक
गट स डिा ( 16 गण
ु )

र्न: ५ एक लघु र्न ग्य विभागिर, एक लघु र्न प्य विभागािर आणण द न लघु र्न ्याििाररक
मराठीिर आधाररत अशा चार लघु र्नांची उ्तर शलिा ( 16 गण
ु )

एकूण गण
ु ववभागणी

१. ग्य विभाग 28 गण
ु
२. प्य विभाग 28 गण
ु
३. ्य्िाररक मराठी 08 गण
ु
४. तनबंध 16 गण
ु

एकूण गण
ु : 80

ं ्ग ल्यंकन ् : ं ंधि यधिययल्य ल रय््यपकयंन पर षयथ्यगच ि्यग ल उपधथि ( ५

् ), पर षयथ्यगचय ि्यग ल री् य् ( ५ ् ) ध धलधि थिूपय ल ् पयठ ( ् ) ्य
धनक यंिर एक ् यंपैकी धिययथ्यंचर ं ्ग ल्यंकन कर र

र लरि पर षय : ८ ्
ं ्ग ल्यंकन : ्
एक ् :

17
 1T6.3-fo"k;%& fgUnh
izFke l=% SSSSemester I
le;%& rhu ?kaVs dqy vad%&80
(Units) bdkb;ksa Units)dk ikB~;Øe Øekuqlkj Vad

bdkbZ 1 Lkedkyhu jk"Vªh;] lkekftd rFkk vkfFkZd leL;kvksa ij vk/kkfjr

fuca/k A
(Unit-1)
¼fdUgh pkj esa ls,d fo"k; ij & ’kCn lhek 400 rd½

Xk| foHkkx%& ikB~;iqLrd%&^^lkfgR; ohfFkdk**

bdkbZ 2
1½ xi’ki& fuca/k&ukeoj flag
(Unit-2)
2½ lPph ohjrk& fuca/k&ljnkj iw.kZflag

3½ dQu & dgkuh &izsepan

4½ phQ dh nkor& dgkuh & Hkh"e lkguh

5½ 'kj.kkxr& dgkuh& o`Unkouyky oekZ

i| foHkkx%& ikB~;iqLrd%& ^^lkfgR; ohfFkdk**

bdkbZ 3 1½ dchj ds nksgs & dchjnkl

(Unit-3) 2½ cky yhyk & lwjnkl

3½ HkfDr] uhfr ds nksgs &fcgkjh

4½ oj ns] oh.kkokfnuh oj ns& lw;ZdkUr f=ikBh fujkyk

5½ fgekfnz rqax Ja`x ls & t;’kadj izlkn

vU; ikB~; lkexzh%&

bdkbZ4 1½ ikfjHkkf"kd ’kCnkoyh&ikB~;iqLrd esa layXu okf.kT; ls lcaf/kr

ikfjHkkf”kd ‘kCnksa dk vaxzsth ls fgUnhrFkk fgUnh ls vaxzsth esa v/;;u
(Unit-4) visf{kr gSA

2½ dYiuk foLrkj&IkkB~;iqLrd esa layXu mfDr;ksa dh lwph ls gh dYiuk

foLrkj dk v/;;u visf{kr gSA

iz'u&i= dk izk:Ik ,oa vad foHkktu

18
 izFke l=
1T6.3-fo"k;%& fgUnh

le;%& rhu ?kaVs dqy vad%&80

iz’u&1Lkedkyhu jk"Vªh;] lkekftd rFkk vkfFkZd leL;kvksa ij vk/kkfjr fuca/kA

vad&16
¼ fdUgh pkj esa ls ,d fo"k; ij & ’kCn lhek 400 rd½

iz’u&2x|& foHkkx ij vk/kkfjr ikBksa esa ls fodYi ds lkFk nh?kksZRrjh iz’u A

vad&16
¼nks iz’uksa esa ls ,d iz’u dk mRrj visf{kr gSA½

iz’u&3i|& foHkkx ij vk/kkfjr dforkvksa esa ls fodYi ds lkFk nh?kksZRrjh iz’u A

vad&16
¼nks iz’uksa esa ls ,diz’u dk mRrj visf{kr gSA½

iz’u&4 rhu x|&foHkkx lss o rhu i|& foHkkx ij vk/kkfjr dqy Ng y?kq iz’uksa esa ls fdUgha
pkj iz’uksa dsmRrj visf{kr gSA 4 x 4vad =vad&16

iz’u&5 blds vUrxZr lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øe ls pkj y?kqRrjh iz’u gksaxsaA izFke iz’u x| ls] f}rh;
iz’u i| ls] r`rh; iz’u ikfjHkkf"kd ’kCnkoyh ls vkSj prqFkZ iz’u dYiuk foLrkj ls
iwNs tk;saxsa A lHkh iz’uksa ds mRrj visf{kr gSA

4 x 4 vad = vad&16

vkUrfjd ewY;kdau & 20 vad

dqy vad foHkktu%&

fucU/k&16 vad
x| foHkkx&28 vad
i| foHkkx&28 vad
vU; ikB~; lkexzh&08vad
dqy vad&80 vad
Vocational Course
Semester I
(Same syllabus for all vocational group subjects in B. Com. – I)
1T7-Entrepreneurial Development-I
Time : 3 Hours Full Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level of knowledge: Basic knowledge
19
Objective: To provide an introductory knowledge about entrepreneurship and its
development process.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit-I
Entrepreneurship – Evolution of the concept of entrepreneur, Definitions of
Entrepreneurship & Entrepreneur, Types of Entrepreneurship, Function of Entrepreneur,
Characteristics of Entrepreneur, Socio-economic origins of Entrepreneurship.
Unit-II
Stages in the Entrepreneurial process, Barriers to Entrepreneurship, Environmental
factors affecting Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurial Structures.
Unit-III
Qualities of a successful Entrepreneur. Distinction between an Entrepreneur and a
Manger, role of Entrepreneurship in Economic development. Theories of
Entrepreneurship- Theory of Achievement Motivation, Conceptual Model of
Entrepreneurship.
Unit-IV
Women Entrepreneurship- Concept of Women Entrepreneurs, Functions of Women
Entrepreneurs, Growth of women Entrepreneurship and problems of women
Entrepreneurs, Development of women Entrepreneurship, Recent Trends.
Books Recommended:
 Dynamics of entrepreneurial development and management, Vasant Desai
 Entrepreneurial development, Vasant Desai.
 Entrepreneurial Development, S. S. Khanka, S. Chand Publishers.
 M.V. Deshpande : Entrepreneurship of small scale industries.
 Entrepreneurship Development and Business Communication, Vasant Desai and
Urmila Rai, Himalaya Publishing House.
 Entrepreneurship Development in India, Dr. C. B. Gupta and Dr. N.P. Srinivasan,
Sultan Chand & Sons.
 Entrepreneurial Development, Vasant Desai, Appannaiah, Reddy and Gopal
Krishna, Himalaya Publishing House.

Group – I : Computer Applications

1T8.1 : Fundamental of Information Technology (FIT)
Unit-I: Definition of Computer, Block diagram of computer, generations of computer,
classification of computers, characteristics, advantages & limitations of computer. Computer
organization: Central processing Unit - speed of processor, computer memory: primary &
secondary, Storage devices: floppy disk, Hard disk, magnetic tapes, optical disk (CD/ DVD), pen
drive. Input devices: keyboard, mouse, joystick, light pen, scanners, OCR, MICR, Touch Screen,
Bar code reader. Output devices: monitor, printers, classification of printers, impact & non-
impact printers, dot matrix, ink jet, laser, thermal printers, plotters.
20
Unit-II : Hardware & software, Software and programming languages.
Computer networks – LAN, WAN, MAN
Internet, WWW, E-Mail, education, financial service, e-Commerce, banking, shopping,
advertising, e-governance. Virus, Types of Viruses, Anti-Virus, Firewall and Anti-Spy ware
Utilities

UNIT – III :
Introduction to Disk Operating System (DOS) :
-File types, Directory Structure, Booting - Warm and Cold Booting, Types of DOS commands
(Internal and External)
-Directory commands: DIR, MD, RD, TREE, PATH, SUBST ETC.,Wild card Definitions,
Commands related to file management: COPY, DEL, ERASE, REN, ATTRIB, XCOPY,
BACKUP and RESTORE , General commands: TYPE DATE, TIME, PROMPT etc., batch
commands, wild card characters & its use.

UNIT – IV :
Introduction to Windows Operating System :
Advantages of windows operating system, operating with windows, GUI, use of help features,
starting an application, essential accessories, windows explorer, control panel, my computer, my
documents, recycle bin, finding folders and files, system tools, new features in windows-7/8/10
versions.
Practical : Practical will be based on Unit-III & IV i.e. MS-DOS and Windows

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. I.T. Today (Encyclopedia) By S. Jaiswal (Test Book)
2. Computer Today By Donald Senders
3. Computer Applications In Management – Ushadahiya,Sapnanagpal(Taxmann’s)
4. Information Technology - Dr. Sushilamadan (Taxmann’s)
5. Understanding Computer By Dineshkumar
6. Computer Fundamentals By P. K. Sinha
7. Office Automation By K.K. Bajaj (Macmilan)
8. Business On The Net An Introduction To The Whats And Hows Of E-Commerce By K.
N. Agarwala & Others (Macmilan)
9. Dos/Unix & Windows: I.T. Today (Encyclopedia) By S. Jaiswal
10. Msdos; Manual

21
 Vocational Course
Semester – I
Group – II : Principles & Practice of Insurance
1T8.2-Life Insurance – Paper I
Time : 3 Hours] Theory : 80 Marks
Internal Assessment: 20 Marks
Level of knowledge - Basic knowledge.
Objective - To create awareness regarding basic knowledge about Life Insurance.
Unit – I
Concept of Risk, Meaning ,Definition, Classification of Risk
Risk management : Meaning and Definition, Objectives, Importance, Classification of
Risk,
Methods of Handling Risk, factors affecting Risk Management, Principles of Insurance
Management, Process of Risk Insurance Management
Unit – II
Concept of Insurance: Meaning, Definition, Need, Importance and Scope of Insurance,
Benefits of Insurance
History of Insurance, Meanings of Terms used - Premium, Compensation, Cover note,
Claim, Peril, actor affecting premium calculation
Reinsurance : Important concepts, characteristics, types of reinsurance, double cover,
external and internal insurance.
Unit – III
Life Insurance: Meaning and definition of Life Insurance, Organization , Management ,
regulation , role and functions of life insuranc
Insurance Contract, Essentials of Insurance Contract
Principles of Life Insurance, Classification of Life Insurance Policies.
Unit – IV
Policy conditions of Life Insurance ,
Insurance document – Proposal form, policy form, cover note, certificate of Insurance,
endorsement, co-insurance and renewal receipt, procedure of taking Life Insurance
Policy.
Settlement of Claim on Maturity of Policy, Death of Policy holder,
Recommended books:
 Fundamental Of Insurance, R.K. Gupta, Himalaya Publishing House.
 Principles & Practice of Insurance, Dr. P. Periasamy, Himalaya Publishing House
 Insurance Principle and Practice,M.M. Mishra and Dr. S.B. Mishra,S. Chand
Publication
 Principles of Insurance, Dr. Shakti Pratchbal and Dr. N.P. Dwivedi, Himalaya
Publishing House

22
 Group III.
Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Management
Semester-I
1T8.3 -Advertising, Sale Promotion and Sales Management – I

Full Marks : 80 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 20
Objectives: The aim of the paper is to acquaint the students with concepts, techniques
and give experience in the application of concepts for developing an effective
advertising programme.
Unit-1
- Advertising Role in the Marketing Process: Legal Ethical and social Aspects of
Advertising. Functions and types of advertising.

Unit- 2
Integrated Marketing communication .Brand management , Brand Image, Brand Equity
and Brand Building. Ethics of advertising

Unit- 3
The major players in advertising, Advertising agency, Brand manager, market research
firms, Media, Type of agencies. Structure of an agency and its functions. The process of
developing an ad.

Unit-4
Objective Setting and market Positioning; Dagmar Approach in Determination of Target
Audience and understanding them. Assumptions about consumer behavior.
Recommended books:

Richard, Edward W & Govoni Norman AP, Sales management Decisions,

D, Irwin, Inc.
Homewood, 1987)
ic A. Beach, Frank H & Buskrit, Richard H, Selling principles and

– Exc
–
–

23
 SEMESTER I
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR All Vocational Subjects
Computer Application, Insurance & Entrepreneurial Development

TIME:- 3 Hours] [Full Marks:- 80

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Q.1.(a) UNIT – I 8 Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.2. (a) UNIT – I 8 Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.3. (a) UNIT – I 8 Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.4. (a) UNIT – I 8 Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.5. Answer in Brief

(a) UNIT – I 4 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 4 Marks
(c) UNIT – III 4 Marks
(d) UNIT – IV 4 Marks

24
 B.Com. – First Year
Semester-II
2T1: Statistics and Business Mathematics

Unit – I Statistics & Measures of Central Tendency

Meaning, Scope, Importance, Functions and Limitations of Statistics. Collection of data,
Tabulation and Classification, Frequency distribution.
Mean, Median, Mode, Geometric Mean and Harmonic Mean (Theory & Numericals)

Unit – II
Dispersion- Meaning and significance of dispersion, Methods of measuring dispersion,
Mean Deviation, Standard Deviation, Quartile Deviation, co-efficient of variation
(Theory & Numericals)

Unit – III
Skewness-Absolute Measures of Skewness, Relative Measures of Skewness, Karl
Pearson’s Coefficient of Skewness, Bowley’s Coefficient of Skewness. ( Numericals)

Unit – IV
Business Mathematics:- Ratio Proportion, Percentages, Simple & Compound Interest,
Profit/ Loss. (Numericals)

Reference Books:
 Fundamentals of statistics : D. V. Elhance&VeenaElhance
 Statistics : V. K. Kapoor – S. Chand & Sons
 Statistics : B. New Gupta – SahityaBhavan Agra
 Fundamentals of statistics and Computer, Dr. M. Datalkar & Mrs. Sindhu Ghate, Sai
Jyoti Prakashan, Nagpur
 Business Statistics A Self Study Text Book, Dr. P. C. Tulsian & Bharat
Jhunjhunwala, S. Chand Publishing
 Fundamental of Statistics : S. C. Gupta – Himalaya Publishing House
 Business Mathematics & Statistics : NEWK Nag & S.C. Chanda – Kalyani
Publishers
 Gulhane, Chopade – Statistics and business mathematics, Sheth Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai
 Business Mathematics and Statistics- Dr. M. Datalkar & Mrs. S. Ghate, Sai Joyti Publication, Nagpur.
 Problem in statistics : Y. R. Mahajan - Pimplapure Publisher Nagpur


25
 Question Paper Pattern
Semester-II
2T1-Statistics and Business Mathematics
Paper - I

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.

2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q. No. 1 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16Marks

Q. No. 2 – Unit II
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 3 – Unit III

a) Problem 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 4 – Unit I
a)Problem 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 08 Marks
d) Problem 08 Marks

Q. No. 5 a) Unit- I Problem 04 Marks

b) Unit –II Problem 04 Marks
c) Unit-III Problem 04Marks
d) Unit-IV Problem 04 Marks

26
 2T2: Business Management
Unit I

Introduction: Meaning, Definition ,concept and types of management. Principles of

business Management. Scope and significance of business management.
Process of business management. Function of business Management. Management as a
science or art.
Unit II

Planning: - Meaning, Nature and Characteristics, Importance, Types & Components of

Planning. Decision Making: Meaning, characteristics & importance of decision making.
Traditional and Modern techniques of Decision-Making.
Unit – III

Delegation of Authority:-– Meaning, Elements, Advantages, & Obstacle of Delegation

of Authority. Centralization and decentralization of authority and its merits and demerits.
Co-ordination & Controlling: Meaning, Concept and principles of Coordination,
Internal & External Coordination. Meaning, concept and elements of control.
Unit IV
Recent trends in management:
Management of Change Management of Crisis, Total Quality Management, Stress Management,
International Management.

Suggested Books:
1. Bajaj: Management Processing and Organization, Excel Publications.
2. Tripathy and Reddy – Principles of Management – Tata McGraw Hill.
3. A. Pardhasaradhy & R. Satya Raju: Management Text and Cases, Prentice Hall of India.
Gulhane, Chopade Choudhary- Business Management, Sheth Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai
4- lq/kk] th-,l- Jhekyh fot;% O;kofk;d izcaU/k ds fl/nkar] jes’k cwd fMisk]ubZ fnYyh
5- ‘kekZ] th-Mh-lwukuk] th-lh-% izcaU/k ds fl/nkar] jes’k cwd fMiks]ubZ fnYyh
6- ns’keq[k] izHkkdj% O;olk; O;oLFkkiukph ewy rRos] fiaiGkiwjs vaM da- ukxiqjs

27
 Question Paper Pattern
Semester-II
2T2-Business Management
N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16 Marks

Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – II 16 Marks

Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – III 16 Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – IV 16 Marks

Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

28
 2T3 : Secretarial Practice
Level of Knowledge: - Book Conceptual Knowledge.
Objective: To make aware the student with various function, duties and responsibilities of
company secretary and Secretarial Practice
[The Company Act 2013 with Amendments up to June 2016]

UNIT – I

(i) Procedure for Incorporation of Companies, Conversion of Companies – Private

Limited to Public Limited and Public Limited to Private Limited
(ii) Procedure for Alteration of Memorandum of Association and Article of Association
(i) Company Secretary – Meaning, Qualification and Functions/ Role
(ii) Directors – Procedure for Appointment of Directors and Director’s Identification
Number (DIN)- allotment and surrender
UNIT- II

(i) Types and characteristics of company meeting, statutory, board, general and extra
ordinary meeting, and meetings of committee of director.
(ii) Agenda, Notice and provision regarding quorum of Board meeting, Annual General
Meeting and Extra ordinary General Meeting
(iii) Voting and resolution- Meaning of poll, postal ballot and E-Voting, Meaning of
ordinary and Special Resolution.
(iv) Circular Resolution, Explanatory statement, Ordinary and special Business to be
transacted in meetings.
UNIT – III

(i) Report Writing - Essential and content of Board Report and Annual Report.
(ii) Concept of secretarial audit, Secretarial standards, corporate social responsibility and
corporate governance, National Financial Reporting Authority.
(iii) E-Governance and E-Filling- Meaning, features and procedure of E-Governance and
E-Filling, MCA-21
UNIT – IV

(i) Key managerial personnel- Appointment and function of managing director, whole
time director and manager.
(ii) Procedure for appointment of Additional Directors, Alternate Directors, Nominee
Directors.
(iii) Managerial Remuneration - Remuneration of managing director, whole time director
or manager.
(iv) Provisions regarding resignation, removal of directors, Casual vacancy.

29
Reference Books:

 Company Law, Ashok K. Bagrial: Vikas Publication House

 Ratan Nolakha: Company Law And Practice, Vikas Publication House
 Gulshan, S S and Kapoor, G K: Business Law Including Company Law , New Age
International (P) Ltd., Publishers
 Dr. Arvind shende, Dr. Asha Tiwari, Company Law & Secretarial Practice, Anuradha
prakashan, Nagpur.
 Faroq Haque Secretarial Practice., Sheth Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai

 Kapoor G.K. and Dhamija Sanjay: Company Law -A comprehensive Textbook on New
Companies Act 2013 , Tazman Publication
 Secretarial Practice & Company Law- Arunkumar, Rachana Sharma- Atlantic Publishers
and Distributors
 Secretarial Practice, M. C. Kuchhal, S. Chand Publishing.

30
 QUESTION PAPER PATTERS
SEMISTER II
2T3-SECRETARIAL PRACTICE
TIME:- 3 Hours] [Full Marks:- 80
N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.
Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16 Marks
Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – II 16 Marks
Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – III 16 Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – IV 16 Marks
Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

31
 2T4 : Business Economics – II

Unit I: Market Structure

Meaning, Definition, Classification of Market Structures. Firm & Industry- Meaning, Difference
between Industry and Firm. Pricing of Products-Types, Cost-based pricing, Customer-based
pricing, Competitor-based pricing.

Unit II: Perfect & Imperfect Competition Markets

Definition, Features, Price-output determination under Perfect Competition Market. Monopoly -

Definition, Features, Types, Price determination under Monopoly. Concept of Price
Discrimination .Monopolistic Competition- Meaning, Features, Price determination under
Monopolistic Competition.

Unit III: Theories of Distribution

Theory of Distribution -Modern Theory of Distribution. Theories of Rent- Ricardian theory of

Rent, Modern theory of Rent, Concept of Quasi Rent. Theory of Wages- Marginal Productivity
theory of Wages with Criticisms, Nominal & Real wages. Theories of Interest-Loanable Funds
Theory of Interest, Liquidity Preference Theory of Interest, Criticisms, Concept of Gross Interest
& Net Interest. Theories of Profit- Dynamic Theory of Profit, Innovation Theory of Profit,
Criticisms of the Theories, Gross Profit & Net Profit.

Unit IV- Business Cycles & National Income

Business Cycles-Concept, Features, Types, Phases of Business Cycles. National Income -

Meaning, Concepts, Methods of Measuring National Income, Difficulties in National Income
Accounting.

Books Recommended:

1. Business Economics , V.G. Mankar, Himalaya Publication House

2. Modern Economics, H.L.Ahuja, S.Chand & Co Ltd.
3. Micro Economics P.N.Chopra, Kalyani Publishers.
4. Micro Economics, D.D.Chaturvedi, Galgotia Publishing Company.
5. Modern Economic Theory, K.K.Dewett, S.Chand & Co Ltd.
6. Business economics, Dr. Arvind Shende, Dr. R. Ingole, Dr. P. Kothiwale, Anuradha
Prakashan, Nagpur
7. Managerial Economics,D.N.Dwivedi, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd.
8. Managerial Economics-Theory & Applications, D.M.Mithani, Himalaya Publishing
House.
9. Business Economics by Ms. V. Karkare, Mrs. S Ghate, Anuradha Prakashan Nagpur.
1. Business Ecomomics, Rashi Arora, Sheth Publishers, Mumbai

32
 Question Paper Pattern
Semester- II
2T4-Business Economics - II
N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16 Marks

Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – II 16 Marks

Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – III 16 Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – IV 16 Marks

Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

33
Allocation of marks for the subjects-

1. Statistics and Business Mathematics

2. Business Management
3. Secretarial Practice and
4. Business Economics-II

1a Two periodical class tests 10marks

1b An assignment/Viva/Group Discussion/Seminar based on curriculum to 10marks
be assessed by the teacher concerned
1 Internal assessment Total marks 20 marks
2 Unit- I 20 marks
Unit-II 20 marks
Unit-III 20 marks
Unit-IV 20 marks
Semester wise End Examination marks
80 marks
Total marks per subject 100 marks

34
 Semester-II
2T5-Compulsory English
Unit –I Short Stories

1. Some Day by Issac Asimov

2. Marriage is a private affair by Chinua Achebe
3. The Taxi Driver by Kartar Singh Duggal

Unit –II Poems

1. Art of Life by Tukadoji from Gramgeeta ( Translation by Dr. Bhelkar)

2. Horses Graze by Gwendolyn Brooks
3. Swan and Shadow by John Hollander

Unit –III Essays

1. Knowledge and Wisdom by Bertrand Russell

2. On education by Albert Einstein
3. What is Indianness? by Shelia Dhar

Unit –IV

A)a. Degrees of Comparison b. Words often Confused

B) Business Correspondence:
Sales Letter, Inviting Quotations, Placing Orders
C) Comprehension of an Unseen Passage
D) Essay in about 300 words on any one Topics out of the Four Given Topics [Social issues,
Economic issues, Environmental issues, Personal (Reflective) essays]
Prescribed Textfor UNITS I, II & III: Swan and Pearls (Raghav Publishers)
Reference Books :

For UNIT IV (A) (Grammar /Vocabulary items)

1.Learner’s English Grammar & Composition by Dr. N.D.V.Prasada Rao (S.Chand)
For Unit IV (B)
2. Business Correspondence and Report Writing – R.C.Sharma & Krishna Mohan
(Tata McGraw-Hill)
3 Developing Communication Skills – Krishna Mohan & Meera Banerji

35
 2T5-Compulsory English
SEMESTER – II
Question Paper Pattern
Q 1. A. One LAQ out of Two based on Short Stories (Unit I) 08 Marks

B. Two SAQs with internal choice based on Short Stories (Unit I) 2 x 4 Marks - 08 Marks

Q 2. A. One LAQ out of Two based on prescribed poems (Unit II) 08 Marks

B. One LAQ out of Two based on the prescribed Essays (Unit III) 08 Marks

Q 3. A. Two SAQs with Internal Choice from Unit III (2 x 4 Marks) = 08 Marks

B. (i) Degrees of Comparison – 4 out of 6 - 4 x 1 Marks 08 Marks

(ii) Words often confused – 4 out of 6 - 4 x 1 Marks 04 Marks

Q 4. A. One out of Two items based on Business Correspondence (Unit IV) 04 Marks

B. Comprehension of Unseen Passage – 4 VSAQs – 4 x 2 Marks 08 Marks

Q 5. A. Essay in about 300 words (1 out of 4 topics) 08 Marks

B. Four VSAQs based on Unit I and Unit III (4×2 Marks) = 08 Marks

Total = 80 Marks

N.B. LAQ - Long Answer Question to be answered in about 150 words.

SAQ - Short Answer Question to be answered in about 75 words.
VSAQ – Very Short Answer Question to be answered in one or two sentences.
INTERNAL ASSESSMENT : 20 MARKS
The Internal Assessment would be done on the basis of the assignments submitted by the
student and his/her performance, attendance and conduct during the Semester. The
concerned teacher shall provide, in advance, a list of topics/assessment items/Question
Bank (to the students) based on the Units prescribed for the Theory Examination. Students
shall finalize 2 topics/items from 2 different units with the approval of the concerned
teacher and submit the same within the prescribed deadline. Students may be given
freedom to submit a creative writing assignment on human values/world
peace/environmental issues inspired by or related to the lessons/poems prescribed in the
syllabus.

2 Assignments – 6+6 = 12 Marks

Performance & Conduct – 4 Marks
Attendance - 4 Marks
TOTAL – 20 MARKS

36
 2T8.1-Supplementary English
Semester - II
Unit 1- Prose
1. Using the Dictionary- Albert Walker and Mary R. Parkman
2. On the Rule of the Road- A.G. Gardiner
3. How I became a Public Speaker- George Bernard Shaw
4. Seeing People Off- Sir Max Beerbohm
5. The Postmaster- Rabindranath Tagore
Unit 2 - Poetry
1. The Daffodils- William Wordsworth
2. Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening- Robert Frost
Unit 3 Non-Textual Portion

(A) Social Correspondence:

 Letter of Recommendation
 Letter of Introduction
 Making reservations in hotels for accommodation
(B) Note making :
 Serial or sequential format
 Tree diagram
Unit 4 – Grammar
Spotting errors in the use of- (1) Prepositions s (2) Tenses
Prescribed Text- Zenith- An Anthology of Prose and Poetry (Raghav Publishers) For Unit I
and II
Reference books
1. Macmillan Foundation English - R.K. Dwivedi, A. Kumar ( For Unit IV)
2. Developing Communication Skills -- Krishna Mohan & Meera Banerji (Macmillan
Publishers) (For the topic ‘Social Correspondence’ under Unit III )
3. Write Right by Sarita Manuja ( Macmillian Publication) (For the topic ‘Note Making’
under unit III)

37
 2T8.1-Supplementary English
Question Paper Pattern

Semester - II

Q 1.

(C) Unit 1 Prose - LAQ 150 words ( 2 out of 4) 2 x 08 = 16 marks

Q 2.

(D) Unit 1 Prose - SAQ 75 words( 4 out of 5) 4 x 4 = 16 marks

Q 3.

(A) Unit 2 Poetry- LAQ 150 words (1 out of 2) 1 x 08 = 08 marks

(B) Unit 2 Poetry - SAQ 75 words ( 2 out of 3) 2 x 4 = 08 marks

Q 4.

Non-textual portion

(A) Social Correspondence: 1 x 08= 08Marks

(B) i. Correct the error in the use of prepositions (4 out 5) 04 x 1= 04 Marks

ii. Correct the error in the use of the tense (4 out 5) 04 x 1= 04 Marks

Q 5.

(A) Note Making 1 x 08 = 08 Marks

(B) VSAQs Units 1 & 2

Answer each of the following in one or two lines 4X2 Marks = 08 Marks

Total Marks of Theory Examination- 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 20 MARKS

The Internal Assessment would be done on the basis of the assignments submitted by the
student and his/her performance, attendance and conduct during the Semester. The

38
concerned teacher shall provide, in advance, a list of topics/assessment items/Question
Bank (to the students) based on the Units prescribed for the Theory Examination. Students
shall finalize 2 topics/items from 2 different units with the approval of the concerned
teacher and submit the same within the prescribed deadline.

Students may be given freedom to submit a creative writing assignment on human

values/world peace/environmental issues inspired by or related to the lessons/poems
prescribed in the syllabus.

2 Assignments – 6+6 = 12 Marks

Performance & Conduct – 4 Marks

Attendance - 4 Marks

TOTAL – 20 MARKS

Theory Examination – 80 Marks

Internal Assessment – 20 Marks
Total: 100 Marks

39
 2T8.2-विषय : मराठी

सर दस
ु र

र्न र. घटक र. अ्यासरम गण

ु शरा

१ १ आ्मि्ृ तपर, िणानपर, विषयांिर आधाररत २०

तनबंध ( चार पयाायांपकी एका विषयािर श्द
मयाादा-४०० )
२ २ ग्य विभाग : पा्य प्
ु तक : भाषा दशान भाग ३५
एक
१ िट यग
ु ातील मराठी माणूस (शंतनू
ककलो्कर )
२ विठल त आला आला ( प.ु ल.
दशपांड)
३ निसमाितनशमातीच रणत: मिा्मा
्य तीबा फुल ( गंगाधर पानतािण )
४ भरती ( िसंत ि्िाडपांड )
५ मिालट
ू ( संदानंद दशमख
ु )

३ ३ प्य विभाग : पा्य प्

ु तक : भाषा दशान भाग ३५
एक
१ तक
ु ारामांच अभंग ( संत तक
ु ाराम)
२ रमाचा गल
ु कंद ( कशि कुमार)
३ प्
ृ िीच रमगीत ( कुसम
ु ारि ् )
४ ्ि्न ( रस )
५ द न कामागारां्या ग ्टी ( ल कनाथ
यशिंत )

४ ४ ्याििाररक मराठी १०
३. मल
ु ाखत तंर
४. ्िणी ि िा्रचार

40
 2T8.2-विषय : मराठी

र्न परिकेचे ्वूप

सि : दस
ु रे
िळ:३ तास)
(एकूण गण
ु - 80

र्न:१ आ्मि्ृ तपर, िणानपर तनबंध (चार पयाायांपकी एका विषयािर)

श्दमयाादा- ४०० श्द (16 गण
ु )
र्न: २ ग्य विभागािर आधाररत दीघो्तरी द न र्नांपकी एक स डिा ( 16 गण
ु )
र्न: ३ प्य विभागािर आधाररत दीघो्तरी द न र्नांपकी एक स डिा ( 16 गण
ु )

र्न: ४ द न ग्य विभागािर ि द न प्य विभागािर आधाररत चार लघु र्नां्या द न गटांपकी एक
गट स डिा ( 16 गण
ु )

र्न: ५ एक लघु र्न ग्य विभागिर, एक लघु र्न प्य विभागािर आणण द न लघु र्न ्याििाररक
मराठीिर आधाररत अशा चार लघु र्नांची उ्तर शलिा ( 16 गण
ु )

एकूण गण
ु ववभागणी

१. ग्य विभाग 28 गण
ु
२. प्य विभाग 28 गण
ु
३. ्य्िाररक मराठी 08 गण
ु
४. तनबंध 16 गण
ु

एकूण गण
ु : 80

ं ्ग ल्यंकन ् : ं ंधि यधिययल्य ल रय््यपकयंन पर षयथ्यगच ि्यग ल उपधथि ( ५

् ), पर षयथ्यगचय ि्यग ल री् य् ( ५ ् ) ध धलधि थिूपय ल ् पयठ ( ् ) ्य
धनक यंिर एक ् यंपैकी धिययथ्यंचर ं ्ग ल्यंकन कर र

र लरि पर षय : ८ ्
ं ्ग ल्यंकन : ्
एक ् :

41
 2T8.3-fo"k;%& fgUnh
f}rh; l= % Semester II
le;%& rhu ?kaVs dqy vad%&100

bdkbZ bdkb;ksa ( Units) dk ikB~;Øe Øekuqlkj vad

Øekad
( Units)
bdkbZ 1 Tkhouh ] o.kZukRed rFkk ’kS{kf.kd fo"k;ksa ij 20
(Unit-1) vk/kkfjr fuca/kA
¼ fdUgh pkj esa ls ,d fo"k; ij & ’kCn lhek 400 rd½
bdkbZ 2
(Unit-2) Xk| foHkkx%& ikB~;iqLrd%& ^^lkfgR; ohfFkdk**
35
1½ âf"kds’k eq[kthZ ds lkFk <kbZ fnu & laLej.k& euksgj
’;ke tks’kh
2½ Ik;kZoj.k vkSj ge & fuca/k & jktho xxZ
3½ lkbcj dkSrqd & ,dkadh & e/kq /kou
4½ jkr dk jgL; & ,dkadh & MkW- jkedqekj oekZ
bdkbZ 3 5½ baLisDVj ekrknhu pk¡n ij & O;aX; & gfj’kadj ijlkbZ
(Unit-3) 35
i| foHkkx%& ikB~;iqLrd%& ^^lkfgR; ohfFkdk**

1½ Bqdjk nks ;k I;kj djks & lqHknzkdqekjh

pkSgku
2½ dye vkSj ryokj & jke/kkjhflag ^fnudj*
3½ /kwi pedrh gS pk¡nh dh lkMh igus & dsnkjukFk
bdkbZ 4 vxzoky
(Unit-4) 4½ chrs fnu dc vkus okys & gfjoa’kjk; cPpu
5½ i`Foh fdlfy, ?kwerh jgh & v#.k dey 10

vU; ikB~; lkexzh%&

1½ eqgkojs vkSj yksdksfDr;k¡ &ikB~;iqLrd esa lyaXu

eqgkojs vkSj yksdksfDr;ksa dk vFkZ ,oa okD; iz;ksx dk
v/;;u visf{kr gSA

2½ i= ys[ku& izdkj]xq.k] fo’ks”krk,¡] izk:i] dk;kZy;hu i=]

42
dk;kZy; Kkiu] dk;kZy; vkns’k] ifji=d] v/kZljdkjh i=¼blesa
vkosnu]fu;qfDr] chek] cSad] Kkiu] fufonk oLrqvksa dsa
Ø;]&foØ;] izkfIr ,oa lwpuk i=] vkns’k i=½ bR;kfn lkexzh
v/;;u vkSj v/;kiu ds ek/;e ls rS;kj dh tk;sA

43
 f}rh; l= % Semester II
2T8.3-fo"k;%& fgUnh

le;%& rhu ?kaVs dqy vad%- 80

iz’u&1 Tkhouh ] o.kZukRed rFkk ’kS{kf.kd fo"k;ksa ij vk/kkfjr fuca/kA

vad&16
¼ fdUgh pkj esa ls ,d fo"k; ij & ’kCn lhek 400 rd½

iz’u&2x|& foHkkx ij vk/kkfjr ikBksa esa ls fodYi ds lkFk nh?kksZRrjh iz’uA

vad&16
¼nks iz’uksa esa ls ,d iz’u dk mRrj visf{kr gSA½

iz’u&3i|& foHkkx ij vk/kkfjr dforkvksa esa ls fodYi ds lkFk nh?kksZRrjh iz’u A

vad&16
¼nks iz’uksa esa ls ,d iz’u dk mRrj visf{kr gSA½

iz’u&4rhu x|&foHkkx lss o rhu i|& foHkkx ij vk/kkfjr dqy Ng y?kq iz’uksa esa
ls fdUgha pkj iz’uksa ds mRrj visf{kr gS A 4x
4vad =vad&16

iz’u&5blds vUrxZr lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øe ls pkj y?kqRrjh iz’u gksaxsaA izFke iz’u
x| ls] f}rh; iz’u i| ls] r`rh; iz’u eqgkojs vkSj yksdksfDr;ksa ls vkSj
prqFkZ iz’u i=&ys[ku ls iwNs tk;saxsAlHkh iz’uksa ds mRrj visf{kr
gSA
4 x 4vad =vad&16

vkUrfjd ewY;kdau & 20 vad

dqy vad foHkktu%&

fucU/k&16 vad
x| foHkkx & 28 vad
i| foHkkx &28 vad
vU; ikB~; lkexzh& 08 vad
dqy vad & 80 vad

44
 Vocational Course
Semester II
(Same syllabus for all vocational group subjects in B.Com – I)
2T7:Entrepreneurial Development-I
Full Marks: 80 Time: 3 Hours
Internal Assessment: 20
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level of knowledge: Basic knowledge
Objective: To provide an introductory knowledge about rural entrepreneurship and its
development process.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit I
Rural entrepreneurship-meaning and need of Rural entrepreneurship, problems of Rural
entrepreneurship and how to develop Rural entrepreneurship?, rural marketing potential
marketing of agricultural inputs-warehousing, cold storage-importance and problems,
Unit II
NGO’s and Rural entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship in agriculture, organization and
management of agro-based industries, development strategy for Rural entrepreneurs,
entrepreneurial development in backward areas.
Unit III
Entrepreneurial growth before and after independence, Factors determining the growth of
entrepreneurs, Source of entrepreneurship in India, Causes of slow growth
Unit IV
The concept and need of Entrepreneurial development programmes in India, Phases and
contents of Entrepreneurial development programmes in India, the target group, special
agencies and schemes for Entrepreneurial Development Institutions conducting
Entrepreneurship development programmes.
Books Recommended:
 Dynamics of entrepreneurial development and management, Vasant Desai
 Entrepreneurial development, Vasant Desai.
 Entrepreneurial Development, S. S. Khanka, S. Chand Publishers.
 M.V. Deshpande : Entrepreneurship of small scale industries.
 Entrepreneurship Development and Business Communication, Vasant Desai and
Urmila Rai, Himalaya Publishing House.
 Entrepreneurship Development in India, Dr. C. B. Gupta and Dr. N.P. Srinivasan,
Sultan Chand & Sons.
 Entrepreneurial Development, Vasant Desai, Appannaiah, Reddy and Gopal
Krishna, Himalaya Publishing House.

45
 Group – I : Computer Applications
2T8.1 : Software Packages (SP)
Time : 3 Hours Theory : 80
Marks
Practical : 20 Marks

Unit –I : Introduction to Word Processing

Introduction, Starting word, Creating document, Structure of Ms-word window and its
application, Mouse & keyboard operations, designing a document; formatting-selection, cut,
copy, paste, Toolbars, operating on text;

Unit –II : Word Processing Tools

Printing, Saving, Opening, Closing of document; creating a template; Tables, borders, textbox
operations; Spelling and Grammar check,
Mail Merge, Envelope and Label, Protection of document, Change the view of document.

Unit-III : Introduction to Excel

Introduction To Ms-Excel, Navigating, Excel Toolbars and Operations, Formatting Features-
Copying Data Between Worksheets; Entering and Editing Cell Entries,

Unit-IV : Advance Features of Excel

Creation of Charts, Editing and Formatting Charts, Goal Seek, Auditing, Linking, Workbook,
Database in Excel (Auto Filter, Advanced Filter, Sort, Form), Mathematical, Statistical and
Financial Functions in MS-Excel.

Practical : Practical will be based on MS-Word and MS-Excel

Books Recommended:

1. Microsoft Office –2000 – Gini Courter , Annelte Marquis BPB

2. IT Today (Encyclopaedia) – S.Jaiswal
3. A First Course In Computers – Sanjay Saxena
4. First Text Book On Information Technology – Srikant Patnaik

46
 Group –: Principles & Practice of Insurance
2T8.2-Life Insurance – Paper II (Semester – II)

Time : 3 Hours] Theory : 80 Marks

Internal Assessment: 20
Marks

Level of knowledge - Basic knowledge.

Objective - To create awareness regarding basic knowledge about Life Insurance.

Unit – I
Insurance Agent – Meaning and Definition of agent as per Insurance Act,
Qualification and Disqualification for Appointment of Life Insurance Agent
Training, duties, rights, code of conduct for agents, essential qualities for a
successful agent.
Unit –II
Life Insurance Corporation of India(LIC) – History and Development and
Establishment, Objectives, Organization structure , working of LIC
Accounting procedure in life insurance business, analysis and interpretation of
financial statement of life insurance organization

Unit –III
Role of IRDA – Insurance regulatory and development authority – Constitution,
objectives, duties and powers, Role of IRDA in appointing agents.
Progress of Life Insurance Business, Privatisation of Life Insurance Business,
effect of globalization on insurance sector
Unit – IV
Silent features of Insurance Act 1938
Silent features of Life Insurance Corporation Act 1956
Marketing strategies of Life Insurance Products, insurance funds, investment
of life, insurance funds

Recommended books:
 Fundamental Of Insurance, R.K. Gupta, Himalaya Publishing House.
 Principles & Practice of Insurance, Dr. P. Periasamy, Himalaya Publishing House
 Insurance Principle and Practice,M.M. Mishra and Dr. S.B. Mishra,S. Chand
Publication
 Principles of Insurance, Dr. Shakti Pratchbal and Dr. N.P. Dwivedi, Himalaya
Publishing House

 Entrepreneurial Development, Vasant Desai, Appannaiah, Reddy and

Gopal Krishna, Himalaya Publishing House.

47
 Semester - II
2T8.3-Advertising, Sale Promotion and Sales Management – II

Full Marks : 80 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 20

Unit-1
Building of Advertising Programme-Message, Headlines, Copy, Logo, Illustration, Appeal,
layout Campaign Planning. Creative Strategies. Production and execution of TVCs and
print ads.

Unit-2
Sales Promotion – Introduction to Sales Promotion; Role and growth of Sales Promotion; its
Features and Purpose; Tools and Techniques of Sales promotion, Sales promotion
campaign, Developing a logic for sales promotion programmes.

Unit-3
- Role of selling in planed economy, selling as a career, Acquiring skills and developing
new qualities for salesmen and to improve growth chances,

Unit-4
Tips and suggestions to improve personal ability, skills for salesmen, product knowledge,
planned selling system.

Recommended books:
Luick, John F and Siegler, William Lee, Sales promotion and Modern Merchandising
(McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, 1968) 

Still, Richard, Edward W & Govoni Norman AP, Sales management Decisions, Strategies
and cases (Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1981) 

Stanton, William J & Buskrit, management of Sales Force ( Richard D, Irwin, Inc.
Homewood, 1987) 

Russell, Frederic A. Beach, Frank H & Buskrit, Richard H, Selling principles and Practices
(Mcgraw Hill, International Book Co.1982) 
David Aaker, Advertising management (Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi) 
Kazmi & Batra, Advertising & Sales Promotion – Excel Books. 

Belch & Belch, Advertising & Promotion – Tata McGrow Hill. 

Jethwaney & Jain – Advertising Management, Oxford Univ. Press

48
 SEMESTER II
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR All Vocational Subjects
Computer Application, Insurance & Entrepreneurial Development &ASM

TIME:- 3 Hours] [Full Marks:- 80

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Q.1.(a) UNIT – I 8 Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.2. (a) UNIT – I 8 Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.3. (a) UNIT – I 8 Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.4. (a) UNIT – I 8 Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.5. Answer in Brief

(a) UNIT – I 4 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 4 Marks
(c) UNIT – III 4 Marks
(d) UNIT – IV 4 Marks

49
 B. Com. Second Year
Semester- III
3T1 – : Financial Accounting – II
Unit – I
Consignment Accounts.
Meaning, Needs, Advantages and Formalities in consignment, Difference between a
consignment and a sale, Performa invoice, Account Sales, Accounting Procedure of
Consignment, Valuation of Consignment Stock. ( Theory & Numerical)

Unit – II
Branch Accounts (Excluding Foreign Branch)
Meaning of Branch, Objectives of Branch Accounting, Maintenance of Accounting Records ,
Transactions relating to Branch. Accounting Procedure of Branch( Theory & Numerical) )

Unit – III
Flotation of Joint Stock Companies and their Capital Structure.
Types of Shares, Methods of issue of shares, Accounting for Issue, Forfeiture of shares & reissue
of forfeited shares( Theory & Numerical)

Unit – IV
Final Accounts of Joint Stock Companies
Introduction, Statutory provisions regarding preparation of companies final accounts. Provision
for interest on debentures, Proposed Dividends, Interim Dividend ( Theory & Numerical)

The financial year ends on 31st March.

.
Reference Books:
 Corporate Accounting:-Maheshwari S N, VikasPublishing house Pvt. Ltd.
 Advanced Financial Accounting, Gupta R. L. ,S. Chand Publishing
 Advanced Accounts Shukla and Grewal : (S. Chand & Ltd. New Delhi)
 Advanced Accounts , Jain and Narang : (Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana)
 Accountancy, Volume –I and II ,Sr. K. Paul : (New Central Book Agency,Kolkata)
 Accounting Theory, R. K..Lele and Jawaharlal : (Himalaya Publishers)
 Accounting Theory, Dr. L. S. Porwal : (Tata McGraw Hill)
 Corporate Accounting Dr. S. N. Maheshwari : (Viakas Publishing House Pvt. Lit. New
Heldi)
 Advanced Financial Accounting ,Dr. Ashok Sehgal& Dr. Deepak Sehgal : (Taxmann,
New Delhi)
 Advanced Financial Accointing Dr. R. D. Mehta, Prof. P. Wath & Dr. D. C. Gotmare
,Payal Prakashan, Nagpur.

50
 Question Paper Pattern
Semester-III
3T1 -Financial Accounting – II
N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q. No. 1 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16Marks

Q. No. 2 – Unit II
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 3 – Unit III

a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 4 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 5 a) Unit- I Problem 04 Marks

b) Unit –II Problem 04 Marks
c) Unit-III Problem 04Marks
d) Unit-IV Problem 04 Marks

51
 3T2 : Business Communication & Management
Unit – I: Introduction
Meaning, Definition and concept of Communication, Objectives of Communication,
Functions of communication Written Communication, Oral Communication, Visual
Communication, Audio Visual Communication, interpersonal communication,
supervisory communication, grapevine communication, barrier in communication

Unit – II: Business communication

Business communication: concept, objective, elements, purpose, importance, salient
feature, principles of effective business communication.
customer care communication In business
Types of business communication-company manual, house journal, placement broacher,
leaflets, E MAIL . Public Relations Management- Role of public relations officer in
business, group discussion,

Unit-III: Technology and business communication

Concept of Management Information System, Role of Computer in communication,
Barriers of computerized Communication –Use of internet, website and electronic media
in business communication. Social media as a mean of communication.

Unit-IV:
MS-office aided communication: MS Word and its application in business
communication , Role of MS-Excel and MS-Power point in communication skill, MS-
excel and financial presentation, MS-power point and business communication, Use of
MS-power point in business meeting as a tools of effective communication.

Suggested Books:
1. A guide to business correspondence- Kapoor A- S Chand & Co
2.. Urmila Rai & S.M. Rai, Business Communication, Himalya Publishers,
3. Lesikar I Flatley, Basic Business Communication, Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Microsoft office-2000/2007- Gini courter, annelte Marquis BPB
5. Business Communication, Dr. Arvind Shende, Dr. Asha Tiwari,
Anuradha Prakashan, Nagpur.
5. Business Communication , Pooja Khanna, S. Chand Publishing.
5. dwekj] fojsUnz % O;kolkf;d lapkj] dY;k.kh ifCy’klZ]ubZ fnYyh
6-pwMkor] nfj;ko flag] O;olkf;d lapkj] jes’k cwd fMiks]ubZ fnYyh
7-f’kans] ih-,e-% ekfgrh ra=Kku vkf.k O;olk; mi;kstuk]dSyk’k ifCyds’kUl]vkSjkaxkckn

52
 3T2-Business Communication & Management
Paper - II
Question Paper Pattern

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.

2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – II 16Marks

Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – III 16Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – IV 16Marks

Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

53
 3T3– III: Business Law
Level of Knowledge: Basic Conceptual Knowledge
Objective: To make students aware about various Laws relating to Business
[with amendments up to June 2016 in respective Acts]

Unit-I (i)Business law : Meaning, evolution and significance

(ii) Law relating to Contract – (Indian Contract Act-1872): important definitions, nature
and kinds of contract, essentials of a valid contract, offer and acceptance,
consideration, capacities of parties to contract, free consent.
(iii) Void Agreement, Contingent Contract, Quasi Contract
(iv) Contract of Indemnity and Guarantee, Law of Agency.
Unit-II

(i) Law relating to Sale of Goods- (Sale of Goods Act- 1930): contract of sale of goods,
Essentials of a contract of sale, concept of goods, sale distinguished from agreement
to sell, difference between conditions and warranties; transfer of ownership and
delivery of goods, unpaid seller - his rights against the goods and the buyer.
(ii) Law relating to Partnership- (the Indian partnership act 1932): concept of partnership
and partnership firm, types of partner, types of partnership.
(iii) Registration of partnership firm, effect of non registration, partnership deed, duties
and liabilities of partners including those of newly admitted partners, dissolution of
partnership firms.
Unit-III

(i) Law relating to Negotiable Instruments -(Negotiable Instrument Act-1881):

Meaning and Definition of Negotiable instruments, Promissory Notes, Bills of
Exchange and its Types, Cheques and Its types, Crossing of Cheques.
(ii) Endorsements: Meaning and Types, Holder and Holder in due course and its rights,
Discharge of Negotiable Instruments.
(iii) Parties to a Negotiable Instrument - duties, rights, and liabilities
(iv) Prevention of Money Laundering Act-2002: Objectives, Important Definitions
and Salient Features.
Unit-IV

(i) Law relating to Consumer protection in India - (Consumer Protection Act-1986):

Definition of Consumer, Importance of Consumer, Problems faced by Consumers, Consumer
Protection- Need & Importance, Rights & Responsibilities of Consumer

54
(ii) Definitions: Complaints, Services, Defects & Deficiency, Relief available to consumer,
Procedure to file complaints, ways and means of consumer protection, consumer dispute
redresser agencies and procedure followed by redresser agencies.

(iv) Law Relating to Information Technology- (Information Technology Act-2000):

Objectives, scope and Important Terms, Digital Signature & Electronic Records,
Certifying Authority, Digital Signature Certificates, offense and Penalties.

(iv) Cyber Law: Meaning, Important Definitions, Features, Need and Importance of cyber
Law in India

Reference Books:

 Gulshan, S S and Kapoor, G K: Business Law Including Company Law , New Age
International (P) Ltd., Publishers
 M.C. Kuchhal and Vivek Kuchhal : Business Law, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi
 V.S. Datey: Business and Corporate Laws, Taxman, New Delhi
 N.D. Kapoor: Mercantile Law, Sultan Chand & Sons, Educational Publishers, New
Delhi.
 Dr. V. K. Jain: Mercantile Law, Seth Publications, Nagpur.
 Business Law R.S. N. Pillai& V. Bhagavathi, S. Chand Publishing.
 Sen & Mitra: Cinnercuak Kawn, The World Press Pvt. Ltd., Kolkata.
 C.K. Kapoor: Lectures on Business and Corporate Laws, Vidya Sadan, Delhi.
 K.R. Bulchandani, Business Law Himalaya P. House, Mumbai-2006.
 Business Law, Dr. Arvind shende, Dr. Vijay Upgade, Anuradh Prakashan, Nagpur.

55
 Question Paper Pattern
3T3-Business Law
Paper - III

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.

2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – II 16Marks

Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – III 16Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – IV 16Marks

Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

56
 3T4 MONETARY ECONOMICS-I
Unit I: Money
Evolution, Meaning, Definition, Nature and Functions of Money. Quantity Theory of Money and
Criticisms. Paper Currency & Methods of Note Issue- Fixed Fiduciary Method, Proportionate
Reserve Method, Minimum Reserve Method.

Unit II: Inflation & Deflation

Inflation- Meaning, Nature, Causes, Effects, Impact of Inflation. Deflation - Meaning, Nature,
Causes, Effects, Impact of Deflation. Role of Monetary Policy and Fiscal Policy in controlling
Inflation & Deflation.

Unit III: Money Market & Policies

Money Market- Concept of Money Market, Objectives, Importance of Money Market,

Instruments of Money Market. Monetary Policy and Fiscal Policy Concept-Meaning, Objectives,
Need, Importance, Impact, Recent Changes/Trends.

Unit IV: Public Finance

Concept, Meaning, Importance of Public Finance, Principles of Public Finance, Theory of

Maximum Social Advantages & Criticisms. Taxation – Definition, Characteristics& Cannons.
Types of Taxation- Proportional, Progressive and Regressive Taxation System .Direct and
Indirect Taxes- Merits & Demerits.

Books Recommended:

1. Monetary Economics, RR Paul, Kalyani Publishers.

2. Money,Banking,Trade & Public Finance, M.V.Vaish, New Age International Pvt.Ltd.
3. Money, Banking and International Trade, K.P.M. Sundaram , Sultan Chand,New Delhi.
4. Public Finance, Tyagi , Jai Prakash Nath Publishers.
5. Money and Financial System P.K. Deshmukh, Phadke Prakashan.
6. Monetary Economics, Rashi Arora, Sheth Publishers, Mumbai
7. Modern Macroeconomics(Theory & Policy ),B.N.Ghosh, Ane Books Pvt Ltd, 2nd Edition, 2012.
8. Macro Economics, D.D.Chaturvedi, Galgotia Publishing Company,1999.

57
 Question Paper Pattern
Semester -III
3T4-Monetary Economics – I
Paper - IV
N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – II 16Marks

Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – III 16Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – IV 16Marks

Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

58
Allocation of marks for the subjects-
1. Financial Accounting -II
2. Business Communication and Management,
3. Business Law and
4. Monetary Economics-I

1a Two periodical class tests 10 marks

1b An assignment/Viva/Group Discussion/Seminar based on curriculum to 10 marks
be assessed by the teacher concerned
1 Internal assessment Total marks 20 marks
2 Unit- I 20 marks
Unit-II 20 marks
Unit-III 20 marks
Unit-IV 20 marks
Semester wise End Examination marks
80 marks
Total marks per subject 100 marks

59
 Semester-III
3T5-Compulsory English
Unit –I PROSE ITEMS FROM “BLOSSOMS”

1.The Portrait of a Lady - Khushwant Singh

2.Youth and the Tasks Ahead – Karan Singh
3.The Verger - W.S.Maugham
4.The Eyes are not Here - Ruskin Bond

Unit –II POEMS FROM “BLOSSOMS”

1.Money Madness – D.H.Lawrence

2.The Felling of the Banyan Tree – Dilip Chitre

3. A River - A.K.Ramanujan

Unit –III

(A)Comprehension of UnseenPassage

(B)Transformation of Sentences:

a.Affirmative –Negative and vice-versa

b.Interrogative – Assertive and vice-versa

Unit –IV

(A) Business Correspondence:

Claim and Adjustment Letters – Making Claims/Offering Adjustments

(B)Drafting Agenda/Minutes of a Meeting

Prescribed Text :Blossoms (Raghav Publishers)

Reference Books (For Sem III & IV) :

For Unit III – Learner’s English Grammar and Composition – N.D.V.Prasada Rao
(S.Chand)

For Unit IV – 1. Business Correspondence and Report Writing – R.C.Sharma & Krishna Mohan (Tata

2.Developing Communication Skills – Krishna Mohan & Meera Banerji (Macmillan) (Tata McGraw-
Hill)

60
 3T5-Compulsory English
Question Paper Pattern
Q 1. A. One LAQ out of Two based on Prose items (Unit I: Lesson No. 1 & 2) 08 Marks

B. One LAQ out of Two based on Prose items (Unit I: Lesson No 3 & 4) 08 Marks

Q 2. Four SAQs with internal choice based on prescribed Prose items (Unit I) 16 Marks
(4 x 4 Marks)
Q 3. A. One LAQ out of Two from prescribed poems (Unit II) 08 Marks

B. Comprehension of Unseen Passage – 4 VSAQs –4 x 2 Marks 08 Marks

Q 4. A. (i) Four items based on Unit III B (a) – 4 x 1 Mark - 04 Marks

(ii) Four items based on Unit III B (b) – 4 x 1 Mark - 04 Marks

B. One out of Two Questions based on Business Correspondence [Unit IV (A)] 08 Marks

Q 5. A. One out of Two Questions based on UNIT IV (B) 08 Marks

B. Four VSAQs based on Unit I and Unit III - (4×2 Marks) 08 Marks

Total = 80 Marks

N.B. LAQ - Long Answer Question to be answered in about 150 words.

SAQ - Short Answer Question to be answered in about 75 words.
VSAQ – Very Short Answer Questions to be answered in one or two sentences.

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT : 20 MARKS

The Internal Assessment would be done on the basis of the assignments submitted by the
student and his/her performance, attendance and conduct during the Semester. The
concerned teacher shall provide, in advance, a list of topics/assessment items/Question
Bank (to the students) based on the Units prescribed for the Theory Examination. Students
shall finalize 2 topics/items from 2 different units with the approval of the concerned
teacher and submit the same within the prescribed deadline.

Students may be given freedom to submit a creative writing assignment on human

values/world peace/environmental issues inspired by or related to the lessons/poems
prescribed in the syllabus.

2 Assignments – 6+6 = 12 Marks

Performance & Conduct – 4 Marks

Attendance - 4 Marks

TOTAL – 20 MARKS

61
 3T6.1 - Supplementary English

Semester - III
Unit 1 – Prose
1. The Thief- Ruskin Bond
2. Three Hermits – Leo Tolstoy
3. The Power of Prayer- A.P.J. Abdul Kalam
4. A Tryst with Destiny- Jawaharlal Nehru
Unit 2 - Poetry
1. Still I Rise- Maya Angelou
2. Ulysses - Alfred, Lord Tennyson
3. Telephone Conversation- Wole Soyinka
Non-Textual Portion-
Unit 3- Writing Skills
A) Report Writing

 Inquiry Report
 Progress Report
(B) Expansion of an Idea

Unit 4 - Vocabulary
(A) Business Terminology - Ad Valorem, Authorized Capital, Blue Chip, Benchmark, Credit
Rating, Corporation, Debenture, Dividend, Excise Duty, Face Value, Fringe Benefits, Goodwill,
Gross Profit, Inventory, Inflation, Joint Venture, Kickback, Lease, Mortgage, Patent, Portfolio,
Running Costs, Surety, Social Security, Voucher
(Students to give the appropriate business term for the definition/ explanation given)
Prescribed Text- Reflections- A Supplementary English Coursebook for
Undergraduates (Raghav Publishers)( for unit I & II )

Reference Books-
1. Professional Communication - Roshan Lal Raina, Iftikhar Alam, FaIzia Siddiqui.
(Himalaya Publishing House)( For the topic ‘Report Writing’ under unit III)
2. Macmillan Foundation English - R.K. Dwivedi, A. Kumar( for the topic
‘Expansion of an Idea’ under Unit III)
3. Business Correspondence & Report Writing- A practical approach to Business &
Technical Communication- R.C. Sharma & Krishna Mohan Fourth Edition
(McGraw Hill) ( for the topic ‘ Business Terms’ under Unit IV )

62
 3T6.1 - Supplementary English
Question Paper Pattern

Q1.
(E) Unit 1 Prose - LAQ 150 words (2 out of 4) 2 x 08 = 16 marks
Q 2.
(F) Unit 1 Prose - SAQ 75 words (4 out 5)
4 x 04 =16marks
Q 3.
(C) Unit 2 Poetry- LAQ 150 words- 1 out of 2 1 x 08 = 08 marks
(D) Unit 2 Poetry - SAQ 75 words- 2 out of 3 2 x 04 = 08 marks
Q4.
(A) Unit 3- Report Writing 1X08 =08 marks
(B) Unit 3- Expansion of an idea (1out of 2) 1X 08 = 08 marks
Q 5.
(A) Business Terms (4 out of 6) 4x02= 08 marks
(B) VSAQs from Unit 1 and Unit 2 4X02= 08 marks
Total Marks of Theory Examination- 80
INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 20 MARKS
The Internal Assessment would be done on the basis of the assignments submitted by the
student and his/her performance, attendance and conduct during the Semester. The
concerned teacher shall provide, in advance, a list of topics/assessment items/Question
Bank (to the students) based on the Units prescribed for the Theory Examination. Students
shall finalize 2 topics/items from 2 different units with the approval of the concerned
teacher and submit the same within the prescribed deadline.
Students may be given freedom to submit a creative writing assignment on human
values/world peace/environmental issues inspired by or related to the lessons/poems
prescribed in the syllabus.
2 Assignments – 6+6 = 12 Marks
Performance & Conduct – 4 Marks
Attendance - 4 Marks
TOTAL – 20 MARKS

Theory Examination – 80 Marks

Internal Assessment – 20 Marks
Total: 100 Marks

63
 3T6.2-विषय : मराठी

सर ततसर

र्न र. घटक र. अ्यासरम गण

ु शरा

१ १ पयाािरण, आधुतनकञानविञान आणण २०

रसार मा्यम ्या विषयांिर आधाररत
तनबंध ( चार पकी एक ; श्द मयाादा-४००
)
२ २ ग्य विभाग : पा्य प्
ु तक : भाषा दशान ३५
भाग द न
१ दख
ु :रांत लंकी यणं (्िाइंभट)
२ माझ द्तक िडील ( गच. वि.
ि शी)
३ सांगािा ( शंकरराि खरात )
४ शिटची माती ( आनंद यादि )
५ िनसामानयां्या रब धनाचं गततचर
( बा. ि. क्याणकर )

३ ३ प्य विभाग : पा्य प्

ु तक : भाषा दशान ३५
भाग द न
१ संतिाणी ( च खामळा, सना
निािी, नरिरी स नार )
२ लटपट लटपट तझ
ु ं चालणं (
ि नािी बाळा)
३ माझी कनया ( बी. )
४ आभाळाची आ्िी लकर ( िसंत
बापट )
५ इथच ( यशिंत मन िर )
६ ििर खाऊ नका ( ञानश िाकुडकर)
४ ४ ्याििाररक मराठी १०
१ रसारमा्यमांसाठी ि्ृ तलखन
२ क्पना वि्तार

64
 3T6.2-विषय : मराठी

र्न परिकेचे ्वूप

सि : तिसरे
िळ:३ तास)
(एकूण गण
ु -80)

र्न:१ पयाािरण आधुतनक ञानविञान आणण या विषयािर आधाररत तनबंध (चार पयाायांपकी एका
विषयािर)
श्दमयाादा- ४०० श्द (16 गण
ु )
र्न: २ ग्य विभागािर आधाररत दीघो्तरी द न र्नांपकी एक स डिा ( 16 गण
ु )
र्न: ३ प्य विभागािर आधाररत दीघो्तरी द न र्नांपकी एक स डिा ( 16 गण
ु )

र्न: ४ द न ग्य विभागािर ि द न प्य विभागािर आधाररत चार लघु र्नां्या द न गटांपकी एक
गट स डिा ( 16 गण
ु )

र्न: ५ एक लघु र्न ग्य विभागिर, एक लघु र्न प्य विभागािर आणण द न लघु र्न ्याििाररक
मराठीिर आधाररत अशा चार लघु र्नांची उ्तर शलिा ( 16 गण
ु )

एकूण गण
ु ववभागणी

१. ग्य विभाग 28 गण
ु
२. प्य विभाग 28 गण
ु
३. ्य्िाररक मराठी 08 गण
ु
४. तनबंध 16 गण
ु

एकूण गण
ु : 80

ं ्ग ल्यंकन ् : ं ंधि यधिययल्य ल रय््यपकयंन पर षयथ्यगच ि्यग ल उपधथि ( ५

् ), पर षयथ्यगचय ि्यग ल री् य् ( ५ ् ) ध धलधि थिूपय ल ् पयठ ( ् ) ्य
धनक यंिर एक ् यंपैकी धिययथ्यंचर ं ्ग ल्यंकन कर र

र लरि पर षय : ८ ्

65
 ं ्ग ल्यंकन : ्
एक ् :

3T6.3-fo"k;%& fgUnh
r`rh; l= % Semester III
le;%& rhu ?kaVs dqy vad%&80
bdkbZ bdkb;ksa (Units) dk ikB~;Øe Øekuqlkj vad
Øekad
(Units)
bdkbZ 1 Toyar leL;kvksa] vk/kqfud Kku&foKku rFkk izlkj 20
(Unit-1) ek/;e vkfn fo"k;ksa ij vk/kkfjr fuca/k A
¼ fdUgh pkj esa ls ,d fo"k; ij & ’kCn lhek 400 rd½

bdkbZ 2 Xk| foHkkx %& ikB~;iqLrd%& ^^lkfgR; ohfFkdk 35

(Unit-2) &Hkkx&2**
1½ fgEer vkSj ftanxh & fuca/k& jke/kkjh flag
^fnudj*
2½ thou dh fdrkc & fuca/k& vuar xksiky 'ksoMs
3½ Ik;kZoj.k& iznw"k.k % leL;k eukstxr dh & fuca/k&
foosdh jk;
4½ xkSjk & laLej.k & egknsoh oekZ
bdkbZ 3 5½ izfr’kks/k & ,dakdh & MkW- jkedqekj 35
(Unit-3) oekZ

i| foHkkx%& ikB~;iqLrd%& ^^lkfgR;

ohfFkdk&Hkkx&2**
1½ fou; if=dk & rqylhnkl
bdkbZ 4 2½ ehjk ds in & ehjkckbZ
(unit-4) 3½ jghe ds nksgs & jghe 10
4½ fiz; izokl & v;ks/;kflag mik/;k; ^gfjvkS/k*
5½ ckny dks f?kjrs ns[kk gS & ukxktqZu

vU; ikB~; lkexzh %&

1½ thou o`Rr (Bio-Data)ifjHkk"kk] lkekU; ifjp;]
izk:i]fo’ks"krk,¡] izdkjA

66
 2½ lk{kkRdkj (Interview)ifjHkk"kk]lhek,¡] mÌs’;] fl)kar]
izdkj]egRRoA

fVIi.kh%& bdkbZ& 4 dh lkexzh v/;;u vkSj v/;kiu ds ek/;e

ls rS;kj dh tk;sA

67
 3T6.3-fo"k;%& fgUnh
r`rh; l= % Semester III
fo"k;%& fgUnh
le;%& rhu ?kaVs dqy vad%&80

iz’u&1Toyar leL;kvksa] vk/kqfud Kku&foKku rFkk izlkj ek/;e vkfn

fo"k;ksa ij vk/kkfjr fuca/kA
¼ fdUgh pkj esa ls ,d fo"k; ij & ’kCn e;kZnk 400 ’kCnksa rd½
vad&16

iz’u&2x|& foHkkx ij vk/kkfjr ikBksa esa ls fodYi ds lkFk nh?kksZRrjh iz’uA

vad&16
¼nks iz’uksa esa ls ,diz’u dk mRrj visf{kr gSA½

iz’u&3i|& foHkkx ij vk/kkfjr dforkvksa esa ls fodYi ds lkFk nh?kksZRrjh iz’uA

vad&16
¼nks iz’uksa esa ls ,diz’u dk mRrj visf{kr gSA½

iz’u&4rhu x|&foHkkx lss o rhu i|& foHkkx ij vk/kkfjr dqy Ng y?kq iz’uksa esa
ls fdUgha pkj iz’uksa ds mRrj visf{kr gSSA 4
x4vad =vad&16

iz’u&5 blds vUrxZr lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øe ls pkj y?kqRrjh iz’u gksaxsaA izFke iz’u
x| ls] f}rh; iz’u i| ls] r`rh; iz’u eqgkojs vkSj yksdksfDr;ksa ls vkSj
prqFkZ iz’u i=&ys[ku ls iwNs tk;saxsa A lHkh iz’uksa ds mRrj
visf{kr gSA 4 x4vad =vad&16

vkUrfjd ewY;kdau & 20 vad

dqy vad foHkktu%&

fucU/k&16 vad
x| foHkkx & 28 vad
i| foHkkx &28 vad
vU; ikB~; lkexzh& 08 vad
dqy vad &80 vad

68
 Vocational Course
`Semester III
(Same syllabus for all vocational group subjects in B.Com – I)
3T7-Entrepreneurial Development-I
Full Marks: 80 Time: 3 Hours
Internal Assessment: 20
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level of knowledge: Basic knowledge
Objective: To provide knowledge regarding assisting institutions and preparation of
project.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit-I
Institutions Assisting Entrepreneurs- District Industries Centres (DICs), State Small
Industries Corporations (SSIC), Small Industries Services Institute (SISI), Small Industry
Development Corporations (SIDCO), Khadi & village Industries Commission (KVIC)
Unit-II
Commercial Bank & Entrepreneurial Development: State Bank of India (SBI), Punjab
National Bank (PNB), Indian Bank (IB), Bank of Baroda, Bank of India (BOI), Canara
Bank, Syndicate Bank, Export Import Bank of India (Exim Bank).
Unit-III
Concept of project and classification of project, project identification, project selection,
elements of project formulation - project report, contents of project report- project design
- project appraisal
Unit-IV
Methods of project appraisal-- Ratio analysis - Break even analysis - Profitability
analysis, average rate of return, overrun analysis,

Books Recommended:
 Dynamics of entrepreneurial development and management, Vasant Desai
 Entrepreneurial development, Vasant Desai.
 Entrepreneurial Development, S. S. Khanka, S. Chand Publishers.
 M.V. Deshpande : Entrepreneurship of small scale industries.
 Entrepreneurship Development and Business Communication, Vasant Desai and
Urmila Rai, Himalaya Publishing House.
 Entrepreneurship Development in India, Dr. C. B. Gupta and Dr. N.P. Srinivasan,
Sultan Chand & Sons.
 Entrepreneurial Development, Vasant Desai, Appannaiah, Reddy and Gopal
Krishna, Himalaya Publishing House.

69
 Group – I : Computer Applications
3T8.1 : Application Software
Time : 3 Hours Theory : 80
Marks
Practical : 20 Marks

Unit-I : Introduction to PowerPoint

Working with PowerPoint Window, Standard Toolbar, Formatting Toolbar, Drawing Toolbar,
Moving the Frame, Inserting Clip Art, Picture, Slide; Text Styling, Send to Back, Entering Data
to Graph,

Unit-II : Features of PowerPoint

Organization Chart, Table, Design Template, Master Slide, Animation Setting, Saving and
Presentation, Auto Content Wizard, Package for CD (Pack & Go Feature).

Unit-III : Introduction to MS-Access

Introduction to database management system, DBMS vs RDBMS, Database Administrator
(DBA) and its role.

Introduction to Microsoft Access, creating a database in access, using database wizards and
blank database, creating table, database view and design view,

Unit-IV : Introduction to MS-Access

Creating queries, forms, reports and macros in MS-Access, Relationship in MS-Access

Practical : Practical will be based on MS-PowerPoint and MS-Access

Books Recommended:
1. Microsoft Office –2000 – Gini Courter , Annelte Marquis BPB
2. IT Today (Encyclopedia) – S.Jaiswal
3. A First Course In Computers – Sanjay Saxena
4. First Text Book On Information Technology – Srikant Patnaik
5. Guide To Microsoft Access – Carl Townsand
6. An Introduction To Database Management System – Bipin C. Desai (Galgotia Pub.)

70
 7. Database Management Design – CSV Murthy ( Himalaya)
(Semester – III)
Group – II : Principles & Practice of Insurance
3T8.2:General Insurance – Paper I

Time : 3 Hours] Theory : 80 Marks

Internal Assessment: 20 Marks

Level of knowledge - Basic knowledge.

Objective - To create awareness regarding basic knowledge about General Insurance.

Unit – I
- General Insurance : Meaning Definition ,Functions, Importance of General
Insurance
- Principle of General Insurance ,History and Development of Insurance

Unit – II
- Types of Insurance, Life Insurance Vs.General Insurance
- Silent features of General Insurance Business ( Nationalisation ) Act,1972
- Concept of Reinsurance ,Double Insurance and Over insurance and its features
Unit-III

- Fire Insurance : Meaning, features and policy conditions for Fire Insurance,
premium calculation, fire insurance contracts.

- Procedure of Taking of Fire Policy, Types of Fire insurance, Settlement of Claim

of Fire Insurance, rate of fixation in fire insurance

Unit IV- Introduction to miscellaneous insurance, nature and utility of

miscellaneous insurance, progress of miscellaneous insurance, general insurance
business in India.

- Introduction to National Agricultural Insurance Scheme, property, motor

vehicle, health, cattle and engineering insurance, public liability insurance
Recommended books:
Fundamental Of Insurance, R.K. Gupta, Himalaya Publishing House.
Principles & Practice of Insurance, Dr. P. Periasamy, Himalaya Publishing House
Insurance Principle and Practice,M.M. Mishra and Dr. S.B. Mishra,S. Chand
Publication

71
 Principles of Insurance, Dr. Shakti Pratchbal and Dr. N.P. Dwivedi, Himalaya
Publishing House

Group-III
3T8.3- Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Management – III
Full Marks : 80 Time : 3 Hours
Internal Assessment : 20

 Level of knowledge: basic knowledge

 Objectives: to acquaint students with the theory and practice of advertising as well
also management of a firm‘s sales operation.

CONTENTS
Unit-I
- Introduction: meaning of advertising, importance of advertising from the viewpoint of
marketing and communication, role of advertising in the marketing mix – inter-
relationship with product decisions, Pricing Decision, Channels Decision. Personal Selling,
Sales Promotion and Publicity.

Unit-II
- Scope of advertising: How advertising works (a few case studies), Stimulating,
Expanding and sustain scale: secure sales lead, Increasing profits, Demarketing, Supporting
other promotion tools etc.

Unit – III
Various forms of advertising: National, Retail, Trade, Cooperative, Industrial,
Corporate/Institutional, Financial, Public Service, Political, Primary and Selective demand
Ad; Push and Pull Ad.

Unit – IV
- Advertising objectives: Meaning and importanc4e, Difference between objective, goals
and strategy, possible Ad objectives, Sales as an objective, communication objectives,
DAGMAR Approach of RH Colley.

Recommended books:
Luick, John F and Siegler, William Lee, Sales promotion and Modern Merchandising
(McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, 1968) 
Still, Richard, Edward W & Govoni Norman AP, Sales management Decisions, Strategies
and cases (Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1981) 
Stanton, William J & Buskrit, management of Sales Force ( Richard D, Irwin, Inc.
Homewood, 1987) 
Russell, Frederic A. Beach, Frank H & Buskrit, Richard H, Selling principles and Practices
(Mcgraw Hill, International Book Co.1982) 
David Aaker, Advertising management (Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi) 

72

Rajiv BAtra, Myers, David Aaker, Advertising Management (Prentice Hall India Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi) 

SEMESTER III
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR All Vocational Subjects
Computer Application, Insurance & Entrepreneurial Development &ASM

TIME:- 3 Hours] [Full Marks:- 80

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Q.1.(a) UNIT – I 8 Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.2. (a) UNIT – I 8 Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.3. (a) UNIT – I 8 Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.4. (a) UNIT – I 8 Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.5. Answer in Brief

(a) UNIT – I 4 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 4 Marks
(c) UNIT – III 4 Marks
(d) UNIT – IV 4 Marks

73
 B.Com. – Second Year
Semester-IV
4T1-: Financial Accounting – III
Unit – I
Final Accounts of Banking Companies
Meaning of Banking Companies, Functions of Banking, Restrictions for a Banking Company,
Provision of the Banking Companies Regulation Act 1949, Preparation of Annual accounts as
per Banking Companies Regulation Act 1949 as per amendment by RBI.
( Theory & Numericals)

Unit – II
Final Accounts of General Insurance Companies
Introduction, Types of General Insurance, Important Terms- Reserve for unexpired Risk,
Reinsurance Claims, Reinsurance Premium, Commission, Bonus in Reduction of Premium and
preparation of final accounts
( Theory & Numericals)

Unit – III
Valuation of Goodwill
Meaning, Characteristics of Goodwill, Factors influencing the value of goodwill, Need for
Valuation of goodwill , Valuation of goodwill as per -Average Profit Method, Weighted
Average Profit Method, Super Profit Method, Capitalization Method. ( Theory & Numericals)

Unit – IV
Liquidation of Company.
Meaning, Types of Liquidation, Steps in Voluntary Liquidation, Functions of Liquidator,
Liquidators remuneration/Commission. Preparation of Liquidator's Final Statement of Account
only. (Theory & Numericals)

The Financial year ends on 31st March.

Books Recommended
Gupta R. L. – Advanced Financial Accounting – S. Chand & Sons
Kumar, Anil S. – Advanced Financial Accounting – Himalaya PublicationHouse
Shukla and Grewal : Advanced Accounts (S. Chand & Ltd. New Delhi)
Jain and Narang : Advanced Accounts (Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana)
Sr. K. Paul : Accountancy, Volume –I and II (New Central Book Agency,Kolkata)
R. K..Lele and Jawaharlal : Accounting Theory (Himalaya Publishers)
Dr. L. S. Porwal : Accounting Theory (Tata McGraw Hill)

74
 Robert Anthony, D. F. Hawkins & K. A. Merchant : Accounting Text & Cases(Tata McGraaw
Hill)
Dr. S. N. Maheshwari : Corporate Accounting (Viakas Publishing House Pvt.Lit. New Heldi)
Dr. Ashok Sehgal& Dr. Deepak Sehgal : Advanced Accounting (Taxmann,New Delhi)

Question Paper Pattern

Semester IV
4T1-Financial Accounting – III
Paper - I

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.

2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q. No. 1 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16Marks

Q. No. 2 – Unit II
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 3 – Unit III

a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 4 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 5 a) Unit- I Problem 04 Marks

75
 b) Unit –II Problem 04 Marks
c) Unit-III Problem 04Marks
d) Unit-IV Problem 04 Marks

4T2- : Skill Development

Unit I: Introduction:
Basic of personality, Human growth and behavior, Motivation and morality, Meaning of
Skill, types; soft and hard skill, need for developing skill, human skill and behavior,
Motivation and morality, skill development and employment

Unit II: Communication skills and Personality Development:

Intra-personal communication and Body Language, Inter-personal Communication and
Relationships, Leadership Skills, Team Building and public speaking, Communication in
English, Presentation Skills, and Quality required for good public speaker,

Unit III: Techniques in Personality development

Self confidence, Mnemonics, Goal setting, Time Management and effective planning,
Stress Management, Meditation and concentration techniques, Self Motivation Self
acceptance and Self growth

Unit IV : Entrepreneurial skill development

Skill development of rural industrial sectors - small scale - handloom - agro based
industries, rural artisans - handicrafts and sericulture. Meaning of entrepreneurship, types
skill required for entrepreneurship

Suggested Books:

1. Personality Development –Transform yourself by Rajiv K Mishra.

2. Personality Development and Communication Skills – II by Dr.C.B.Gupta
3. Business Communication and Personality Development: Lessons for Paradigm Change in
Personality by Biswajit Das and Ipseeta Satpathy.
4. Entrepreneurship development.

76
 Question Paper Pattern
Semester-IV
4T2-Skill Development
N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – II 16Marks

Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – III 16Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – IV 16Marks

Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

77
 4T3-: Income Tax
Unit I: Introduction of Income Tax
i) Basic Concepts of Income Tax, Meaning & Definition of Assesses, Assessment
Year, Previous Year, Gross Total Income, Types of Assesses, Income Exempt
from tax, Capital & Revenue Expenditure. Agricultural Income.
Residential Status
ii) Residential Status and its effects on Tax incidence: Residential status of
Individual, HUF, Firm & Association of Person, Company, Basic Conditions &
Additional Conditions.(Theory)

Unit II: Income from Salary

i) Definition of Salary, Allowances, Types of Allowances, Taxable Allowances,
Tax Free Allowances, Partly Taxable Allowances,
ii) Perquisites, Types of Perquisites, Taxable Perquisites, Tax Free Perquisites,
iii) Types of Provident Fund, Tax treatment of P.F, E.P.F., Superannuation Fund and
Computation of Salary Income/Taxable Salary and tax liability. (Theory & Numericals)

Unit II Income from House Property

i)Meaning of Annual Value, Fully exempted income of house property, deemed owner.
ii)Deduction from income from house property, unreleased rent, computation of income
from house property. (Theory & Numericals)

Unit IV : i)Income Tax Slab Rates, Rebates, Income which do not form part of total Income
ii)Deduction under section 80C, 80CCC, 80CCD, 80D, 80DDB, 80E,
80G, 80GG, 80U
iii) Income from Other Sources
Income specifically included under the head of other sources, specified income,
casual income, deduction allowed from the income of other sources, computation
of income from other sources. (Theory & Numericals)

Books Recommended :

Ahuja G. K. and Ravi Gupta :- Systematic Approach to Income and Central Sales tax,
Bharat law house, New Delhi.

 Singhania V. K. :- Direct taxes :- Law and Practice, Taxman’s publication, Delhi.

78
  Jain K. C., Gour V. P., Narang D. B. :- Direct taxes Kalyani Publishers, Delhi.
 Datey V. S. :- Indirect taxes law and Practice, Taxman, New Delhi, customs and excise
Law Time - various issues.
 Dr. V. Upgade and Shende Dr. A. K. Income Tax, Anuradha publication, Nagpur.

Question Paper Pattern

Semester-IV
4T3-Income Tax
N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q. No. 1 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Theory 08 Marks
OR
c) Theory 08 Marks
d) Theory 08 Marks

Q. No. 2 – Unit II a) Theory 08 Marks

b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 3 – Unit III a) Theory 08 Marks

b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 4 – Unit I a) Theory 08 Marks

b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 5 a) Unit- I Problem 04 Marks

b) Unit –II Problem 04 Marks
c) Unit-III Problem 04Marks
d) Unit-IV Problem 04 Marks

79
 4T4-: MONETARY ECONOMICS-II

Unit I: Commercial Banking

Evolution, Meaning, Functions of Commercial Banks. Role commercial banks in a developing

economy. Process of Credit Creation by Commercial Banks & its Limitations, Investment Policy
of Commercial Banks. Non-Performing Assets- Meaning, Criteria and Causes.

Unit II: E-Banking & Core Banking

Meaning, Features, Advantages & Disadvantages of ATM (Automated Teller Machines.)

Meaning, Features, Merits and Demerits of Credit cards, Plastic cards, Smart cards, e-purse,
Laser cards. EFT (Electron Fund Transfer), ECS (Electronics clearing system).

Unit III: Banks and Customers Relationship and Services

Introduction, Meaning of Customer. Bank & Customer Relationship- Debtor & creditor, Trustee
and Beneficiary, Agent and Principal, Bailer and Bailee. Opening, operating and closing of
various bank accounts. Demat Account -Advantages, Opening and Operation of Demat Account.
Methods of Calculating Interest Rates on deposits and on loans.

Unit : IV Central Bank

Meaning, Objectives, Functions, Role of Central Bank. Credit Control- Meaning, Objectives,
Methods : Quantitative- Bank Rate, Open Market Operations, Cash Reserve Ratio(CRR),
Statutory Liquidity Ratio(SLR), Repo Rate. Qualitative – Varying margin requirement,
Regulation of consumer‘s credit, Issuing directives, Publicity measure, Moral suasion, Credit
rationing and limitations.

Books Recommended:

1. Monetary Economics, RR Paul, Kalyani Publishers.

2. Money, Banking and International Trade, K.P.M. Sundaram , Sultan Chand,New Delhi.
3. Macroeconomics, Mankiw, N. Gregory, Macmillan Worth Publishers New York, Hampshire U.K.

80
 4. Financial Institutions and Markets , Agrawal & Gupta, Kalyani Publishers.
5. Modern Banking ,Vaish, M.C, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.,New Delhi
6. Money and Financial System P.K. Deshmukh, Phadke Prakashan.
7. Monetary Economics, Rashi Arora, Sheth Publishers, Mumbai

Question Paper Pattern

Semester-IV
4T4-Monetary Economics- II
N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – II 16Marks

Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – III 16Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – IV 16Marks

Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

81
Allocation of marks for the subjects-

1. Financial Accounting -III

2. Skill Development
3. Income Tax and
4. Monetary Economics-II

1a Two periodical class tests 10 marks

1b An assignment/Viva/Group Discussion/Seminar based on curriculum to 10 marks
be assessed by the teacher concerned
1 Internal assessment Total marks 20 marks
2 Unit- I 20 marks
Unit-II 20 marks
Unit-III 20 marks
Unit-IV 20 marks
Semester wise End Examination marks
80 marks
Total marks per subject 100 marks

82
 Semester-IV
4T5-Compulsory English
Unit –I PROSE ITEMS FROM “BLOSSOMS”

PROSE ITEMS FROM “BLOSSOMS” :

1. Go! Kiss the World - Subroto Bagchi

2.The Gold Frame - R.K.Laxman

3.The Cabuliwallah - Rabindranath Tagore

4.The Struggle for an Education - Booker T. Washington

Unit –II POEMS FROM “BLOSSOMS”
POEMS FROM “BLOSSOMS” :

1.If – Rudyard Kipling

2.Stay Calm - Grenville Kleiser

3. Ballad of the Landlord - Langston Hughes

Unit –III
(A)Comprehension of Unseen Passage

(B) Transformation of Sentences:

a. Exclamatory-Assertive and vice-versa

b. Change the Voice

Unit –IV
(A) Business Correspondence:

Credit and Collection Letters – Granting Credit/Refusing Credit, Reminders for

payment

(B)Interoffice Memorandum/Office Order

Prescribed Text :Blossoms (Raghav Publishers)

Reference Books (For Sem III & IV) :

83
For Unit III – Learner’s English Grammar and Composition – N.D.V.Prasada Rao
(S.Chand)

For Unit IV – 1. Business Correspondence and Report Writing – R.C.Sharma & Krishna Mohan (Tata

2.Developing Communication Skills – Krishna Mohan & Meera Banerji (Macmillan) (Tata McGraw-
Hill)

4T5-Compulsory English
Question Paper Pattern
Q 1. A. One LAQ out of Two based on Prose items (Unit I: Lesson No. 1 & 2) 08 Marks

B. One LAQ out of Two based on Prose items (Unit I: Lesson No 3 & 4) 08 Marks

Q 2. Four SAQs with internal choice based on prescribed Prose items (Unit I) 16 Marks
(4 x 4 Marks)

Q 3. A. One LAQ out of Two from prescribed poems (Unit II) 08 Marks

B. Comprehension of Unseen Passage – 4 VSAQs –4 x 2 Marks 08 Marks

Q 4. A. (i) Four items based on Unit III B (a) – 4 x 1 Mark - 04 Marks

(ii) Four items based on Unit III B (b) – 4 x 1 Mark - 04 Marks

B. One out of Two Questions based on Business Correspondence [Unit IV (A)] 08 Marks

Q 5. A. One out of Two Questions based on UNIT IV (B) 08 Marks

B. Four VSAQs based on Unit I and Unit III - (4×2 Marks) 08 Marks

Total = 80 Marks
N.B. LAQ - Long Answer Question to be answered in about 150 words.
SAQ - Short Answer Question to be answered in about 75 words.
VSAQ – Very Short Answer Questions to be answered in one or two sentences.

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT : 20 MARKS

The Internal Assessment would be done on the basis of the assignments submitted by the
student and his/her performance, attendance and conduct during the Semester. The
concerned teacher shall provide, in advance, a list of topics/assessment items/Question
Bank (to the students) based on the Units prescribed for the Theory Examination. Students
shall finalize 2 topics/items from 2 different units with the approval of the concerned
teacher and submit the same within the prescribed deadline.

84
Students may be given freedom to submit a creative writing assignment on human
values/world peace/environmental issues inspired by or related to the lessons/poems
prescribed in the syllabus.

2 Assignments – 6+6 = 12 Marks

Performance & Conduct – 4 Marks
Attendance - 4 Marks
TOTAL – 20 MARKS

4T6.1-Supplementary English
Semester - IV
Unit 1 - Prose
1. The Last Salvation- R.P. Sisodia
2. The Romance of a Busy Broker- O’ Henry
3. Playing the English Gentleman- M.K. Gandhi
4. My Financial Career- Stephen Leacock
Unit 2 - Poetry
1. Dulce et Decorum est- Wilfred Owen
2. At the Lahore Karhai- Imtiaz Dharker
3. Leisure- W.H. Davies
Non-Textual Portion-
Unit 3 - Writing Skills
A) Report Writing
 Recommendation Report
 Situational Report about an event or function
B) Writing a dialogue with minimum 5 exchanges
Unit 4 - Vocabulary
(A) Business Terminology
(Advice Note, Arbitration, Boom, Brand, Buffer, Curriculum Vitae, Capital, Devaluation, Duty,
Entrepreneur, Gilt-Edged Stock, Infrastructure, Internal Audit, Ledger, Petty Cash, Raw Data,
Scrip, Social Audit, Stock Exchange, Tender, Trademark, Underwrite, Warranty, Wildcat Strike,
Write-Off) (Students to give the appropriate business term for the definition/ explanation given)

Prescribed Text:
Reflections - A Supplementary English Coursebook for Undergraduates
(Raghav Publishers) (For Unit I & II)
Reference Books-

85
 1. Professional Communication - Roshan Lal Raina, Iftikhar Alam, Faizia Siddiqui
(Himalaya Publishing House) ( For the topic ‘Report Writing’ under Unit III)
2. English for Practical Purposes - Z.N. Patil, B.S. Valke, Ashok Thorat, Zeenat Merchant.
(Macmillan) ( for the topic ‘Dialogue Writing’ under Unit III)
3. Business Correspondence & Report Writing - A Practical Approach to Business &
Technical Communication- R.C. Sharma & Krishna Mohan. (McGraw Hill Higher
Education) ( for the topic ‘Business Terms’ under Unit IV)

4T6.1-Supplementary English
Question Paper Pattern
Semester - IV

Q1.
(G) Unit 1 Prose - LAQ 150 words (2 out of 4) 2 x 08 = 16 marks
Q 2.
(H) Unit 1 Prose - SAQ 75 words (4 out of 5)
4 x 04 =16 marks
Q 3.
(E) Unit 2 Poetry- LAQ 175 words- 1 out of 2 1 x 08 = 08 marks
(F) Unit 2 Poetry - SAQ 75 words- 2 out of 3 2 x 04 = 08 marks
Q 4.
(A) Unit 3- Report Writing (1 out of 2) 1 x 08 = 08 Marks
(B) Unit 3- Writing a dialogue 1 x 08=08 Marks
(with minimum4 exchanges)
Q 5. (A) Business Terms (4 out of 6) 4x02 Marks= 08 Marks
(B) VSAQ from Unit 1 and Unit 2 4X02Marks =08 Marks
Total Marks of Theory Examination- 80
INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 20 MARKS
The Internal Assessment would be done on the basis of the assignments submitted by the
student and his/her performance, attendance and conduct during the Semester. The
concerned teacher shall provide, in advance, a list of topics/assessment items/Question
Bank (to the students) based on the Units prescribed for the Theory Examination. Students
shall finalize 2 topics/items from 2 different units with the approval of the concerned
teacher and submit the same within the prescribed deadline.

86
Students may be given freedom to submit a creative writing assignment on human
values/world peace/environmental issues inspired by or related to the lessons/poems
prescribed in the syllabus.

2 Assignments – 6+6 = 12 Marks

Performance & Conduct – 4 Marks
Attendance - 4 Marks
TOTAL – 20 MARKS

Theory Examination – 80 Marks

Internal Assessment – 20 Marks
Total: 100 Marks
4T6.2-विषय : मराठी
सर च थ

र्न र. घटक र. अ्यासरम गण

ु शरा

१ १ साहि्यविषयक तनबंध ( चार पकी एक; २०

श्द मयाादा- ४००)

२ २ ग्य विभाग : पा्य प्

ु तक : भाषा दशान ३५
भाग द न
१ इंरायणी्या िाळिंटात (
री. म . माट )
२ शमर ( ना. सी. फडक )
३ माणसांत विरलला माणूस (
दग
ु ाा भागित )
४ रामा मलकुली (्यंकटश
माडगळ
ु कर )
५ रम ( मार ती
गच्तमप्ली)
६ विञान यग
ु ात भारत (
ियंत नारळीकर )
३ ३ प्य विभाग : पा्य प्
ु तक : भाषा दशान ३५
भाग द न
१ द न भाुड ( संत एकनाथ)
२ वि्या्याारत ( कशिसत
ु )
३ आई ( यशिंत )

87
 ४ विचार झाला पाहिि ( िसंत
आबािी डिाक)
५ आता आ्िी (िभि स नारकर)

४ ४ ्याििाररक मराठी १०
१ ्मरणणका संपादन
२. िा्रचार

4T6.2-विषय : मराठी

र्न परिकेचे ्वूप

सि : चौथे
िळ:३ तास) (एकूण गण
ु -80

र्न:१ साहि्य विषयक तनबंध (चार पयाायांपकी एका विषयािर)

श्दमयाादा- ४०० श्द (16 गुण )
र्न: २ ग्य विभागािर आधाररत दीघो्तरी द न र्नांपकी एक स डिा ( 16 गुण )
र्न: ३ प्य विभागािर आधाररत दीघो्तरी द न र्नांपकी एक स डिा ( 16 गण
ु )

र्न: ४ द न ग्य विभागािर ि द न प्य विभागािर आधाररत चार लघु र्नां्या द न

गटांपकी एक
गट स डिा ( 16 गण
ु )

र्न: ५ एक लघु र्न ग्य विभागिर, एक लघु र्न प्य विभागािर आणण द न लघु र्न
्याििाररक मराठीिर आधाररत अशा चार लघु र्नांची उ्तर शलिा ( 16 गण
ु )

एकूण गुण ववभागणी

१. ग्य विभाग 28 गुण

२. प्य विभाग 28 गुण

88
 ३. ्य्िाररक मराठी 08 गण
ु
४. तनबंध 16 गुण

एकूण गुण : 80

ं ्ग ल्यंकन ् : ं ंधि यधिययल्य ल रय््यपकयंन पर षयथ्यगच ि्यग ल

उपधथि ( ५ ् ), पर षयथ्यगचय ि्यग ल री् य् ( ५ ् ) ध धलधि थिूपय ल
् पयठ ( ् ) ्य धनक यंिर एक ् यंपैकी धिययथ्यंचर ं ्ग ल्यंकन कर र

र लरि पर षय : ८ ्
ं ्ग ल्यंकन : ्
एक ् :

4T6.3-fo"k;%& fgUnh
prqFkZ l= %Semester IV
le;%& rhu ?kaVs dqy vad%&80
bdkbZ bdkb;ksa (Units) dk ikB~;Øe Øekuqlkj Vad
Øekad(Units)
bdkbZ 1 lkfgfR;d fo"k;ksa] Hkkjrh; R;kSgkjksarFkk 20
(Unit-1) LokLF; laca/kh fo"k;ksa ij vk/kkfjr fuca/kA
¼ fdUgh pkj esa ls,d fo"k; ij & ’kCn lhek 400 rd½
bdkbZ 2
(Unit-2) Xk| foHkkx%& ikB~;iqLrd%& ^^lkfgR; ohfFkdk
&Hkkx&2** 35

1½ y{eh dk Lokxr&,dakdh &misUnzukFk ^v’d*

2½ vHkko&dgkuh&fo".kq izHkkdj
3½ vdsyh&dgkuh&eUuw HkaMkjh
4½ ?kj dh ryk’k&dgkuh&jktsUnz ;kno
bdkbZ 3 5½ ydh &dgkuh&eerk dkfy;k
(Unit-3)
i| foHkkx%& ikB~;iqLrd%& ^^lkfgR; ohfFkdk 35
Hkkx&2**

1½ xhr &Qjks’k&Hkokuhizlkn feJ

2½ Lof.kZe ijkx&lqfe=kuUnu iar
3½ /kjrh LoxZ leku&xksikynkl ^uhjt*
bdkbZ 4 4½ [kksus dks ikus vk;s gks\&ek[kuyky prqosZnh

89
 (unit-4) 5½ >k¡lh dh jkuh dh lekf/k ij&lqHknzkdqekjh
pkSgku
10
vU; ikB~; lkexzh%&
1½ izfrosnu ys[ku ¼Report Writing½& vFkZ ,oa
ifjHkk”kk] mn~Hko vkSj fodkl] fo’ks”krk,¡] izdkj ,oa
rRo] izfrosnu rS;kj djrs le; /;ku nsus ;ksX; ckrsaA
2½ lekpkj ys[ku ¼News Writing½& lekpkj&i= ds
fy, lekpkj ys[ku] izeq[k vk;ke ,oa izk:Ik rS;kjdjuk]
foKku&fopkj] laln lekpkj] lekpkj vkSj laln] vijk/k
lekpkj] [ksy lekpkj] jkstxkkj lekpkj] lkekf;d ,oa O;fDrxr
lekpkj] ’kqHk voljksads lekpkj] e`R;q lekpkj] foKkiu
lekpkj vkfnA
Lkekpkj ys[ku esa vko’;d ckrksa ij /;ku nsuk
&’kh"kZiafDr(Head line)] lekpkj ys[ku izfØ;k] vPNs
lekpkj dhfo’ks”krk,¡] Hkk"kk&’kSyh] vPNs laoknnkrk
dh ;ksX;rk,¡A

fVIi.kh%& bdkbZ& 4 dh lkexzh v/;;u vkSj v/;kiu ds

ek/;e ls rS;kj dh tk;sA

iz'u&i= dk izk:Ik ,oa vad foHkktu

prqFkZl=
4T6.3-fo"k;%& fgUnh

le;%& rhu ?kaVs dqy vad%&80

iz’u&1 lkfgfR;d fo"k;ksa] Hkkjrh; R;kSgkjksa rFkk LokLF; laca/kh

fo"k;ksa ij vk/kkfjr fuca/kAvad&16
¼ fdUgha pkj esa ls ,d fo"k; ij & ’kCn e;kZnk 400 rd½

iz’u&2 x|& foHkkx ij vk/kkfjr ikBksa esa ls fodYi ds lkFk nh?kksZRrjh iz’uA
vad&16
¼nks iz’uksa esa ls ,d iz’u dk mRrj visf{kr gSA½

iz’u&3 i|& foHkkx ij vk/kkfjr dforkvksa esa ls fodYi ds lkFk nh?kksZRrjh

iz’uAvad&16

90
 ¼nks iz’uksa esa ls ,d iz’u dk mRrj visf{kr gSA½

iz’u&4rhu x|&foHkkx lss o rhu i|& foHkkx ij vk/kkfjr dqy Ng y?kq iz’uksa esa
ls fdUgha pkj iz’uksa ds mRrj visf{kr gSSA
4 x4vad=vad&16

iz’u&5 blds vUrxZr lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øe ls pkj y?kqRrjh iz’u gksaxsaA izFke iz’u
x| ls] f}rh; iz’u i| ls] r`rh; iz’u Ikzfrosnu ys[kuls vkSj prqFkZ iz’u
lekpkj&ys[ku ls iwNs tk;saxsa A lHkh iz’uksa ds mRrj visf{kr gSA
4 x 4vad=vad&16

vkUrfjd ewY;kdau & 20 vad

dqy vad foHkktu%&

fucU/k&16 vad
x| foHkkx & 28 vad
i| foHkkx &28 vad
vU; ikB~; lkexzh& 08 vad
dqy vad &80 vad

Vocational Course
Semester IV
(Same syllabus for all vocational group subjects in B.Com – I)
4T7-- Entrepreneurial Development-I
Full Marks: 80 Time: 3 Hours
Internal Assessment: 20
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level of knowledge: Basic knowledge
Objective: To provide knowledge about small business and environment consideration.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit-I
Small Enterprises
Definition, Characteristics, Relationship between Small and Large Units, Objectives,
Scope, Role of Small Enterprises in Economic Development.
Unit-II

91
Selection of Types of Organisation
Sole proprietorship, Partnership, Joint stock company, Factors influencing the choice of
organization
Unit-III
Legal Aspects of Small Business – Major provisions of Income Tax, Sales Tax, Patent
Rules, Excise Rules – Factory Act and Payment of Wages Act.
Unit-IV
Environmental considerations – Concept of ecology and environment – Factors
contributing to Air, Water, Noise pollution – Air, Water and Noise pollution standards
and control – regulatory bodies. Personal Protection Equipment (PPEs) for safety at work
places.
Books Recommended:
 Dynamics of entrepreneurial development and management, Vasant Desai
 Entrepreneurial development, Vasant Desai.
 Entrepreneurial Development, S. S. Khanka, S. Chand Publishers.
 M.V. Deshpande : Entrepreneurship of small scale industries.
 Entrepreneurship Development and Business Communication, Vasant Desai and
Urmila Rai, Himalaya Publishing House.
 Entrepreneurship Development in India, Dr. C. B. Gupta and Dr. N.P. Srinivasan,
Sultan Chand & Sons.
 Entrepreneurial Development, Vasant Desai, Appannaiah, Reddy and Gopal
Krishna, Himalaya Publishing House.

Group – I : Computer Applications

4T8.1 : Computerized Accounting (C/A)

Time : 3 Hours Theory : 80

Marks Practical : 20 Marks

Unit-I :

Introduction to Accounting, Advantages of accounting, Books of accounts, Classification of

Accounts, Financial Statements, Inventory management, Computerized Accounting, Need of
Computerized Accounting, Accounts Organization, Accounts group, Loans Liabilities, Assets
and Budget.

Unit-II :

92
Accounting Software’s Introduction to tally Software, Features of Tally Screen, Company
information, Creating new Company, Gateway, Selection of Company, selection of Options,
Buttons at Gateway, Working with multiple Companies, Company Features,

Configuration- General, Numeric Symbols, Voucher Entry, Creation of Voucher Screen, invoice
Order Entry, Printing.

Unit-III :

Accounts info menu, Account Groups- create new group, creation of primary group. Normal and
advance information, Ledger Accounts, cost categories, Cost Centers. Creation of Budget, Types
of budget. Voucher- Voucher Entry, creation of Vouchers Screen, types of Voucher, Selection of
Voucher types, Post Dated Voucher, printing of Vouchers, Cheque Printing.

Unit-IV :

Inventory info, Features of Inventory info. Configure- Inventory Info, balance Sheet, Audit Trail,
Ratio Analysis. Display-Accounting Report Display, Inventory report Display, and MIS Report
Display. Printing Reports, Export, Export of Data.

Practical : Practical will be based on Tally S/W

Tally Software – All Accounting Problems Viz. Balance sheet, Profit & Loss, Cash Book, Loans,
Cost Accounting, Vouchers, Budget, Sales and Purchase, Assets & Liabilities, Inventory
Management, Financial Statements, Books of accounts, Ledger, etc.

Books Recommended:

1. Accounting with Tally : K.K. Nadhani, BPB Publication

2. Tally Tutorial : K.K. Nadhani and A.K. Nadhani, BPB Publication.
3. Advances Accounts Vol-I: M.C. Shukla, T.S.Grewal and S.G,Gupta, S.Chand &
Company, Delhi.

4. Accounting Principles: Anthony R.N. and J.S. Richard, Irwin Inc.

5. Advanced Accountancy By P.C. Tulsian, Tata McGraw HILL Publication.
6. Tally By S.B. Kishor (Dasganu)
7. Fundamentals of Computers – ITL Education Solutions Ltd. (Pearson)

93
 Group – II: Principles & Practice of Insurance
4T8.2 - General Insurance – Paper II (Semester – IV)

Time : 3 Hours] Theory : 80 Marks

Internal Assessment: 20 Marks

Level of knowledge - Basic knowledge.

Objective - To create awareness regarding basic knowledge about General Insurance.

Unit – I
- Nature of Marine Insurance, Marine insurance contract, Marine insurance
policies, premium calculation, kinds of Marine insurance policies.

94
- Types of Marine losses, payment of claims, proximity clause, voyage warranties,
progress of Marine insurance business in India.

Unit - II
- Policy conditions for Marine Insurance, Procedure of taking out Marine Policy

- Settlement of claim of Marine loss, Growth of Marine Insurance Business

Unit –III
- Nature of insurance benefits, insurers liability, resources to life and general table,
value of benefits, basic plan of assurance.
- Temporary assurance and pure endowment.
Unit- IV
- Fidelity Guarantee Insurance, Public liability, Health Insurance, Personal Accident
and Sickness Insurance
- Growth of Miscellaneous Insurance business in India
- Growth of General Insurance Business after Privatisation.
Recommended books:
Fundamental Of Insurance, R.K. Gupta, Himalaya Publishing House.
Principles & Practice of Insurance, Dr. P. Periasamy, Himalaya Publishing House
Insurance Principle and Practice,M.M. Mishra and Dr. S.B. Mishra,S. Chand
Publication
Principles of Insurance, Dr. Shakti Pratchbal and Dr. N.P. Dwivedi, Himalaya
Publishing House

Group-III

4T8.3-Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Management – IV

Full Marks : 80 Time : 3 Hours
Internal Assessment : 20

Unit-I
- Advertising Budget: Consideration to be kept in mind while deciding the budget,
different methods. The budget-making process.
Unit-II
- Media planning: Importance of the exercise, Evaluation of important media-print, audio-
visual, outdoor, direct mail, advertising on internet misc. media, the media planning
process, important considerations- cost, coverage, flexibility, impact etc. computerized
media selection, current Ad, Media scene in India.
Unit-III
- Role of selling in planed economy, selling as a career

95
- Acquiring skills and developing new qualities for salesmen and to improve growth
chances.
- Tips and suggestions to improve personal ability, skills for salesmen, product knowledge,
planned selling system.
- Practical suggestions to improve day to day field working, customer psychology, buying
motives, trade relations, effective distribution network.
- Sales organizations- types, principles, aims and objectives.

Unit-IV
- Selection and training of sales force, latest techniques in training.
- Motivation and compensation plans
- Sales planning (forecasting) methods, budgets, implementation, review techniques.
- Communication, how to develop skills for effective communication, principles, objectives
and methods.
- Sales mangers/supervisors – their role, authority and responsibility
Recommended books:
Luick, John F and Siegler, William Lee, Sales promotion and Modern Merchandising
(McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, 1968) 
Still, Richard, Edward W & Govoni Norman AP, Sales management Decisions, Strategies
and cases (Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1981) 
Stanton, William J & Buskrit, management of Sales Force ( Richard D, Irwin, Inc.
Homewood, 1987) 
Russell, Frederic A. Beach, Frank H & Buskrit, Richard H, Selling principles and Practices
(Mcgraw Hill, International Book Co.1982) 
David Aaker, Advertising management (Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi) 

Rajiv BAtra, Myers, David Aaker, Advertising Management (Prentice Hall India Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi) 

SEMESTER IV
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR All Vocational Subjects
Computer Application, Insurance & Entrepreneurial Development &ASM

TIME:- 3 Hours] [Full Marks:- 80

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Q.1.(a) UNIT – I 8 Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

96
Q.2. (a) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.3. (a) UNIT – I 8 Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.4. (a) UNIT – I 8 Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.5. Answer in Brief

(a) UNIT – I 4 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 4 Marks
(c) UNIT – III 4 Marks
(d) UNIT – IV 4 Marks

B.Com. – Third Year

Semester-V
5T1- : Financial Accounting – IV
Unit – I
Amalgamation and Absorption of Companies
Introduction, Meaning, Characteristics, Objectives, Methods of purchase Consideration,
Accounting Procedure of Amalgamation and Absorption.
(Theory & Numericals)

Unit – II
Reconstruction of Companies.
(Internal and External Reconstruction of Companies)
Meaning, Characteristics, Objectives, Difference between Reconstruction and Reorganization,
Accounting Procedure of Reorganization and Reconstruction.
(Theory & Numericals)
97
Unit – III
Accounts of Public Utility Companies (Electricity, Gas and Water Supply
Companies) According to Double Accounting System-
Meaning, Main features of Double Accounting system, Objective of Double Accounting System,
Difference between Double Accounting System and Single Accounting System, Merits,
Demerits of Double Accounting System, Preparation of Final Accounts.
(Theory & Numericals)

Unit – IV
Valuation of Shares
Meaning, Need of Valuation of Shares, Factors affecting the value of shares, Methods of
valuation of shares, Net Assets Method/Intrinsic Value Method, Yield Method.
(Theory & Numericals)

The Financial year ends on 31st March.

Books Recommended
– Advanced Financial Accounting – S. Chand & Sons
– Advanced Financial Accounting – Himalaya PublicationHouse

–I and II (New Central Book Agency,Kolkata)

and Jawaharlal : Accounting Theory (Himalaya Publishers)

(Tata McGraawHill)
Viakas Publishing House Pvt.Lit. New Heldi)

Question Paper Pattern

Semester -V
5T1-Financial Accounting – IV

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.

2) All questions carry equal marks.
Time :- 3 hours Marks-80
Q. No. 1 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16Marks

98
Q. No. 2 – Unit II
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 3 – Unit III

a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 4 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 5 a) Unit- I Problem 04 Marks

b) Unit –II Problem 04 Marks
c) Unit-III Problem 04Marks
d) Unit-IV Problem 04 Marks

5T2– :Cost Accounting

Unit – I
Cost Accounting :-
Meaning, Importance, Element of Cost, Cost-Absorption, Allocation of Overheads and Methods
of costing, Difference between Cost Accounting and Financial Accounting. Simple Problems on
Cost Sheet, Tender and Quotations. (Theory & Numericals)

Unit – II
Reconciliation of Profit /Loss shown by Cost and Financial Accounts:
Need for reconciliation of profit, reason for the difference between cost accounts and financial
accounts, objectives of reconciliation statement, methods of preparation of reconciliation
statement. (Theory & Numericals)

Unit – III

99
Process Cost Accounting :
Methods of costing, advantages and limitations of process costing, difference between job
costing and process costing, Normal loss, Abnormal loss and Abnormal effectives,
(Theory & Numericals)

Unit –IV
Contract Costing:
Features of contract costing, Types of contracts, Elements of contract cost, Nature of contract-
completed contract, incomplete contract(Theory & Numericals)

- Books Recommended -
–Shri Mahavir Book Depot, New
Delhi
- Sultan Chand and Sons New Delhi
– T.S. – Grewal, M.P. Gupta – Cost Accounting – S. Chand , NewDelhi
– Cost Accounting – S. Chand, New Delhi
ukla :- Cost Accounts (Hindi)
– Advanced Cost Accounting , S. Chand & Company
– Advanced Cost Accounting – Kalyani Publication
– Advanced Cost Accounting – Himalaya Publication House

Question Paper Pattern

Semester –V
5T2-Cost Accounting
Compulsory Paper- II

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.

2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q. No. 1 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks

100
 b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16Marks

Q. No. 2 – Unit II
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 3 – Unit III

a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 4 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 5 - Unit- I a) Problem 04 Marks

Unit –II b) Problem 04 Marks
Unit-III c) Problem 04Marks
Unit-IV d) Problem 04 Marks

101
 5T3-MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Objective: To equip the students with the knowledge of Management Process and inspire
them to acquire required quality to face the managerial challenges.

Unit I:-
Management and Administration: - Management concept, levels of management,
importance & functions of various levels of management. Administration- meaning, concept
and functions of administration. Differences between Management and Administration.

Unit II:-
Managerial Development & Group Dynamics: - Need for developing managerial
skills, skills required of a manager, classification of managerial skill, methods of developing
skills of managers, group dynamics ,meaning & significance, types of groups, group
formation development, group composition.

Unit III:-

Managerial Style: - Meaning and types of managerial styles X and Y Theory of Macgregor,
factors’ influencing managerial style, organization conflict- traditional and modern approaches to
conflict, Management as a profession, significance of professional manager in current scenario,

Unit IV:-

Motivation: Definition, Meaning and concept of motivation, kinds of motivation and its
importance, Theories of motivation- Maslow’s theory of need hierarchy, Herzberg’s theory of
motivation, relationship between motivation & productivity.

Refefence:

1. Sherlekar”Management Value Oriented Holistic Approach” Himalaya Publishing.

2. Stephen Robbins : Organizational Behaviour, Prentice Hall of India.
3. Terry George: Principles of Management.
4. R.S.Dewedi “Human Relation and organizational behaviour.
5. Shejwalkar and Ghanekar : Principal and Practices of Management
6. Sharma, : Organisational behaviour
7. Saxena, Principal and Practices of Management

102
 QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
BCOM – III: SEMESTER V
5T3-Management Process

TIME:- 3 Hours] [Full Marks:- 80

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

103
 5T4: Indian Economy – I

Unit I:
Indian Economy & Planning
Economic Planning- Characteristics, Rationale, Features, Objectives of Economic
Planning. Strategy of India’s Development Plans. Objectives and Evaluation of 11th Plan.
Objectives of 12th Plan. Resources allocation and financing of five years plans. Regional
Planning in India- Aspects of regional planning , Conceptualization, Magnitude
&Challenges. Achievements and shortcomings of India’s Economics Planning. NITI
Aayog-Aims, Objectives & Structure. From Economic Planning to NITI Aayog-
Differences in the two Approaches.

Unit II:
Indian Economy & Policy
Concept of Economic Growth & Economic Development. Characteristics of
underdeveloped/ developing countries. Broad features of Indian economy. Natural
resources- Land, soil, water, forest, mineral. Infrastructure - Sources of Energy in India.
Power, Coal, Oil and Gas, Atomic, Non-conventional Sources, India’s Energy Strategy.
Transport System in India- Railways, Road, Water & Air Transport.

Unit III-
Population & Unemployment
India’s Population: Size and Growth Trends, Causes of Population Explosion,
Consequences on Economic Development, Remedies, Population Policy. Employment
and Unemployment- Trends, Structure of Employment in India. Nature & Estimates of
Unemployment. Urban & Rural Unemployment- Causes, Effect, Government Policy for
Removing Unemployment.
Unit IV:
India’s Public Finance
Public Expenditure-Classification, Role of Public Expenditure in India, Causes of
increase in Public Expenditure. Public Revenue-Sources of Public Revenue in India.
Public Debt- Meaning, Concept, Classification, Role, Problem and Remedies. India’s
Fiscal Deficit-Causes, Recent Policy Measures towards Controlling Fiscal Deficit.
Books Recommended:
1. Indian Economy, Datt & Sundharam, S Chand
2. The Indian Economy: Problems and Prospects, D .R.Gadgil.
3. Globalization And Indian Economy, R.Chaddha, Sumit Enterprises.
4. Indian Economy : Problems of Development and Planning, A.N.Agrawal, New Age
International.
5. Indian Economy, Misra & Puri, Himalaya Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
6. Government of India- Five Year Plans.
7. Government of India- Economy Survey.
8. Reserve Bank of India- Annual Reports on Currency and Finance.
9. Indian Ecomomics, Rashi Arora, Mumbai

104
 Question Paper Pattern
Semester –V
Elective–I
5T4- Indian Economics – I

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.

2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

105
 5T5.1 : Marketing Management

Unit – I
Introduction: Meaning and Concept of Marketing and Marketing Management.
Traditional and Modern concept of Marketing, Functions and importance of Marketing
Management, Market segmentation: - evaluation, criteria’s, advantages and disadvantages of
market segmentation, types

Unit-II
Market and pricing policies: Meaning, concept and characteristics of Consumer
Market, Industrial Market and Service Market, their difference, government and reseller market,
online market: - issues and challenges Pricing policies: - meaning, types and factors governing
them.

Unit – III
Product Planning and Distribution: Product Planning – New Product Development –
Product Life Cycle – Branding and Packaging , Distribution Channels for Consumer
Product, Industrial Product and Service Product, Function of Distribution of Channels,
Factors Affecting Distribution of Channels.

Unit – IV
Consumer behavior and Promotion:
Consumer behavior: - Meaning, concept and factors affecting consumer behavior,
Customer Satisfaction, measurement of Customer Satisfaction, After Sales Services and
its role in modern business, Promotion: techniques of promotion, Personal Selling;
Advertising, Direct Marketing. E-marketing

Suggested Books:
1. Marketing Management, Philip Kotler and Kevin Lane Keller: Prentice Hall of India /
Pearson Education, New Delhi.
2. Marketing Management,V. J. Ramaswami and S. Namakumari:, Macmillan Business
Books, Delhi.
3. Principles of Marketing Management, Dr. Arvind Shende, Dr. Dilip Vairagade,
Anuradha Prakashan, Nagpur.
4. Services Marketing; S M Jha; Himalaya Publishing House.
5. Industrial Marketing Practices in India- S.L. Gupta, Sanjeev Bahadur and Hitesh Gupta Excel Books,
New Delhi.
6.foi.ku O;oLFkkiu&MkW-es?kk ukusVdj&lkbZukFk izdk”ku]ukxiqj

106
 Question Paper Pattern
Semester –V
Elective Group–I
5T5.1- Marketing Management

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.

2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

107
 Elective Group–I
5T5.2 : Computerized Accounting

Unit-I
Introduction - Computerized Accounting, Advantages of Computerized Accounting, Manual Vs
Computerized Accounting, Need of Computerized Accounting, Accounts Organization,
Accounts group, Loans, Liabilities, Assets and Budget.

Unit-II
Accounting Software’s, - Introduction to Tally Software, Features of Tally, Tally Screen,
Company Information, Creating new Company, Gateway, Selection of Company, Selection of
Options, Buttons at Gateway, Working with multiple Companies, Company Features,
Configuration – General, Numeric Symbols, Voucher Entry, Invoice Order Entry, Printing.

Unit-III
Accounts Info Menu, Account Groups – Create new group, creation of Primary group. Normal
and Advance Information, Ledger Accounts, Cost Categories, Cost Centers. Creation of Budget,
Types of Budget. Voucher – Voucher Entry, Creation of Voucher Screen, Types of Voucher,
Selection of Voucher Types, Post Dated Voucher, Printing of Vouchers, Cheque Printing,
advance Features of account Voucher.

Unit-IV
Inventory Info, Features of Inventory Info. Configure – Inventory Info, Balance Sheet, Audit
trail, Ratio Analysis. Display – Accounting Report Display, Inventory report Display, and MIS
Report Display. Printing Reports, Export of Data. Maintenance – Bank Reconciliation, House
Keeping, Data Maintenance. Security – Users and Password, Security Controls, Types of
Security, Creation New Security Levels and Tally Audit.

Books Recommended:
 Accounting with Tally : K.K. Nadhani, BPB Publication.
 Tally. ERP 9 : Prof. C. M. Tembhurnekar& Dr. D. N. Khadse , Saijyoti publication ,
Nagpur.
 Tally Tutorail : K.K. Nadhani and A.K. Nadhani, BPB Publication.
 Advances Accounts Vol-I: M.c.Shukla, T.S.Grewal and S.G, Gupta, S. Chand&
Company, Delhi.
 Accounting Principles: Anthony R.N. and J.S. Richard, Irwin Inc.
 Advanced Accountancy By P.C. Tulsian, Tata McGraw HILL Publication.
 Microsoft Office -2000/2007- Gini Courter, Annelte Marquis BPB.
 It Today (Encyclopaedia) - S.Jaiswal.
 Gulhane, Dr,. Tiwari, Naidu Computarized Accounting, Sheth Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai
 A First Course In Computers - Sanjay Saxena.
 First Text Book On Information Technology – SrikantPatnaik.

108
 Question Paper Pattern
Semester –V
Elective Group–I
5T5.2-Computerized Accounting

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.

2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

109
 Foundattion Group–I
5T6.1 : Business Finance -I

Unit –I Business Finance-Meaning, Nature, Significance, Objects and Scope of

Business Finance, Functions of Financial Executive in an Organization.
Sources of Business Finance-Long- Medium and Short Term Sources of Finance,
Equity, Preference shares, Sweat equity shares, Shares with differential rights,
debentures & Bonds .(Theory)

Unit – II Project Financing: Meaning, Steps involved in Project Financing,

Appraisal of project, Means of Project finance, Aspect of Project Appraisal.
(Theory)
Inventory Management : Need and Cost of Inventory , Economic Order
Quantity under constant price and with varying price , Various inventory levels.
(Theory & Numericals)
Leverages -Concept of Leverages, Operating and Financial Leverages. (Theory
& Numericals)

Unit – III Management of Working Capital.

Meaning & Concept ,Need or Objects of Working Capital, types, and Advantages
of Working Capital , disadvantages of Excessive Working Capital,
Determinant’s , assessment of Working Capital requirements(Theory &
Numericals)

Unit – IV Debtors Management.: Introduction to Debtors Management,

Cost of extending credits, Credit / discount policy, Effective cost of bill
discounting . (Theory & Numericals)
Creditors Management: Introduction, Cost of Credit, Accruals / expenses
payable as source of finance. (Theory & Numericals)
Venture Capital Financing: Meaning, Methods of Venture Financing, Problem
areas facing the Venture Capital Industry. (Theory)
Books Recommended:
1. Financial Management Problems &Solutions :- Kishore Ravi M (Taxman
Allied Service (p) Ltd.)
2. Fundamentals of Financial Management :- Chandra Prasanna (Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.)
3. Management Accounting & Financial Management :-Arora M N (Himalaya
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.)
4. Business Finance : Dr.Jain V. K. ,And Sharma D.G. (Shethe publishers PVT.
LTD.

110
 Question Paper Pattern
Semester –V
Foundattion Group–I
5T6.1-Business Finance -I

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.

2) All questions carry equal marks.
Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q. No. 1 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Theory 08 Marks
OR
c) Theory 08Marks
c) Theory 08Marks

Q. No. 2 – Unit II
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Theory 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 08 Marks
d) Problem 08 Marks

Q. No. 3 – Unit III

a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Theory 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 08 Marks
d) Problem 08 Marks
Q. No. 4 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 08 Marks
d) Problem 08 Marks

Q. No. 5 - Unit- I a) Theory 04 Marks

Unit –II b) Problem 04 Marks
Unit-III c) Problem 04Marks
Unit-IV d) Problem 04 Marks
Foundattion Group–I
111
 5T6.2 : Auditing
UNIT- I: Basic of Auditing
(i) Audit, Auditing and Auditor: Meaning, definition, object and scope of Audit and
auditing, basic principles governing an audit, Advantage and Disadvantages of Audit, Difference
between Internal Audit and External Audit, Types of Audit: Meaning, Objective and
Importance of Continuous Audit, Annual Audit, Periodical Audit, Internal Audit.
(ii) Internal Control and Internal Audit System: Meaning, definition, advantages and
disadvantages of Internal Control, Internal Check, Internal Audit, EDP Audit: Meaning of EDP
audit, Control in EDP (Electronic Data Processing) Environment- General EDP Control,
Application Control
UNIT- II: Audit Working and Procedure.
i)Audit Planning, Evidence Audit programme: Meaning and Definition, Objective, Advantages
and Disadvantages of Audit Programme, Formulation of audit programme, precaution to be
taken for preparation of audit programme.
ii)Audit Documentation and Evidence: Meaning, definition, content, advantages of audit note
book, audit working paper, essential of good audit working paper, Ownership and custody of
audit working paper, Audit evidence, Method of obtaining audit evidence
UNIT-III
(i) Standard on Auditing: Standard Auditing Policies- Introduction of auditing standard issued
by ICAI (From AAS-1 to AAS -30 and AAS-34)
ii) Vouching & Verification
Vouching: Meaning and definition of vouching, objective, importance and limitation of
vouching, Vouching procedure and precaution to be taken for vouching of - Cash book, purchase
book, sales book.
iii) Verification of Assets and Liabilities: Meaning, object, importance and limitation of
Verification. Audit of Fixed Assets, Current Assets, General principle regarding verification of
assets, Audit of Liabilities, General principle of regarding verification of liabilities.
UNIT- IV: Company Audit & Audit Report
(i) Company Auditor: Legal provision related with appointment of auditor under Companies
Act 2013, Qualification and disqualification of auditor, Right, Power, and liabilities of company
auditor, civil and criminal liabilities of company auditor, Legal provision related with
remuneration, removal of company auditor.
(ii) Company Audit :Meaning, definition, feature, objective, advantages and criticism of
Financial audit, Management audit, Special audit, Cost Audit, Difference between Financial
audit and cost audit, Management audit and financial audit.
iii) Audit report and Certificate: Meaning, definition, content, scope and significance of audit
report
Reference Books:
 Aruna Jha: Students Guide to Auditing and Assurance, Taxman Publication, New Delhi
 S.D. Sharma: Auditing Principle and Practice, Taxman Publication , New Delhi
 Dr. Arvind shende, Dr. Dilip Vairagade; Auditing-Anuradha Prakashan, Nagpur.
 L. N. Chopde, D.H. Choudhari, Dr. Baban Taywade: Auditing – Sheth Publishers
 Dr. K. R. Dixit: Auditing – Vishwa Publishers & Distributors, Nagpur
 B. N. Tandon, S. Sudharsanam, S. Sundharabahu: Practical Auditing – S. Chand &
Company Ltd.
 S. K. Mehta: Auditing , Diamond Publication Pune

112
 Question Paper Pattern
Semester –V
Foundattion –I
5T6.2Auditing
TIME:- 3 Hours] [Full Marks:- 80

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

113
Allocation of marks for all subjects-

1a Two periodical class tests 08marks

1b An assignment/Viva/Group Discussion/Seminar based on curriculum to 08marks
be assessed by the teacher concerned
1c Overall conduct as a responsible learner 04marks
1 Internal assessment Total marks 20 marks
2 Unit- I 20 marks
Unit-II 20 marks
Unit-III 20 marks
Unit-IV 20 marks
Semester wise End Examination marks
80 marks
Total marks per subject 100 marks

114
 Vocational Course: Semester V
(Same syllabus for all vocational group subjects in B.Com – I)
5T7:Entrepreneurial Development-I
Full Marks: 80 Time: 3 Hours
Internal Assessment: 20
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level of knowledge: Basic knowledge
Objective: To provide knowledge regarding documentation franchising and
business plan.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit-I
Documents:- Types of documents - Commercial, Regulatory and Assistance
Document, procedure of processing of an export order.

Unit-II
Franchising and Financing:- Definition, Advantages, Disadvantages of franchising
in India, Financing of new ventures – Types of finance – Short, Medium and Long
Term.

Unit-III
Business Plan – Meaning of Business Plan, Importance and Preparation of
Business Plan, Financial and Social aspects of Business Plan.

Unit-IV
Meaning and Concepts – Management, Marketing, Accounting, Inventory
Management, Working Capital Management, Human Resource Management and
Total Quality Management.
Books Recommended:
 Dynamics of entrepreneurial development and management, Vasant Desai
 Entrepreneurial development, Vasant Desai.
 Entrepreneurial Development, S. S. Khanka, S. Chand Publishers.
 M.V. Deshpande : Entrepreneurship of small scale industries.
 Entrepreneurship Development and Business Communication, Vasant
Desai and Urmila Rai, Himalaya Publishing House.
 Entrepreneurship Development in India, Dr. C. B. Gupta and Dr. N.P.
Srinivasan, Sultan Chand & Sons.
Entrepreneurial Development, Vasant Desai, Appannaiah, Reddy and Gopal Krishna, Himalaya
Publishing House

115
 Group – I : Computer Applications
5T8.1 : Web Designing using HTML (WD)
Paper - I

Time : 3 Hours Theory : 80

Marks
Practical : 20 Marks

Unit –I :
HTML : Introduction, Designing web site, Advantages and Disadvantages of HTML, Flow of Web
Information, Role of Web Browser and Web Server, Process of Web Publishing,
Creating a Simple Static Web Page : About HTML, Basic elements : <html>, <head>, <title>, <p>, <br>,
<h1> to <h6>, <ol>, <ul>, <li>, <dl>, <pre>, <marquee>, <hr>, Physical and Logical tags Path : Relative
and Absolute path, Comments, Special Characters, Text Formatting tags, <center>
Unit –II :
Hyperlinks <a href …>, Creating links to web pages and URLs, Creating links within the same page,
various types of URLs that can be used in links, Image tag and their related attributes, Inline images,
Links to (external) images, Using Inline images, Using images as hyperlinks, Popular images formats for
internet and HTML.
Tables : Basic table tags and their related attributes.
Unit –III :
Frames, Image Map and Web Font Creator : Frames and their creation, the <Frame> and <Frameset>
tags, Frame linking, Floating or Inline Frames, Image Maps <map> and <area> tags, Client – Side and
Server – Side image maps.
Unit –IV :
Form designs, Form Controls, Text controls, password fields, radio buttons, checkboxes, reset and submit
buttons, form control selection, option processing and textarea.

Practical : The Practical will be based on HTML

BOOKS RECOMMENDED :
1. Web Publishing : Monic D’souza and J D’souza
2. Complete HTML : BPB
3. E-Commerce : Bhushan Dean – S. Chand
4. HTML – 4 Unleashed : SAMS
5. Dynamic HTML : O’RELLY (SPD)

116
 (Semester – V)

Group – II: Principles & Practice of Insurance

5T8.2-Insurance and Acturial Science – Paper I

Time : 3 Hours] Theory : 80 Marks

Internal Assessment: 20 Marks

Level of knowledge - Basic knowledge.

Objective - To create awareness regarding basic knowledge about Insurance and

Actuarial Science

Unit – I
- Investment of Insurance Funds

- Nature and Method of According procedure in Life Insurance and General

Insurance

- Meaning of policy values, retrospective policy value, prospective policy value,

symbols of policy value, calculation of policy value, progress of policy value

Unit - II
- Risk selection, Identification of Risk, Principles of Risk Management, Sources of
Risk Information
- Rate Making, Types of Rate Making ,Principles of Rate Making

Unit –III
- Acturial Science : Meaning ,Nature of actuarial science, scope of actuarial science in
Finance, economics, statistics, Mathematics and computer science

- Concept of terms: Accumulated value and present value ,Nominal and effective rates of
Interest, Discount and Discounted value, Redemption of Loan, Sinking fund.

Unit- IV
- Annuities : Meaning and classification of Annuities, perpetuities, immediate
annuities

- Mortality ,Meaning, Nature of Mortality, Factors included in construction of

Mortality Table I and II, Survival rate , Death rate
Recommended books:
 Fundamental Of Insurance, R.K. Gupta, Himalaya Publishing House.
 Principles & Practice of Insurance, Dr. P. Periasamy, Himalaya Publishing House
 Insurance Principle and Practice,M.M. Mishra and Dr. S.B. Mishra,S. Chand
Publication
117
 Principles of Insurance, Dr. Shakti Pratchbal and Dr. N.P. Dwivedi, Himalaya
Publishing House

118
 V - Semester
5T8.3- Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Management – III
Full Marks : 80 Time : 3 Hours
Internal Assessment : 20

OBJECTIVES:

a
career in the advertising and sales promotion function of any company or in the advertising

CONTENT:

Unit-I
- Communication Process - Communication models for rural communication and urban
communication

Unit-II
- Advertising - Organizational structure of advertising agency and its functions. Evaluation
of agency functioning, Creativity in Advertising including Message development, copy
righting, layout; Media selection

Unit-III
- Advertising Research. Effectiveness of advertising- methods of measurement. Rationale of
testing Opinion and Attitude Tests, Recognition, Recall

Unit-IV
- Message Strategy: Attention and comprehension, Associating Feelings with the Brand,
Brand Equity, Image and Personality and Group Influence and word of month advertising
Recommended books:
 Advertising Management – Concepts and Cases, Manendra Mohan (Tata McGraw Hill)
 Sales Promotion and Advertising Management (6thEd.)Himalaya Publishing House
 Advertising Excellence by Bovee, Thill, Dovel and Wood (McGraw Hill)
 Advertising Management – Shelekar, Victor & Nirmala Prasad (Himalaya Publishing
House)
 Foundations of Advertising – Theory & Practice – S.A. Chunawala
 Brand Positioning – Subroto Sengupta, Tata McGraw Hill

119
 SEMESTER V
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR All Vocational Subjects
Computer Application, Insurance & Entrepreneurial Development &ASM

TIME:- 3 Hours] [Full Marks:- 80

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 8Marks
(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.2.(a) UNIT – I 8Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks
Q.3.
(a) UNIT – I 8Marks
(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.4(a) UNIT – I 8Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.5. Answer in Brief

(a) UNIT – I 4 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 4 Marks
(c) UNIT – III 4 Marks
(d) UNIT – IV 4 Marks

120
 B.Com. Third Year

Semester-VI

6T1-Financial Accounting- V

Unit-I- Accounts of Holding Company-

Introduction, Meaning of Wholly-owned subsidiary, partly-owned subsidiary, preparation of

Consolidated Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss Account,simple problem on involving two
companies only.

Unit-II- Insurance Claims

Introduction, oss of stock Average clause practical problem on loss of stock.

Unit-III- Investment Accounts

Meaning , Need,Utility and objectives, Sales and Purchase of different types of Securities,
Simple problem on Investment and Securities.

Unit-IV- Profit prior to incorporation-

Meaning Methods of ascertain the pre-incorporation profit, Issue and Redemption of preference
shares Redemption out of new issue of shares Redemption at premium out of new issue of
shares, Redemption out of profit.

Books

S. N. Maheshwar :- Financial Accounting – Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi

– Advanced Financial Accounting – S. Chand & Sons
– Advanced Financial Accounting – Himalaya Publication House

unts (Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana)

–I and II (New Central Book Agency,
Kolkata)

- Advance Accounting – Himalay Publication

24
- Financial Accounting–
Payal Prakashan

121
 Question Paper Pattern
Semester -VI
6T1-Financial Accounting – V

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.

2) All questions carry equal marks.
Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q. No. 1 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16Marks

Q. No. 2 – Unit II
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 3 – Unit III

a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 4 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 5 a) Unit- I Problem 04 Marks

b) Unit –II Problem 04 Marks
c) Unit-III Problem 04Marks
d) Unit-IV Problem 04 Marks

122
 Semester-VI
6T2-Management Accounting
Unit_I
Management Accounting :-
Meaning, Scope, Importance, and Limitations of Management Accounting. Difference between
Cost Accounting and Management Accounting, Role of Management Accounting. Break -Even
Point Analysis (Theory & Numericals)
,
Unit – II
Business Budget & Budgetory Control:
Meaning,Characteristics, Objectives ,Advantages, Limitations. Classification &Types of
Budgets. Problems on Cash Budget and Flexible Budget Only (Theory & Numericals)

Unit – III
Ratio Analysis:
Meaning, Importance and Limitations of Ratio Analysis, Classification of Ratio, Computation of
Profitability Ratio, Financial Ratio with special reference to Current Ratio, Acid Test/ Liquid
Ratio, Inventory Turnover Ratio Debtors and Creditors Turnover Ratio, Fixed Assets Turnover
Ratio, Debt-Equity Ratio, Working Capital Ratio, , Earnings per Share Ratio. (Theory &
Numericals)
Unit – IV
Fund Flow Analysis:
Meaning, Sources of fund, Uses of fund, Distinguish between fund flow statement and Balance
Sheet. Preparation of Statement showing Changes in Working Capital, Profit from operation,
Fund flow Statement (Theory & Numericals)

Books Recommended –

 S. N Maheshwari : Cost Accounting Theory and problems –Shri Mahavir Book Depot,
New Delhi
 V.K. Saxena : Cost Accounting Text Book- Sultan Chand and Sons New Delhi
 M.C. Shukls – T.S. – Grewal, M.P. Gupta – Cost Accounting – S. Chand , New Delhi
 R. S. N. Pallai, V Bhagavathi – Cost Accounting – S. Chand, New Delhi
 S. M. Shukla :- Cost Accounts (Hindi)
 Nigam R. S. – Advanced Cost Accounting , S. Chand & Company
 Jain S. P. – Advanced Cost Accounting – Kalyani Publication
 Gawada, J Made – Advanced Cost Accounting – Himalaya Publication House
 Pillai R. S. N. – Management Accounting – S. Chand & Co. Pvt. Ltd.
 Agrawal N. K. – Managements Accounting – Galgotia Publication
 Singh, Jagwant - Managements Accountings – KitabMahal
 Rathnam P. V. - Managements Accountings – KitabMahal
 Sharma R. K. - Managements Accountings – Kalyani Publication

Question Paper Pattern

Semester –VI

123
 6T2-Management Accounting

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Q. No. 1 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16Marks

Q. No. 2 – Unit II
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 3 – Unit III

a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 4 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 5 - Unit- I a) Problem 04 Marks

Unit –II b) Problem 04 Marks
Unit-III c) Problem 04Marks
Unit-IV d) Problem 04 Marks

124
 Semester VI
6T3-Advanced Statistics
UNit I
Correlation- Types of correlation, Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation in Bivariate
frequency table, probable error, interpretation of ‘r’, Rank Correlation Method.
Unit II

Regression Analysis- Lines of Regression/Regressions Equation, Coefficient of regression

for a Bivariate frequency table.

Unit III

Index Number- Uses of I N, Types of I No. Methods of Index Number.Test of consistency of

Index No.- unit test Time Reversed Test, Factor cost of living Index No.

Unit IV

. Time series Analysis-Introduction components of a Time series- a) Trend b)Short

Term Variation c)Irregular variation d)Measurement of Trend- (Simple Problems)
Graphic Methods ,Methods of Seminar,Methods of Curve by the square
Methods of Movig Average

125
 6T4- Indian Economy – II
Unit I: Indian Agriculture
Nature, Role of Agriculture in Indian Economy. Cropping Pattern in India and its
Determining Factors. Land Reforms. Cooperative Farming & Marketing. Green
Revolution: Impact and Constraints. Cause & Remedies to Low Agricultural Production
and Productivity. Agriculture Marketing-Problems & Remedies. Agricultural Labour -
Problems & Remedies. Sources of Agriculture Finance. NABARD ( National Bank for
Agriculture and Rural Development). Financial Inclusion. Agricultural Price Policy-
Objectives and Constituents. Agricultural Subsidies in India. Crop & Live Stock
Insurance -Problems and Remedies.

Unit II: Indian Industry

Industrial Policy 1991. Small Scale and Cottage Industries- Role, Performance,
Problems and Remedies. Public Sector Industries - Role, Performance, Problems and
Remedies. Privatization of Public Sector Industries: Meaning, Methods of Privatization
Policy in India. Arguments in favor and against privatization. Policy of Disinvestment.
Industrial Sickness in India- Definition, Causes, Effects, Remedial Measures. Indian
Trade Union Movement: Role, Functions, Strength and Weaknesses.
Unit III: Indian Service Sector
Growth of Services Sector in India. Nature, Scope, Trends & Importance of Service
Sector in Current Scenario. Share of Service Sector in India’s Employment Generation.
Contribution of Service Sector to India’s GDP. Government’s reforms in various
Services. IT & ITES Sector-Trend, Role & Importance. Challenges and Opportunity in IT
& ITES Sector. Banking & Insurance Sector- Importance of Banking and Insurance
Industry in India’s Service Sector, Challenges and Opportunities.

Unit IV: India’s International Trade

Foreign Trade -Concept and Meaning, Advantages, Disadvantages, Composition and
Direction of India’s Exports & Imports. Special Economic Zones- Concept, History,
Benefits, Arguments against SEZS. Foreign Capital and Aid- Need, Role, Problems.
India’s External Debt. Multinational Corporations(MNCs)- Role, Importance,
Advantages and Disadvantages. Impact of MNCs on Indian Economy. Liberalization,
Privatization, Globalization(LPG)- Meaning, Role, Impact of LPG on Indian economy.
World Trade Organization (WTO)- Objectives, Working and Functions, WTO & India.
Books Recommended:
1. Indian Economy, Datt & Sundharam, S Chand.
2. The Indian Economy: Problems and Prospects, D .R.Gadgil.
3. Globalization And Indian Economy, R.Chaddha, Sumit Enterprises.
4. Indian Economy : Problems of Development and Planning, A.N.Agrawal, New Age
International.
5. Indian Economy, Misra & Puri, Himalaya Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
6. Government of India- Five Year Plans.
7. Government of India- Economy Survey.
8. Reserve Bank of India- Annual Reports on Currency and Finance.

126
 Question Paper Pattern
6T4- Indian Economy – II
N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

127
 Elective Group- II
6T5.1- Human Resource Management

UNIT-I
Introduction
Human Resource Management, Definition, Objectives, Functions, Scope, Importance.
Quality of a ideal Human Resource Managers

UNIT-II
Recruitment selection and training
Recruitment: - meaning, source; selection process and importance, placement and
induction, career planning v/s manpower planning
Training: - meaning, method, training and development,

UNIT-V
Labour welfare and Collective bargaining
Labour welfare: - Safety and Health Measures Workers Participation in Management -
Objectives for Wage Incentive - Fringe Benefits
Collective Bargaining - Features - Pre-requisite of Collective Bargaining - Agreement at
different levels, Successful Participation of workers in Management.

UNIT-IV
Human resource planning and accounting
Human Resource Planning - Human Capital Investment - Expenditure vs. Productivity
Meaning and Definition of Human Resource Accounting, Importance; Human Resource
Accounting - Measurement of Human Value addition into Money Value

Suggested Books:
1. Human Resource Management - Dr. C.B. Gupta - Sultan and Sons.
2. Personnel & Human Resource Management - P. Subba Rao - Himalaya Publishing House.
3. Human Resource and Personnel Management - K. Aswathappa - Tata Mc Graw Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd.
Human Resource Management, Dr. Arvind shende, Dr. Dilip Vairagade, Dr. Devendra. Mohture,
Anuradha Prakashan, Nagpur.
4. Personnel Management & Human Resources - C.S. Venkata Rathnam & B.K. Srivastava.
TMPL.
5.ekuoh; lallk/ku O;oLFkkiu & MkW-es?kk ukusVdj&lkbZukFk izdk”ku]ukxiqj

128
 Question Paper Pattern
6T5.1- Human Resource Management

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.

2) All questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks

Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks

129
 Semester-VI
6T5.2-Indirect Taxes

UNIT-I: Central Excise Laws

Basis of chargeability of duties of central excise-goods, manufacture, classification and

valuation of excisable goods; Registration and routine procedures in central excise, payment of
duties of excise and removal of goods, Cenvat on inputs and on capital goods, excise and small
scale industries.

UNIT-II: Customs Laws

Nature of customs duty, types of customs duty, classification for customs and rate of
duty, valuation for customs duty, procedures for import and export.

UNIT-III: Service Tax

Charging of service tax, Services on which tax is payable, registration, records to be

maintained by the assessee, returns and payment of tax, Provisions of law and procdures.

UNIT-IV: State Sales Tax Law

Basic Concepts, value added tax on sale or purchase of goods, levy or incidence of tax,
goods liable to tax, rate of tax and exemptions, dealer and registration method of computing tax
liability, credit, set-off and refunds, documents, records and maintenance of accounts, returns
and assessments (the state sales tax law applicable will be the Bombay Sales Tax Act or the new
sales tax enactment in its place).

Central Sales Tax Act, 1956

Definitions, Concepts of inter-state sales, Sale outside the state, sale in the course of export and
import, Liability to tax and rate of tax, Registration of dealers.

Reference Books

Dr. H. C. Mehrotra and S, P. Goyal : Direct and Indirect Taxes ( Sahitya Bhawan, Agra)

V. S. Datey : Indirect Taxes Law and Practice ( Taxman, New Dehli)

V. Balchandran : Indirect Taxes ( Sultan Chand & Sons, Dehli)

C. A. Farooq Haque : Indirect Tax (Sheth Publishers Ltd., Mumbai)

130
 Question Paper Pattern
Semester -VI
6T5.2-Indirect Tax

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.

2) All questions carry equal marks.
Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q. No. 1 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks

Q. No. 2 – Unit II
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
Q. No. 3 – Unit III
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks

Q. No. 4 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks

Q. No. 5 a) Unit- I Problem 04 Marks

b) Unit –II Problem 04 Marks
c) Unit-III Problem 04Marks
d) Unit-IV Problem 04 Marks

131
 Foundation Group II
6T6.1- Business Finance – II
Unit – I
Financial Market in India : significance of Financial Markets, Objectives and
functions of the financial System, Types of Financial Markets,
Money Market- Meaning , features, functions, Composition
Capital Market- Meaning ,Composition & Structure of Capital Market Market
segment. Products and Participant’s in Primary market. Regulatory authorities
governing financial and capital market.
SEBI - ( Security Exchange Board of India)Organisational structure of SEBI,
Role and Functions of Stock Exchange and SEBI, Regulation issued by SEBI,
Achievements of SEBI.(Theory)

Unit – II Primary Market: Meaning, Functions, Scope & Significance of

PrimaryMarket,Developments in the Primary Market, Primary Market
Intermediaries.
Secondary Market: Meaning , Difference between Primary Market & Secondary
Market, Products dealt in the Secondary Market, Stock Exchange, Secondary
Market Intermediaries. Listing Procedure. NSE and BSE. (Theory )
Capital Budgeting - Meaning, Nature and Importance of Capital Budgeting,
Investment Appraisal Techniques, Pay Back Period Method, Rate of return
method, Net Present Value Method, Discounted Cash Flow Method, (Theory &
Numericals)

Unit – III NBFC’s- Meaning, Formation of NBFC’s , Types and Regulation

of NBFC’s,
Credit Rating: Meaning /Concept, Scope & Significance of credit rating, Benifits
to Investors. Credit Rating Agency in India CRISIL, ICRA, CARE. (Theory)
Dividend Policies- Essentials of Sound Dividend Policy, Determination of
Dividend Policy and its types ,Surplus and Reserve Policy, (Theory &
Numericals)
Unit -I V - Cash Flow for Investment Analysis- Meaning, Benefits and Uses
of Cash Flow Statement. Significance ,Limitations of Cash Flow Statement.
Format of Cash Flow Statement as per AS-3. (Theory & Numericals)
Books Recommended:
Financial Management Problems &Solutions :- Kishore Ravi M (Taxman Allied
Service (p) Ltd.)
Fundamentals of Financial Management :- Chandra Prasanna (Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd.)
Management Accounting & Financial Management :-Arora M N (Himalaya
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.)
Business Finance : Dr.Jain V. K. ,And Sharma D.G. (Shethe publishers PVT.
LTD.

132
 Question Paper Pattern
Foundation Group II
6T6.1- Business Finance – II
N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.
Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Q. No. 1 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Theory 08 Marks
OR
c) Theory 08Marks
c) Theory 08Marks

Q. No. 2 – Unit II
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 3 – Unit III

a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 4 – Unit I
a) Theory 08 Marks
b) Problem 08 Marks
OR
c) Problem 16 Marks

Q. No. 5 - Unit- I a) Theory 04 Marks

Unit –II b) Problem 04 Marks
Unit-III c) Problem 04Marks
Unit-IV d) Problem 04 Marks

133
 Foundation Group II
6T6.2- Industrial Law

Level of Knowledge: Basic Conceptual Knowledge

Objective: To make students aware about Various Laws relating to Industries [with amendments
up to June 2016 in respective Acts]

Unit -I
(i) Indian Factories Act-1948: Important Definitions, Object & Scope, Provision regarding
workers Health, Provision regarding Safety of Workers,
(ii) Rules regarding Labour Welfare, Provision regarding Adults, women workers and Young
Workers.
(iii) Industrial Dispute Act-1947: Concept, Objectives and Significance, Authorities for
settlement of Industrial Dispute-their work procedure & Powers,
(iv) Concept and Distinction between Strike, Lockouts, Layoff & Retrenchments

Unit-II
(i) Law relating to Wages: Object, Scope and Application of Minimum Wages Act-1948 and
Payment of Wages Act 1936
(ii) Law Relating to Bonus and Gratuity: Object, Scope and Application of Payment of Bonus
Act 1965 and Payment of Gratuity Act 1972
(iii) Law Relating to Employee State Insurance and Provident Fund: Object, Scope and
Application of The Employee’s State Insurance Act 1948 and Employee’s Provident Fund &
Miscellaneous Provision Act 1952
(iv) Law Relating to Workmen Compensation and Maternity Benefits: Object, Scope and
Application of Workmen Compensation Act-1923 and Maternity Benefits Act 1961

Unit-III
(i) Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act 1986: Object Scope and Application
(ii) Trade Union Act 1926: Object Scope and Application. Regsitration of Trade Union.
(iii) International Labour Organization (ILO): Background and Importance of ILO and its impact
on Indian Labor Laws
(iv) Contract Labour Act: Object Scope and Application

Unit-IV
(i) Meaning and Nature of Industrial Estate, Software Technology Park, SEZ, Co-operative
Industrial Estate
(ii) Intellectual Property Rights Law In India: Object and Scope of Patent, Copyrights,
Trademark and Industrial Design
III) Procedure for registration of Trademarks and Copyrights.
(IV) Environment Protection Act 1986: Objective and Scope, Location of Industries, Processes
& Operation, offense and Penalties
Reference Books:

134
 Business Law Including Company Law, Gulshan, S S and Kapoor, G K: , New Age
International (P) Ltd., Publishers
 Business Law, M.C. Kuchhal and Vivek Kuchhal , Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi
 Business and Corporate Laws, V.S. Datey, Taxman, New Delhi
 Mercantile Law, N.D. Kapoor, Sultan Chand & Sons, Educational Publishers, New Delhi.
 Business & Industrial Law , Dr. Arvind shende, Dr. Mohture, Dr. Dixit, Anuradha Prakashan
Nagpur.

Question Paper Pattern

Foundation Group II
6T6.2- Industrial Law
TIME:- 3 Hours] [Full Marks:- 80
Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – I 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.2.
(a) UNIT – II 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.3.
(a) UNIT – III 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – III 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.4.
(a) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
(b) UNIT – IV 08 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 16Marks
Q.5.
a) UNIT – I 04 Marks
b) UNIT – II 04 Marks
c) UNIT – III 04Marks
d) UNIT – IV 04 Marks
135
Allocation of marks for all the subjects
1a Two periodical class tests 08marks
1b An assignment/Viva/Group Discussion/Seminar based on 08marks
curriculum to be assessed by the teacher concerned
1c Overall conduct as a responsible learner 04marks
1 Internal assessment Total marks 20 marks
2 Unit- I 20 marks
Unit-II 20 marks
Unit-III 20 marks
Unit-IV 20 marks
Semester wise End Examination
marks 80 marks

Total marks per subject 100 marks

136
 Vocational Course : Semester VI
6T7- Entrepreneurial Development-I
Full Marks: 80 Time: 3 Hours
Internal Assessment: 20

Unit-I
Government policy and schemes for setting up agricultural & rural industries, financing
schemes for khadi and village industries, small scale industries. WTO and small & village
industries.

Unit-II
Incentives and Subsidies – Meaning of Incentives and Subsidies, Need and problems of
Incentives and Subsidies, Incentives for development of backward areas.

Unit-III
Entrepreneurial systems – Search for a business ideas, sources of ideas, idea processing
and selection, role of industrial fairs.

Unit-IV
Concept of cyber space and internet – importance of cyber marketing, internet usage
applications, Technology as driver for entrepreneurship.

Books Recommended:
 Dynamics of entrepreneurial development and management, Vasant Desai
 Entrepreneurial development, Vasant Desai.
 Entrepreneurial Development, S. S. Khanka, S. Chand Publishers.
 M.V. Deshpande : Entrepreneurship of small scale industries.
 Entrepreneurship Development and Business Communication, Vasant Desai and
Urmila Rai, Himalaya Publishing House.
 Entrepreneurship Development in India, Dr. C. B. Gupta and Dr. N.P. Srinivasan,
Sultan Chand & Sons.
 Entrepreneurial Development, Vasant Desai, Appannaiah, Reddy and Gopal
Krishna, Himalaya Publishing House.

137
 Group – I: Computer Applications
6T8.1 : Introduction to Visual Basic (IVB)

Time : 3 Hours Theory : 80

Marks
Practical : 20 Marks
Unit –I
Introduction to Visual Basic, Event driven programming, Programming constructs - Variables,
Types of Variables, Data Types, Scope of Variables, Constants, system defined functions,
Operators (Precedence and Associatively), Creating User Interface, VB Controls (Label, Text
box, Command button, Frame, Check box, Option button,

Unit –II
List box, Combo box, Timer, Drive list box, Directory list box, File list box, Horizontal and
vertical scroll bars, Image, Picture box, Shape, Line, Data, OLE container), Microsoft windows
common controls (Tab Strip, Tool bar, Status Bar, Progress Bar, Tree View, List View, Image
List, Slider, Date Picker, Month View)

Unit –III
Working with Procedure, Function and Modules (Form, Class, Standard Modules)
Scope of Procedures, Calling Procedures, Calling Functions, Passing Arguments,
Control Structures : If-Then, If-Then-Else, Select Case, Loops Structures : Do-While, While -
Wend, For-Next, For-Each, With-End With.

Unit – IV
Arrays : Declaring an Array, Types of Array (Fixed arrays, Single-dimensional arrays,
Multidimensional arrays, Dynamic arrays), Control Array.
Menus : Creating Menus, Adding Menu Items, Adding Code for the Menus, Modifying menus at
run time, Creating Pop-Up Menus.
Database connectivity through data access object. Types of recordset , setting properties and
record editing & updating , searching records.

Practical : Practical will be based on Visual Basic

BOOKS RECOMMENDED :
1. PAUL SHERIFF TEACHES VB-6 BY SHERIFF (PHI)
2. VISUAL BASIC: PETER WRITES
3. LEARN VB 6 BY HALVARSON ( MICROSOFT/PHI)
4. VB PROGRAMMING FOR A ABSOLUTE BEGINNER – MICHAEL VINE (PHI)
5. VISUAL BASIC: SUPPER BIBLE TECH MEDIA
6. VISUAL BASIC: STEPHEN SOLOSKY (PHI)
7. COMPLETE REFERENCE VISUAL BASIC – TATA MCGROW HILL

138
 8. FRONT END DEVELOPMENT USING VISUAL BASIC BY DR.
S.B.KISHOR(DASGANU)
9.
Group –: Principles & Practice of Insurance
6T8.2 -Insurance and Acturial Science – Paper II (Semester – VI)

Time : 3 Hours]
Theory : 80 Marks
Internal Assessment: 20
Marks

Level of knowledge - Basic knowledge.

Objective - To create awareness regarding basic knowledge about Insurance and Acturial
Science

Unit – I-- Privatisation of Insurance Business in India, Contribution of Private sector,

Liberalisation required for privatization, Effect of globalization on Insurance sector.
- Methods of payment of amount insured, premium as consideration for insurance benefits,
, nature of installment premiums.
Unit – II
- General Insurance Corporation(GIC) of India : Background ,main provisions of General
Insurance Act 1972,Establishment and objectives, Functions of subsidiary companies
- Banc assurance - Meaning, nature and scope
- Insurance Innovation – Innovation ,use of Technology by Insurance Industry\
Unit – III
- Policy Value – Meaning ,Types of Policy value, equation, Alteranation of policy contracts
- Special reserves : Meaning, types of services maintained in Insurance
- Valuation of liability – Meaning and Importance
Unit – IV
- Probability – Meaning and nature, its use in insurance business
- Surrender of policy , surrender value , Lapse of policy ,Reserve for Revival of Lapse Policy
Recommended books:

Publishing House

139
 House

VI - Semester
6T8.3-Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Management – III

Full Marks : 80 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 20

Unit-I
- Sales Territories - Concept of Sales territory - Procedures for setting up Sales territories -
Deciding assignment of sales personnel to territories.

Unit-II
Sales Budget and Sales Quota - Sales budget - Purpose, form and content of sales budgets, Sales
Quota - Concept, Types of quota, Quota setting procedures, Administering the quota system.

Unit-III
- Consumer Promotions and Trade Promotions – Their purpose and types How to plan and
evaluate a successful promotion, The relationship between advertising and promotions.
Introduction to Global Marketing, Advertising and sales promotion.

Unit-IV
Laws for protection against Malpractices: Introduction, civil and penal codes Applicable to
Advertising; laws relating to Intellectual Property Rights. Consume Protection Act 1986.
Monopolies and restrictive trade practices Act 1969. Regulation Governing Broadcast Media
Advertising.

Recommended books:
–

– Shelekar, Victor & Nirmala Prasad (Himalaya Publishing House)

– Theory & Practice –

–S

-16 for Sales Promotion) F.L. Lobo, Global

140
 – Choudhry, Elliot & Too

SEMESTER VI
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR All Vocational Subjects
Computer Application, Insurance & Entrepreneurial Development &ASM

TIME:- 3 Hours] [Full Marks:- 80

N.B. – 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) All questions carry equal marks.

Q.1.
(a) UNIT – I 8Marks
(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.2.(a) UNIT – I 8Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks
Q.3.
(a) UNIT – I 8Marks
(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.4(a) UNIT – I 8Marks

(b) UNIT – I 8 Marks
OR
(c) UNIT – I 8 Marks
(d) UNIT – I 8 Marks

Q.5. Answer in Brief

(a) UNIT – I 4 Marks
(b) UNIT – II 4 Marks
(c) UNIT – III 4 Marks
(d) UNIT – IV 4 Marks

141
 jk"Vªlar rqdMksth egkjkt ukxiwj fo|kihB] ukxiwj
^^ ¼lsaVªy izksfOgUlsl 'kklu f’k{k.k foHkkxkph vf/klwpuk Øekad 513 fnukad 1 vkWxLV] 1923 }kjk LFkkfir o
egkjk"Vª fo|kihB vf/kfu;e] 1994 }kjk lapkfyr jkT; fo|kihB½**
¼fo|k foHkkx½
N=irh f’kokth egkjkt iz’kkldh; ifjlj] jfoUnzukFk Vkxksj ekxZ] ukxiwj & 440 001-
nwj/ouh Øekad% dk;kZy;% 0712&2532063 QWDl % 0712&2555701
Ø- jkrqeukfo@fo|k@16@1170 fnukad
03 lIVsacj] 2016
vf/klwpuk
loZ laca/khrkaP;k ekfgrhdjhrk lqfpr dj.;kr ;srs dh] okf.kT;
fo|k’kk[ksvarxZr ;s.kkjs ch-dkWe- inoh vH;kldze l= 2016&2017 iklqu
l= i}frus ykxw dj.;kr ;srs vkgs- lnj vH;kldzekaP;k ifj{kk ;kstuk o
vH;kldzehdsyk ek- dqyxq: egksn;kauh egkjk"Vª fo|kihB vf/kfu;e 1994
P;k dye 14¼7½ varxZr fo}r ifjÔn vkf.k O;oLFkkiu ifjÔnsP;k orhus
fnukad 02@09@2016 jksth ekU;rk iznku dsysyh vkgs- rlsp ek-
dqyx:aauh lnj vH;kldzekyk l= i}rhus dk;kZUohr dj.;kdfjrk egkjk"Vª
fo|kihB vf/kfu;e 1994 P;k dye 14¼8½ varxZr ch-dkWe- vH;kldzekps
funsZ’k dzekad 59 fnukad 02@09@2016 jksth fuxZfer dsyk vkgs-

ch-dkWe- inoh vH;kldzekaps funsZ’k] ifj{kk o vH;kldzehdk

jk"V~lar rqdMksth egkjkt ukxiwj fo|kihB] ukxiwj-www.naguniversity.org ww;k
ladsrLFkGkoj miyC/k dj.;kr vkysys vkgs-

d`Ik;k laca/khrkuh ukasn ?;koh

ek-dqyxq:aP;k
vkns’kkUo;s

Lok{kjhl@&
¼Jh- iqj.kpnz esJke½
dqylfpo
jk"Vªlar rqdMksth
egkjkt
ukxiwj fo|kihB
-
izfrfyih ekfgrh o iq<hy dk;ZokghlkBh vxzsfÔr:
1-layfXur egkfo|ky;kaps loZ izkpk;Z@lapkyd@foHkkx izeq[k
2- loZ lHkkln] fo’ksÔ dk;Z lferh]
3--ek- leUo;d] okf.kT; fo|kk’kk[kk]
4- ek-ijh{kk fu;a=d]
5 midqylfpo ¼iqoZ ifj{kk] iqokZRrj ifj{kk] e-fo-½
6-Lkgk;d dqylfpo ¼lk- Ikjh{kk @ lk- ifj{kk o pkSd’kh½
7-Lkgk;d dqylfpo ¼xksiuh;½ jk"Clar rqdMksth egkjkt ukxiwj
fo|kihB
8- Lkgk;d dqylfpo ¼O;ko;k;hd ijh{kk½
9-vf/k{kd ¼v/;kns’k foHkkx½
10-vf/k{kd ¼fudky foHkkx½
11- izHkkjh vf/kdkjh ¼izdk’ku foHkkx½
12-ek-dqyxq:aps Loh; lgk;d]
13-ek- dqylfpokaps Loh; lgk;d]
14-Jherh fouk izdk’ks] ekfgrk’kkL=

Lok{kjhl@&
¼MkW- vfuy
fgjs[ku½
midqylfpo ¼fo|k½
jk"Vªlar rqdMksth
egkjkt
ukxiwj fo|kihB-
 RASHTRASANT TUKDOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR

Directon No. 1 of 2017

DIRECTION GOVERNING THE EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE

DEGREE OF Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) (CREDIT BASE
SEMISTER PATTERN) FACULTY OFCOMMERCE

WHEREAS the Maharashtra Universities Act No. XXXV of 1994 has come into force with effect from
22nd July, 1994.
AND
WHEREAS the amendment to the said Act came to be effected from 12th May,2000.
AND
WHEREAS the Faculty of Commerce in its meeting held on 14.3.2016 have decided to restructure the
syllabus for the award of the degree of Bachelor of Business Administratoin (BBA) Examination
commensurate with the curricula existing in the various Universities in India and with a view to
include the latest trends in the commerce stream as well as to design it to suit to the needs of the
industries and corporate houses as provided under Section 38(a) of the Act.
AND
WHEREAS all the Board of Studies in Faculty of Commerce in its meeting held on 5.4.2016
restructured the existing syllabi and recommended the new scheme of examination.
AND
WHEREAS the recommendations made by the all four Board of studies under Faculty of Commerce
were approved by the Academic Council, in its meeting held on 8.6.2016.
AND

WHEREAS no ordinance is in existance prescribing THE EXAMINATION LEADING TO

THE DEGREE OF Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) (CREDIT BASE
SEMISTER PATTERN).
WHEREAS the Special Task Committee in its meeting on 23-11-2016 decided to prepare a draft of
new direction & syllabus of BBA (CBS ).
WHEREAS the Special Task Committee in its meeting on 04-01-2016 considered & approved the
draft of new direction and syllabus of BBA (CBS) submitted by the sub-committee &
recommended it to the Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor for his approval.
AND

WHEREAS the matter involved is required to be implemented urgently for the purpose of
prescribing examinations leading to the degree of Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) (CBS)
in the Faculty of Commerce.
WHEREAS the preparation of ordinance to regulate the matter relating to the examinations leading to
the degree of Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) (CBS) is time consuming process
AND
Now, therefore, I,Dr. SiddharthvinayakP. Kane, Vice-Chancellor, Rastrasant Tukdoji Maharaj Nagpur
University, Nagpur in exercise of the powers vested in me under Section 14(8) of the Maharashtra
University Act of 1994 do hereby issue the following direction.

Scheme of Examination
1. This direction may be called ‘Examination leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Business
Administration (BBA)CREDIT BASE SEMISTER PATTERN) in the Faculty of Commerce
(Amendment),---Number-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
2. This direction shall come into force with effect from the date of its approval by the Management
Council & shall be applicable from academic session 2016-17.

3. There shall be Six Examinations leading to the degree of Bachelor of Business Administration
(BBA)namely :

(1) The Bachelor of Business Adminstration (BBA) – 1st Semester Examination,

(2) The Bachelor of Business Adminstration (BBA) – 2nd Semester Examination,
(3) The Bachelor of Business Adminstration (BBA) – 3rd Semester Examination,
(4) The Bachelor of Business Adminstration (BBA) – 4th Semester Examination,
(5) The Bachelor of Business Adminstration (BBA) – 5th Semester Examination and
(6) The Bachelor of Business Adminstration (BBA) – 6th Semester Examination.

4. The duration of the Degree Course under this shall be of three academic years divided into six
semesters with the BBA 1st and 2nd Semester Examinations during the first academic year, the
BBA 3rd and 4th Semester Examinations during the second year and the BBA 5 th and 6th Semester
Examinations during the third year.

5. The Examinations Specified in paragraph 3 above shall be held twice a year at such places and on
such dates as may be fixed by the University.

6. The details of eligibility for BBA Sem I examination:

(A) For the BBA 1st Semester, Examinee shall have Passed the 12th Standard Examination of the
Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and Higher Secondary Education, with English at Higher
or Lower level and any Modern Indian Language at higher or lower level with any combination
of optional subjects;
OR
XII Standard Examination of Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and Higher Secondary
Education in Vocational Stream with one language only; OR any other examination recognized
as equivalent thereto; in such subjects and with such standards of attainments as may be
prescribed Minimum Competition vocation course (MCVC).
OR
Any other Equivalent Examination of any State in (10+2) pattern with any combination of subjects.

7. A collegiate candidate shall have pursued a regular course of study for not less than 90 days of
the academic session before being examined for any semester examination of BBA in any recognized
institution and or college affiliated to Rashtrasant Tukdoji Maharaj Nagpur University where the
course is conducted.

2 | [Type the company name]

8. An applicant for the Bachelor of Business Administration 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th or 6th Semester
Examination shall have passed an examination specified in Clauses ( A ), ( B ), ( C ), (D), (E) and (F)
of paragraph 6 respectively, not less than one academic year prior to his admission to the respective
examination.

9. Without prejudice to the other provisions of Ordinance No. 6 relating to the Examinations in
General, the provisions of Paragraphs 5, 7, 8, 10, 26 and 31 of the said Ordinance shall apply to every
collegiate candidate.

10. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the University from time to time and
whenever any change is made in the fees prescribed for any particular examination that shall be
notified through a notification for information of the examinees concerned.

11.With the issuance of this Direction, The Direction No 15 of 2014 and 47 of 2016 shall stand
repealed.

Sd/-
Nagpur Dr. S. P. Kane
Date : 7.1.2017 Vice-Chancellor

3 | [Type the company name]

 12. Teaching and Examination Scheme for examinees of Bachelor of Business Administration 1 st, 2nd,
3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th Semester Examinations shall be as mentioned below:

Teaching and Examination Scheme

Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA)
Three Year Degree Course (Semester Pattern)
With effect from 2016-17
(A)
BBA 1st Semester Examination
Sr. Subjects Course Teaching Examination Scheme Total Credits
No. Code Scheme Marks

Max. Marks (IM)

Total Periods per

Max. Marks(TH)

Min. Passing
Total Marks

Marks
Week

1 English BB 1 5 80 20 100 40 100 4

2 Fundamentals of BB 2 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
Business
Management
3 Computer BB 3 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
Applications for
Business
4 Cost Accounting BB 4 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
Total 20 320 80 400 160 400 16

Note : 1. Duration of each theory class should be minimum 48 minutes.

2. TH = Theory, IM = Internal Marks.
3. Minimum marks for passing the subject will be 40.
4. There would be combined passing for theory and internal assessment taken together.
5. One credit is equivalent to one hour of Teaching, that is to say,
For each subject, 48 Minutes * 5 = 240 Minutes = 4 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.
6. Each semester will consist of 15 to 18 weeks of Academic Work equivalent to 90 actual
teaching days.
(B)
BBA 2nd Semester Examination
Sr. Subjects Course Teaching Examination Scheme Total Credits
No. Code Scheme Marks
Max. Marks (IM)
Total Periods per

Max. Marks(TH)

Min. Passing
Total Marks

Marks
Week

1 Principles of Marketing BB 5 5 80 20 100 40 100 4

Management
2 Financial & Management BB 6 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
Accounting
3 Micro-Economic BB 7 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
Fundamentals
4 English BB 8 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
Total 20 320 80 400 160 400 16

4 | [Type the company name]

Note : 1. Duration of each theory class should be minimum 48 minutes.
2. TH = Theory, IM = Internal Marks.
3. Minimum marks for passing the subject will be 40.
4. There would be combined passing for theory and internal assessment taken together.
5. One credit is equivalent to one hour of Teaching, that is to say,
For each subject, 48 Minutes * 5 = 240 Minutes = 4 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.
6. Each semester will consist of 15 to 18 weeks of Academic Work equivalent to 90 actual
teaching days.

(C)
BBA 3rd Semester Examination
Sr. Subjects Course Teaching Examination Scheme Total Credits
No. Code Scheme Marks

Max. Marks (IM)

Max. Marks(TH)
Total Periods per

Min. Passing
Total Marks

Marks
Week
1 Principles of Financial BB 9 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
Management
2 Basic Statistical Techniques BB 10 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
3 Evolution of Business & BB 11 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
Commercial Geography
4 Environment Management BB 12 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
Total 20 320 80 400 160 400 16

Note : 1. Duration of each theory class should be minimum 48 minutes.

2. TH = Theory, IM = Internal Marks.
3. Minimum marks for passing the subject will be 40.
4.There would be combined passing for theory and internal assessment taken together.
5. One credit is equivalent to one hour of Teaching, that is to say,
For each subject, 48 Minutes * 5 = 240 Minutes = 4 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.
6. Each semester will consist of 15 to 18 weeks of Academic Work equivalent to 90 actual
teaching days.

(D)
BBA 4th Semester Examination
Sr. Subjects Course Teaching Examination Scheme Total Credits
No. Code Scheme Marks
Max. Marks (IM)
Max. Marks(TH)
Total Periods per

Min. Passing
Total Marks

Marks
Week

1 Principles of Human BB 13 5 80 20 100 40 100 4

Resource Management
2 Money, Banking & Finance BB 14 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
3 Introduction to Sociology & BB 15 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
Psychology
4 Business Legislations BB 16 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
Total 20 320 80 400 160 400 16

Note : 1. Duration of each theory class should be minimum 48 minutes.

2. TH = Theory, IM = Internal Marks.

5 | [Type the company name]

 3. Minimum marks for passing the subject will be 40.
4. There would be combined passing for theory and internal assessment taken together.
5. One credit is equivalent to one hour of Teaching, that is to say,
For each subject, 48 Minutes * 5 = 240 Minutes = 4 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.
6. Each semester will consist of 15 to 18 weeks of Academic Work equivalent to 90 actual
teaching days.
(E)
BBA 5th Semester Examination
Sr. Subjects Course Teaching Examination Scheme Total Credits
No. Code Scheme Marks

Max. Marks (IM)

Total Periods per

Max. Marks(TH)

Min. Passing
Total Marks

Marks
Week
1 Entrepreneurship BB 17 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
Development
2 Principles of Operations BB 18 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
Management
3 International Business BB 19 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
Environment
4 Research Methodology BB 20 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
Total 20 320 80 400 160 400 16

Note : 1. Duration of each theory class should be minimum 48 minutes.

2. TH = Theory, IM = Internal Marks.
3. Minimum marks for passing the subject will be 40.
4. There would be combined passing for theory and internal assessment taken together.
5. One credit is equivalent to one hour of Teaching, that is to say,
For each subject, 48 Minutes * 5 = 240 Minutes = 4 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.
6. Each semester will consist of 15 to 18 weeks of Academic Work equivalent to 90 actual
teaching days.
(F)
BBA 6th Semester Examination
Sr. Subjects Course Teaching Examination Scheme Total Credits
No. Code Scheme Marks
Max. Marks (IM)
Total Periods per

Max. Marks(TH)

Min. Passing
Total Marks

Marks
Week

1 Elective Paper – 1 BBEL 1 5 80 20 100 40 100 4

2 Elective Paper – 2 BBEL 2 5 80 20 100 40 100 4
3 Project Work BBPW 10 150 50 200 80 200 8
Total 20 310 90 400 160 400 16

Note : 1. Duration of each theory class should be minimum 48 minutes.

2. TH = Theory, IM = Internal Marks.
3. Minimum marks for passing the subject will be 40 and for Project Work it will be 80.
4. There would be combined passing for theory and internal assessment taken together.
5. One credit is equivalent to one hour of Teaching, that is to say,
For each subject, 48 Minutes * 5 = 240 Minutes = 4 Hours i.e. 4 Credits.

6 | [Type the company name]

 6. Each semester will consist of 15 to 18 weeks of Academic Work equivalent to 90 actual
teaching days.

Elective Subjects (Any one of the following to be selected by the student):

Every student appearing for BBA – 6th Semester Examination has to select any one of the
specialization as elective subject before commencement of the academic session:
a) Elective A - Financial Management
a. Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Business Finance
b. Paper 2 – Advanced Financial Management
b) Elective B - Human Resource Management
a. Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Human Resource Management
b. Paper 2 – Advanced Human Resource Management
c) Elective C - Marketing Management
a. Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Marketing Management
b. Paper 2 – Advanced Marketing Management

12. Assessment
 The final total assessment of the candidates is made in terms of an internal assessment
(Sessional) and an external assessment for each course/subject taken together.
 For each paper, 20 marks will be based on internal assessment and 80 marks for
semester end examination (external assessment) to be conducted by the R T M Nagpur
University, unless otherwise stated.
1a Attendance of the student during a particular semester 05 marks
1b An assignment based on curriculum to be assessed by the teacher concerned 05 marks
1c Subject wise class test conducted by the teacher concerned 05 marks
1d Subject presentation/viva-voce seminar conducted during the semester 05 marks
1 Internal assessment Total marks 20
2 Semester wise End Examination marks 80
Total Marks Per Course 100

 There shall be no separate / extra allotment of workload to the concerned teacher. He/
She shall conduct the internal assessment activity during the regular teaching days /
periods as a part of regular teaching activity.
 The internal marks will be communicated to the University at the end of each semester,
but before the semester end examinations / as instructed by University. These marks
will be considered for the declaration of the results.
 The record of internal marks, evaluation & result should be maintained for a period of
one year by respective institute/college for verification by competent authority.
 The maximum and minimum marks which each subject carries in BBA Semester - I,
Semester - II, Semester – III, Semester – IV, Semester - V & Semester - VI Examination
are as indicated in Paragraph 11. A, B, C, D, E & F respectively.

13. (A) The scope of the subjects and pattern of examination shall be as indicated in
the Syllabus.
(B)The Medium of instructions and examinations shall be in ENGLISH only.
(C)The Maximum/minimum marks which each subject carries & workload in BBA 1 st, 2nd,
3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th Semester Examination shall be as indicated in Examination & Teaching
Scheme (item no 11) “A”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E” and “F” respectively.

14. Evaluation of Project

 Project Work shall carry 200 marks
 Evaluation Pattern

7 | [Type the company name]

 Max. Marks
Project Report Evaluation by External Examiner appointed by 100
the University
Presentation and Open Defense Seminar (External Examiner) 50
Presentation and Open Defense Seminar (Internal Examiner) 50
Total 200

(i) For Project worka batch of Maximum TWENTY students per guide /supervisor has to be
allotted by the Institute. The Guide/Supervisor shall act as an internal examiner for project
Examination.
(ii) The guide or the supervisor shall be appointed by the institute and should be full time
approved faculty to BBA / MBA Programme or PhD supervisor in Business Management.
(iii) The External examiner shall be appointed from the list of full time approved teaching
faculty of the BBA/ MBA program by the University.
(iv) Each such External examiner shall examine a maximum of TWENTY students.
(v) One copy of Project work (Printed or Type Written) shall be submitted to the University
through the supervisor of the candidate and the Principal/ Director / Head of the Institute, at
least One Month prior to the date of commencement of Semester-VI Examination or
following the instructions issued by University at that time and one copy will be retained by
the college/Department for internal evaluation purpose.
(vi) A Candidate shall submit with his/her project work, a certificate from the Supervisor to the
effect-
a. That the candidate has satisfactorily completed the Project work for not less than
one session and
b. That the Project work is the result of the candidates own work and is of
sufficiently high standard to warrant its presentation for examination.
(vii) Candidate shall submit his declaration that the Project is the result of his own research work
and the same has not been previously submitted to any examination of this University or any
other University. The Project shall be liable to be rejected and /or cancelled if found
otherwise.
(viii) The Project work shall be evaluated through seminar and open defense and Viva-voce at the
College/ Department by internal and external examiners appointed by university before
Semester-VI Examination.
A student appearing for BBA Semester VI Examination will have to pay additional fees as
prescribed by the University from time to time.

15. Standard of Passing

The scope of the subject, percentage of passing in Theory and Project and Internal Assessment
will be governed as per following rules:
(i) In order to pass at the Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th
and 6th Semester Examinations, an examinee shall obtain not less than 40 % marks in
each paper, that is to say combined in the written Examination conducted by the
University and in internal assessment put together.
(ii) An examinee who is unsuccessful at the examination shall be eligible for admission to
the subsequent examinations on payment of a fresh fee prescribed for the examination
together with the conditions of the ordinance in force from time to time.

16. Credit and Grade Point System:

Conversion of Marks to Grades and Calculations of SGPA (Grade Point Average) and
CGPA (Cumulative Grade Point Average): In the Credit and Grade Point System, the
assessment of individual Courses in the concerned examinations will be on the basis of marks
only, but the marks shall later be converted into Grades by some mechanism wherein the
overall performance of the Learners can be reflected after considering the Credit Points for

8 | [Type the company name]

 any given course. However, the overall evaluation shall be designated in terms of Grade.
There are some abbreviations used here that need understanding of each and every
parameter involved in grade computation and the evaluation mechanism. The abbreviations
and formulae used are as follows:-
Abbreviations and Formulae Used
G: Grade
GP: Grade Points
C: Credits
CP: Credit Points
CG: Credits X Grades (Product of credits & Grades)
SGPA = ΣCG: Sum of Product of Credits & Grades points / ΣC: Sum of Credits points
SGPA: Semester Grade Point Average shall be calculated for individual semesters. (It is also
designated as GPA)
CGPA: Cumulative Grade Point Average shall be calculated for the entire Programme by
considering all the semesters taken together.
After calculating the SGPA for an individual semester and the CGPA for entire programme,
the value can be matched with the grade in the Grade Point table as per the ten (10) Points
Grading System and expressed as a single designated GRADE such as O, A+, A, B+, B, etc.

Marks Grade Grade Points

80 and above O (Outstanding) 10

70 –79 A+ (Excellent) 9

60 –69 A (Very Good) 8

55 –59 B+ (Good) 7

50 –54 B(Above Average) 6

45 –49 C (Average) 5

40 –44 P (Pass) 4

00 –39 F (Fail) 0

AB (Absent) 0

A student obtaining Grade F shall be considered failed and will be required to reappear in the
examination.

(A) There shall be no classification of examinees successful at the Bachelor of Business

Administration (BBA) Semester - I, Semester - II, Semester - III, Semester - IV, Semester - V and
Semester - VI Examinations whereas SGPA will be notified.

(B) Division at the Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Semester - VI Examination shall be
declared on the basis of the aggregate marks at the BBA Semester - I, Semester - II, Semester - III,
Semester - IV, Semester - V and Semester - VI Examination taken together and the CGPA will be
calculated and notified.

9 | [Type the company name]

(C) Successful examinees at the Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Semester - VI
Examination shall be awarded division based on CGPA as follows :

CGPA Grade Division

8.5 - 10 O Distinction (Outstanding)
7.5 – 8.4 A Distinction
6.0 – 7.4 B First
4.5 – 5.9 C Second
4.0 – 4.4 D Pass
00 – 3.9 F (Fail) Fail

17. The percentage of passing marks in each subjects shall be as indicated in Examination Scheme
(item no 11) “A”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E” and “F” respectively.

18. Unsuccessful examinees at the above examinations can be readmitted to the same examination
on payment of a fresh fee and such other fees as may be prescribed.

19. Provisions of Ordinance No. 3 of 2007 relating to the award of Grace Marks for
passing an examination, securing higher division / class and for securing distinction in subject(s)
shall be applicable.

20. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Direction, no person shall be admitted to an
examination under this Ordinance, if he/ she has already passed the same examination or an
equivalent examination of any other University.

21. Examinees passing all the Bachelor of Businesss Adminsitration (BBA)Examination shall on
payment of the prescribed fees shall receive a Degree in the prescribed form signed by the Vice-
Chancellor.

22. The aforesaid Amendment shall come into force from the date of its issuance and shall remain in
force till the relevant Ordinance come into being in accordance with the provisions of the
Maharashtra University Act, 1994.

23. The marks for internal assessment should be communicated to University within time limit as
per University norms. The record of conduct of such examination, evaluation and marks for
internal assessment should be maintained for a period of at least one year by the respective
college / Department for the verification by the competent authority.

24. Promotion to Higher Semester (A.T.K.T.): The unsuccessful candidate of any semester
examination shall be ALLOWED TO KEEP THE TERM (ATKT) in accordance with the following
table: (Theory and Internal assessment of that theory subject shall be jointly considered as single
passing head).

Admission to Candidate should Candidate should have filled Candidate should

academic year have passed All the examination form for the have passed in
Subjects of the following examinations Minimum 50%
following examination passing heads of the
following
examination

10 | [Type the company name]

 1st Semester H.S.S.C/equivalent ----- -------

2nd Semester ------ 1st Semester -----

2nd Semester 4 subjects/ passing
heads of 1st and 2nd
3rd Semester -----
Semesters taken
together
4th Semester ----- 3rd Semester -----
4th Semester 4 subjects/ passing
heads of 3rd and 4th
5th Semester 1st and 2nd Semesters
Semesters taken
together
------ 5th Semester ----
6th Semester*

Note: (*) A candidate admitted to Final Semester can appear for Final Semester examination however
the result of the Final Semester examination will be withheld unless the candidate clears all the lower
examinations of the BBA Course.
25. Pattern of Question Papers of BBA year end Examination:
a. The question paper should be set in such a manner so as to cover the complete syllabus
as prescribed by the University.
b. The Semester End examination shall be held as per the schedule notified by the
University.
c. The question paper shall be of 80 marks & the time duration of the Semester End
examination would be 3 hours.
d. The question paper shall have 4 long answers questions corresponding to Four Units of
each course. Each long answer question shall carry 8 marks. There will be internal choice
for each question for these long answer questions which means that the student has to
mandatorily attempt one question from each unit of the syllabus. Hence, there would be
8 long answer questions in the question paper but the student has to attempt 4 questions
with an internal choice for each question from each unit of the syllabus. The students
shall get due credit for precise answers as per Marking Scheme given by the paper
setters/ moderators.
e. Question no. Five shall include Four compulsory questions from any of the six units
carrying 4 marks each.
f. The paper setters /moderators shall submit the proposed marking scheme
(Memorandum of Instructions) along with question paper so that the students can be
given due credit for precise answers.
Illustrative Question Paper for BBA Program*
Question No. Unit Nature Max. Marks
1 I a. Long Answer Question 8 Marks each
b. Long Answer Question
OR
c. Long Answer Question
d. Long Answer Question
2 II a. Long Answer Question 8 Marks each
b. Long Answer Question
OR
c. Long Answer Question
d. Long Answer Question
3 III a. Long Answer Question 8 Marks each
b. Long Answer Question
OR
c. Long Answer Question
d. Long Answer Question

11 | [Type the company name]

 4 IV a. Long Answer Question 8 Marks each
b. Long Answer Question
OR
c. Long Answer Question
d. Long Answer Question
5 I a. Short Answer Question
4 Marks each
II b. Short Answer Question
III c. Short Answer Question
IV d. Short Answer Question
TOTAL MARKS 80
(*) This pattern of question paper is not applicable for the following papers for which the question
paper patterns are prescribed separately along with the detailed syllabus of respective subjects.
 BBA 1st Semester Examination – Cost Accounting
 BBA 1st Semester Examination – English
 BBA 2nd Semester Examination - English
 BBA 2nd Semester Examination – Financial & Management Accounting
 BBA 3rd Semester Examination – Basic Statistical Techniques

26. Absorption Scheme for Examinees of BBA Old Course (Introduced in 2014):
1. The students of the BBA Course (Introduced in 2014) immediately preceding the new course
under this direction shall be given chance to appear for three more consecutive examinations
according to old syllabus (Introduced in 2014). The University shall conduct the examination
of old course for three more consecutive examinations after the new scheme of examination is
introduced as per following table:

BBA Examination Attempt 1 Attempt 2 Attempt 3

BBA Part I Winter 2016 Summer 2017 Winter 2017
BBA Part II Winter 2017 Summer 2018 Winter 2018
BBA Part III Winter 2018 Summer 2019 Winter 2019

The students are required to clear all their papers within the stipulated time. The students
clearing all the papers of old scheme of Examination (Introduced in 2014) shall be awarded
Degree according to old scheme of Examination. But, the students who failed to clear their
course in three consecutive attempts as per this clause, will be required to appear afresh for
BBA (CBS) examination provided under this direction.

2. The absorption of students of old course (Introduced in 2014) referred above shall be made to
the new course in the following manner:
Status of Student in Old Absorption Scheme
Course
A student who has failed in Shall be required to appear a fresh in BBA 1 st and 2nd
one or more subjects of BBA Semester Examination of this direction and shall be eligible
Part I examination of old for the exemptions in the subjects he/she had passed in old
course (Introduced in 2014). course subject to the equivalence mentioned hereinafter.

A student who has failed in Shall be required to appear a fresh in BBA 3 rd and 4th
one or more subjects of BBA Semester Examination of this direction and shall be eligible
Part II examination of old for the exemptions in the subjects he/she had passed in old
course (Introduced in 2014). course subject to the equivalence mentioned hereinafter.

A student who has failed in Shall be required to appear a fresh in BBA 5 th and 6th

12 | [Type the company name]

 one or more subjects of BBA Semester Examination of this direction and shall be eligible
Part III examination of old for the exemptions in the subjects he/she had passed in old
course (Introduced in 2014). course subject to the equivalence mentioned hereinafter.

3. The equivalence & exemption of subjects for the students absorbed in the new course shall be
as follows:

BBA New Name of Subject in New BBA Old Equivalent Subject in Status of
Course Course Examination Course Old Course Exemption
Examination (Semester Pattern) Examination
(Semester (2014)
Pattern)
English BBA Part I English & Business Yes
Communication
Fundamentals of Business BBA Part I Principles of Yes
Management Management
Semester I
Computer Applications for BBA Part I Computer Applications Yes
Business for Business
Cost Accounting BBA Part I Financial & Cost Yes
Accounting
Principles of Marketing BBA Part II Principles of Marketing Yes
Management Management
Financial & Management BBA Part I Financial & Cost Yes
Accounting Accounting
Semester II
Micro-Economic BBA Part I Business Economics Yes
Fundamentals
English BBA Part I English & Business Yes
Communication
Principles of Financial BBA Part II Management Yes
Management Accounting & Financial
Management

Basic Statistical Techniques BBA Part II Statistical Methods for Yes

Semester III
Business
Evolution of Business & ---- No*
Commercial Geography
Environment Management BBA Part II Environment Yes
Management
Principles of Human BBA Part II Human Resource Yes
Resource Management Management
Money, Banking & Finance BBA Part I Business Economics Yes
Semester IV Introduction to Sociology ---- No*
& Psychology
Business Legislations BBA Part II Business & Industrial Yes
Laws
Entrepreneurship BBA Part III Entrepreneurship Yes
Development Development
Principles of Operations BBA Part III Production & Yes
Management Operations
Semester V
Management
International Business --- No*
Environment
Research Methodology BBA Part II Research Methodology Yes
Financial Management – BBA Part III Financial Management Yes
Paper 1 – Paper 1
Semester VI Financial Management – BBA Part III Financial Management Yes
Paper 2 – Paper 2
Human Resource BBA Part III Human Resource Yes

13 | [Type the company name]

 Management – Paper 1 Management – Paper 1
Human Resource BBA Part III Human Resource Yes
Management – Paper 2 Management – Paper 2
Marketing Management - BBA Part III Marketing Yes
Paper 1 Management -Paper 1
Marketing Management - BBA Part III Marketing Yes
Paper 2 Management -Paper 2
(*) All these subjects have no equivalent subjects in the BBA Old Course Examination
(introduced in 2014). Hence, students desiring for absorption in New Course under this
Direction are mandatorily required to appear for these subjects in respective semesters.
4. The University examination & Internal examination marks awarded in the equivalent subjects
of the BBA old course shall be carried in the mark sheet of the BBA new semester scheme of
examination.
5. As stated above, a student failing in one or more subjects & could not pass it in three
attempts of any year exam of old annual pattern syllabus (2014), is required to appear a fresh
in the corresponding semester exam subject to exemptions as mentioned above. The final
Mark lists of such students are to be prepared on the basis of semester pattern by presenting
the marks against equivalent papers.
6. If a student who had opted for final year „Service Sector Management‟ specialization papers
of old syllabus (2014) & could not pass it in three attempts, he shall appear for a new
specialization subject as per semester pattern scheme.

7. The above absorption scheme of B.B.A. shall be effective till the introduction of new Syllabus.

27. Guidelines for Project Work :

Objective
Every student will be assigned a project in 6 th Semester of BBA and it will be pursued by him/her
under the supervision of an internal supervisor. The objective of the Project Work is to help the
student develop his/her ability to apply multi-disciplinary concepts, tools and techniques to
solve organizational problems and/or to evolve new/innovative theoretical frame work.
Type of Project
The Project may take any one of the following forms:
i) Comprehensive case study (covering single organization/multifunctional area problem,
formulation, analysis and recommendations)
ii) Inter-organizational study aimed at inter-organizational comparison/ validation of
theory/survey of management services.
iii) Evolution of any new conceptual / theoretical framework.
iv) Field study (Empirical study).
v) Software analysis, Design and solutions for organizational achievement ( Applicable to IT)

Selection of Project Topic:


Project topic has to be selected with respect to the programme of study and area
elected by the student.
 Title of the project should clearly specify the objective and scope of the study. It
should be specific and neither too vague nor centralistic. The topics should be
designed meticulously. It can be designed like “Employee Welfare Measures” – A
case study of XYZ Ltd.
 Project selection has to be made in consultation with the supervisor who will act as a
Project guide for the student.
Scope of Work
The student is expected to carry out following activities in the project:

14 | [Type the company name]

 1. Prepare a synopsis and get it approved by the supervisor as assigned by the respective
Institutes.
2. Undertake a detailed literature survey on the subject matter.
3. Make relevant data collection/observation.
4. Consult experts of the field.
5. Visit related organizations/institutions/industries.
6. Compile data in proper format.
7. Make proper conclusion/recommendations.
8. Prepare a Project Report.
9. The volume of the project-report should be ranging from 60-80 pages.
10. Obtain approval of Project Report by project supervisor.
11. Submit two hard bound copies of the Project Report at the Institute.
12. Submission of the Project Report shall be one month prior to the date of the
commencement of the 6th Semester Examinations for BBA.
General Format of the Report
The project report should preferably be written in the following format:
a) Executive Summary
b) Introduction to topic
c) Research Methodology
d) Analysis and Findings of the study
e) Conclusions and Recommendations of the study
f) Bibliography
g) Appendices – to include questionnaire, if any
Examination and Evaluation
The Project is to be treated as a paper of study of the BBA-6th Semester comprising of 200 marks.
The external assessment shall be done on the basis of the project report and Viva Voce. The
Project shall be evaluated by an External faculty for 150 marks and of which 100 marks will be
allocated to the Written Report Content and Presentation and 50 marks for Viva Voce. The Project
work shall be evaluated by internal and external examiners for 100 marks (as mentioned above) at
the respective institute / college as per the scheduled fixed by the university. One such External
Examiner shall not examine more than 20 students in one academic year.

28. This direction shall come into force phase wise from the academic session 2016-17.

Appendix A
Subject/Paper Summary for BBA Program
Semester Subject Code Name of Subject
BB1 English
BB2 Fundamentals of Business Management
I
BB3 Computer Applications for Business
BB4 Cost Accounting
BB5 Principles of Marketing Management
BB6 Financial & Management Accounting
II
BB7 Micro-Economic Fundamentals
BB8 English
III BB9 Principles of Financial Management

15 | [Type the company name]

 BB10 Basic Statistical Techniques
BB11 Evolution of Business & Commercial Geography
BB12 Environment Management
BB13 Principles of Human Resource Management
BB14 Money, Banking & Finance
IV
BB15 Introduction to Sociology & Psychology
BB16 Business Legislations
BB17 Entrepreneurship Development
BB18 Principles of Operations Management
V
BB19 International Business Environment
BB20 Research Methodology
BBEL1 Elective – Paper 1
VI BBEL2 Elective – Paper 2
BBPW Project Work

Appendix B
List of Elective Subjects
Group Area Paper Name of Subject
1 Fundamentals of Business Finance
Financial Management
2 Advanced Financial Management
1 Fundamentals of Human Resource Management
Human Resource Management
2 Advanced Human Resource Management
1 Fundamentals of Marketing Management
Marketing Management
2 Advanced Marketing Management

16 | [Type the company name]

 Appendix C
Detailed Syllabus
Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examination
Semester – I
BB 1 – English

Unit I: Basic Grammar – Tense, Forms of the Verb, Preposition, Articles, Punctuation, Single Word for
a Group of Words, Sentence Construction, Comprehension.

Unit II: Business Letter Writing- Enquiries and replies, Placing and fulfilling orders , Complaints and
follow-up letters , Sales letters, Circular letters, Application for employment and Resume.

Unit III: Business Manners- Body Language, Gestures, Telephone etiquette, E-mail etiquette.
Textbook:
1) The Bet – Anton Chekov
2) Socrates and the Schoolmaster – F. L. Brayne

Unit IV: Textbook:

1) An Astrologer‟s Day – R. K. Narayan
2) The Gift of the Magi – O‟ Henry
3) With the Photographer – Stephen Leacock

Reference Books:

1. Textbook entitled „Prism: Spoken and Written Communication, Prose & Poetry‟ published by
Orient Longman
2. Orient Longman, Raj N Bakshi 2003-2007.
3. The grammar Tree, MridulaKaul, BeenaSugathan, ArchanaGilani- Oxford university press
2011
4. Grammar for All, N Ramlingam, Himalaya Publishing House, 2 nd Edition 2014.
5. John Eastwood, Oxford Practice Grammar with answers
6. High School English Grammar & Composition, Wren & Martin Revised by NDV Prasad Rao,
S Chand Publication
7. Business Correspondence & Report Writing, R C Sharma &Krisha Mohan, 3 rd Edition, Tata
Mcgrall Hill
8. Communication, C S Rayudu, Himalaya Publication July 2008
9. Business Communication, UrmilaRai, S M Rai, Himalaya Publication 9th Edition.

BB 1- ENGLISH

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

[Maximum Marks – 80
1. (A) Comprehension of Unseen Passage (UNIT-I)
(Four Very Short Answer Questions based on the given Passage)
4 X 2 Marks= 8 Marks

17 | [Type the company name]

 (B) Four items out of Six based on any one of the
Grammar/Vocabulary items prescribed in UNIT-I
4 X 1 Mark = 4 Marks
(C) Four items out of Six based on any one of the
Grammar/Vocabulary items prescribed in UNIT-I
4 X 1 Mark = 4 Marks

2. (A) ONE out of TWO Questions from UNIT-II (Business Letter Writing)
1 X 8 Marks = 8 Marks

(B)ONE out of TWO Questions from UNIT-II (Business Letter Writing)

1 X 8 Marks = 8 Marks
3. (A) ONE out of TWO Questions from UNIT–III (Business Manners)
1 X 8 Marks = 8 Marks
(B) ONE out of TWO Long Answer Questions (to be answered in about
150 words) based on the prescribed Lessons in UNIT-III from the
textbook Prism
1 X 8 Marks = 8 Marks
4. (A) TWO Short Answer Questions (to be answered in about 75 words)
out of THREE based on the Lessons Prescribed in UNIT-III
2 X 4 Marks = 8 Marks
(B) ONE out of TWO Long Answer Questions (to be answered in about
150 words) based on the prescribed Lessons in UNIT-IV from the
textbook Prism
1 X 8 Marks = 8 Marks
5. (A) TWO Short Answer Questions (to be answered in about 75
words) out of THREE based on the prescribed Lessons in UNIT-IV
from the textbook Prism
2 X 4 Marks = 8 Marks
(B) FOUR Very Short Answer Questions out of SIX to be answered in
one or two sentences each from the prescribed Lessons (from Prism)
in UNIT-III&UNIT-IV
4 X 2 Marks = 8 Marks

BB 2 – Fundamentals of Business Management

Unit I: Introduction -Nature, function, definition and importance of management, Definition, nature,
purpose and scope of management, Functions of a manager, is management a science or art?
Development of Management Thought -Scientific management; Contribution of Taylor, Fayol, Mary
Follet, Elton Mayo; Hawthorne experiments, Contingency approach.

Unit II: Management and Administration-Management and administration, Management as a

profession, Professionalism of management in India, Management ethics and management culture,
Skills required of manager, Classification of skills, Methods of skills development.

18 | [Type the company name]

Unit III: Management Planning-Concept of planning, objectives, Nature, Types of plan, Stages
involved in planning, Characteristics of a good plan, Importance, Limitations of planning, Making
planning effective, Strategic planning in Indian Industry.

Unit VI: Decision Making-Concept, characteristics of decisions, Types of decisions, Steps Involved in
decision making, Importance of decision making, Methods of decision making, Committee Decision
Making. Organisation -Concepts, Principle of organization, Importance, Features of good
organization structure, Types of Organisation structure.

Reference Books:
1. Essential of Business Administration - K.Aswathapa Himalaya Publishing House
2. Management: Concept and Strategies By J. S. Chandan, Vikas Publishing
3. Principles of Management, By Tripathi, Reddy Tata McGraw Hill
4. Principles of Management By Ramasamy T, Himalaya Publishing House
5. Principles of Management, Dr.NeeruVashisht&Dr.Namita Rajput, Taxmann

BB 3 – Computer Applications for Business

Unit I: Introduction to Computers - Generation of Computers, Block Diagram, Working of

Computer, Hardware and Software, Programming and Flow Charts concepts, Operating systems
(MSDOS, Windows, UNIX, Linux), Networking concepts.

Unit II: Working with Computers - Introduction to Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Internet,. Lab Activity
would be based on the following topics: a. MS Word b. MS Excel c. MS PowerPoint

Unit III: Introduction to e-Commerce, e-Learning and e-Business, M-Commerce. Introduction to

Basic Web Page designing Language (HTML), using Tags: - Structural, Formatting, List tags and
Table.

Unit IV: IT Consulting – Basic concepts of business, strategy and operation; Business / Strategic
Consulting: Reengineering, BPR; Operations Consulting: domain knowledge concept, domain-
consulting. IT Enabled Services (ITES) – Processes, Outsourcing Function, Call Centres; BPO‟s:
Captive BPO‟s (GE and Dell) and Third Party BPO‟s (Infosys BPO, Wipro BOP, Mphasis, Daksh and
EXL etc).

Reference Books:

1. E-Commerce- ParagDewan (Excel Books),

2. P.K.Sinha –Computer Fundamentals.
3. World Wide Web –design with HTML –C Xavier ,
4. Computer Application in Management –NirupmaPathak ,
5. BPO- SarikaKulkarni,
6. BPO‟ Processes & Challenges By Harsh Bharghav& Deepak Kumar,
7. IT Enabled Retailing by k. Suresh,
8. IT Strategies for Business- FarhaKulkarni
9. Computer Applications in Management- UshaDahiya&SapnaNagpala, Taxmann

BB 4 – Cost Accounting
Unit –I: Introduction -Meaning of Cost, Costing and Cost Accounting, Features, Scope and Functions
of Cost Accounting, Advantages and Limitations of Cost Accounting; Concept of Cost; Analysis and

19 | [Type the company name]

Classification of Costs; Elements of Cost; Preparation of Cost Sheet (Statement of Cost); Quotations
and tender. Introduction and need for reconciliation between financial accounts and cost account,
reasons for disagreement in Profit; Preparation of Reconciliation Statement.

Unit –II: Process Costing: Meaning, features and applicability, difference between process and job
costing, wastage and by-products, normal and abnormal loss. Preparation of process accounts

Unit III: Operating Costing: Classification of costs, Features of operating costing: Transport costing
(Standard charge, running and operating cost, maintenance charges and log sheet)

Unit IV Marginal Costing: Introduction, Application of Marginal costing in terms of cost control,
level of activity planning- Break-even-analysis: Application of BEP for various business problems.

Simple Numerical will be based on Unit II, III and IV

Reference Books:

1) Management Accounting, Bhagwati&Pillai, Second Edition, S. Chand &. Company ltd.

2) Cost & Management Accounting, Ravi M Kishore, Taxmann Publications Pvt. Ltd.
3) Cost and Management Accounting V. K. Saxena& C. D. Vashist, Sultan Chand & Sons
Publication.
4) Cost Accounting, Text and Problems, MC Shuka, TS Grewal and MP Gupta, S Chand
Publications

Question Paper Pattern for BB4 – Cost Accounting

Question No. Unit Nature Max. Marks
1 I a.
Theory Question 8 Marks
b.
Theory Question 8 Marks
OR
c. Numerical Question 16 Marks
2 II a. Numerical Question 8 Marks
b. Numerical Question 8 Marks
OR
c. Numerical Question 16 Marks
3 III a. Numerical Question 8 Marks
b. Numerical Question 8 Marks
OR
c. Numerical Question 16 Marks
4 IV a. Numerical Question 8 Marks
b. Numerical Question 8 Marks
OR
c. Numerical Question 16 Marks
5 I Short Answer Theory Question 4 Marks each
II Short Answer Theory Question
III Short Answer Theory Question
IV Short Answer Theory Question
TOTAL MARKS 80

Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examination

Semester – II
BB 5 – Principles of Marketing Management
Unit I Marketing :Definition, nature, scope & importance, Marketing Management, Core concepts
of marketing, selling concept, production concept, modern marketing concept.

Unit II Segmentation: Concept, basis of segmentation, Importance in marketing; Targeting : Concept

Types, Importance; Positioning: Concept, Importance, Brand positioning, Repositioning.

20 | [Type the company name]

Unit III Marketing Mix: Product : Product Mix, New Product development, levels of product, types
of product, Product life cycle, Branding and packaging, different types of distribution channels.

Unit IV Price: Meaning, objective, factors influencing pricing, methods of pricing. Promotion :
Promotional mix, tools, objectives, media selection & management. Process & Scope Marketing
Information Systems : Meaning Importance and Scope Consumer Behaviour : Concept, Importance
and Factors influencing consumer behaviour.

Reference Books:

1. Marketing Mgt. by Philip Kotler (PHI)

2. Marketing Management by RajanSaxena
3. Marketing Management by Namaswamy&Ramakumari.

BB 6 – Financial & Management Accounting

Unit –I: Introduction - Meaning, Scope and importance of Financial Accounting. Financial
Accounting - concepts and conventions, classification of accounts, Rules and principles governing
Double Entry Book-keeping system (Preparation of Journal), Nature and function of financial
Reporting, GAAP.

Unit –II: Final Accounts of Companies - Final Accounts of Joint Stock Companies – contents and
preparation of Trading and Profit and Loss Account, Profit and Loss Appropriation Account and
Balance sheet with adjustment, Closing Entries (Simple entries)

Unit III: Management Accounting - Meaning, Scope, Importance, and Limitations of Management
Accounting, Difference between Financial Accounting and Management Accounting, Break even
analysis, Analysis of Financial Statements (using ratio analysis-simple ratios)

Unit IV: Budgetary Control - Business budgets and budgetary control – Types of budget and its
utility, preparation of cash & flexible budgets.

Note: Simple Numericals will be based on all Units.

Reference Books:

1. S. N Maheshwari : Financial Accounting Theory and problems – S.Chand (G/L) & Company
Ltd,
2. Pillai R. S. N. – Management Accounting – S. Chand & Co. Pvt. Ltd.
3. Shukla and Grewal : Advanced Accounts (S. Chand & Ltd. New Delhi)
4. Management Accounting & Financial Management :-Arora M N (Himalaya Publishing
5. House Pvt. Ltd.)
6. Accounting for Management- Dr. Ashok Sehgal& Dr. Deepak Sehgal, Taxmann

Illustrative Question Paper Pattern for BB6 – Financial & Management Accounting
Question No. Unit Nature Max. Marks
1 I a. Theory Question 8 Marks
b. Theory Question 8 Marks
OR
c. Numerical Question 16 Marks
2 II a. Numerical Question 8 Marks
b. Numerical Question 8 Marks
OR
c. Numerical Question 16 Marks

21 | [Type the company name]

 3 III a. Numerical Question 8 Marks
b. Numerical Question 8 Marks
OR
c. Numerical Question 16 Marks
4 IV a. Numerical Question 8 Marks
b. Numerical Question 8 Marks
OR
c. Numerical Question 16 Marks
5 I Short Answer Theory Question 4 Marks each
II Short Answer Theory Question
III Short Answer Theory Question
IV Short Answer Theory Question
TOTAL MARKS 80

BB 7 – Micro-Economic Fundamentals
Unit I: Introduction to Micro Economics- Meaning, Definition, Importance of Micro Economics,
Factors affecting Micro Economics. Difference between Micro-Economics & Macro Economics.

Unit-II Demand and Supply Analysis - Concept of Demand, Law of Demand-Meaning, Definition,
Assumptions & Exceptions. Elasticity of Demand- Meaning, Types and Factors affecting Elasticity of
Demand; The Indifference Curve Theory; Supply- Concept of Supply, Elasticity of Supply, Types and
Factors affecting Elasticity of Supply.

Unit III: Production & Cost Analysis - Production & Production Function: Concept, Forms of
Production function, Law of Variable Proportions, Returns to scale. Cost Concepts, Short term and
Long term cost output relationship, The Isocost and Isoquant Approach, Economic Region and
Economies & Diseconomies of scale.

Unit IV: Market Structures- Characteristics and price determination in various market structures -
Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic Competition, Oligopoly. Pricing: Meaning, Types of
Pricing.

Reference Books:

1. AgarwalaS.K.,Microeconomic Theory, Excel Books, New Delhi

2. Appannaiah, Reddy &Shanthi, BBM Semester Economics, 2006, Himalaya Publishing House,
Mumbai.
3. Dholkia R H &Oza A.N., 1996, Oxford University Press, New Delhi
4. Dominick Salvatore, Managerial economics in a Global economy, 2006, Thomson learning
Press
5. Jhingan, 2004, M.L.,Microeconomic Theory, Veranda Publishers, New Delhi.
6. Ravindra R Dholakia, Ajay N Oza, Micro –Economics for Management Studies, Oxford
University Press, Delhi
7. Robert S.Pindyck, Daniel L Rubinfeld, PremL.Mehta, Microeconomics, 2006, Pearson, New
Delhi.
8. Suma Damodran, Managerial Economics, 2006, Oxford University Press, New Delhi
9. Sundharam K P. M, microeconomics, Sultan Chand & Sons.

22 | [Type the company name]

 BB 8 - ENGLISH

(To be implemented from the Session 2016-2017 onwards)

1 Unit I Basic Grammar& Vocabulary : Reference Books:

 Subject-Verb- 1. Macmillan Foundation English by R. K.

Agreement / Concord Dwivedi and A. Kumar
of Nouns, Pronouns (Macmillan/Trinity)
and Possessive
Adjectives 2. Learners’ English Grammar and
Composition by N. D. V. Prasad Rao
(S.Chand Publication)
 Spotting errors and
rewriting sentences
correctly. 3. Developing Communication Skills by
Krishna Mohan and MeeraBanerji
 Phrasal Verbs, ( Trinity)
Collocations and
Idioms (based on the
exercises at the end of
the prescribed lessons
from Golden Harvest

 Words Often Confused

2 UNIT II Business Communication 1. Developing Communication Skills by

 Memorandum Writing Krishna Mohan and MeeraBanerji
 Notice, Agenda and ( Trinity)
Minutes
 Writing 2. Write Right by SaritaManuja (Macmillan/
Advertisements for: Trinity)
Rent, Sale, Situations
Vacant

3 UNIT III Prose Items: Prescribed text : Golden Harvest by Orient

 A Real Good Smile: BlackSwan
Bill Naughton
 What India Inc Wants:
a. Our Muddled
Generation: Dinesh
Kumar
b. Employers Look
for Potential
Employees, not

23 | [Type the company name]

 Exam Results:
Manish Sabharwal
 The Thief: Ruskin
Bond

4 UNIT IV Prose Items: Prescribed text : Golden Harvest by Orient

 A Simple Philosophy: BlackSwan
Seathl
 Go, Kiss the World:
SubrotoBagchi
 My Struggle for an
Education: Booker T.
Washington

BB 8 - ENGLISH

(QUESTION PAPER PATTERN)

[Maximum Marks – 80]

1. (A) FIVE items out of SEVEN based on Subject-Verb- Agreement/Concord

(fill in the blanks )- UNIT-I 5 x 1 Mark = 5 Marks

(B) FIVE items out of SEVEN based on Spotting Errors and Rewriting
Sentences correctly. – UNIT-I 5 x 1 Mark = 5 Marks
(C) FIVE items out of SEVEN based on Phrasal Verbs/
Collocations/Idioms - UNIT-I 5 x 1 Mark = 5 Marks
(D) FIVE items out of SEVEN based on Words Often Confused
( fill in the blanks) – UNIT- I 5 x 1 Mark = 5 Marks

2. (A) ONE out of TWO items on Memorandum Writing - UNIT-II

1 X 5 Marks = 5 Marks

(B) ONE out of TWO questions based on Notice, Agenda and

Minutes - UNIT-II 1 X 10 Marks = 10 Marks
(C) ONE out of TWO questions based on Writing Advertisements-
UNIT-II 1 X 5 Marks = 5 Marks

3. (A) ONE out of TWO Long Answer Questions to be answered in about 150
words - UNIT–III (Prescribed Text) 1 X 10Marks = 10 Marks

(B) TWO out of THREE Short Answer Questions to be answered in

about 75 words - UNIT-III (Prescribed Text) 2 X 5 Marks = 10 Marks

24 | [Type the company name]

 4. (A) ONE out of TWO Long Answer Questions to be answered in
about 150 words - UNIT–IV (Prescribed Text) 1 X 10 Marks = 10 Marks
(B) TWO out of THREE Short Answer Questions to be answered in
about 75 words - UNIT-IV (Prescribed Text) 2 X 5 Marks = 10 Marks

Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examination

Semester – III
BB 9 – Principles of Financial Management
Unit –I: Introduction of Business Finance - Meaning, Scope and importance of Business Finance.
Finance Functions. Goals & objectives of financial management

Unit –II: Sources of Financing - LONG TERM: Equity shares, Preference Shares, debentures,/ Bonds
(Types, features & utility), term loans, lease & hire purchase, retained earnings,; SHORT TERM: trade
credit, bank finance, commercial paper, factoring & bills discounting.

Unit III: Cost of Capital - Cost of capital, Cost of different sources of finance, weighted average cost
of capital, Concept of Leverage, Concepts of Capital Structure.

Unit IV: Working Capital Management - Meaning, Scope, Importance, and Limitations of Working
Capital, Factors affecting Working Capital needs, Various Approaches for financing Working Capital.
Concept of Operating Cycle, Estimation of Working Capital Requirement

Note: Simple Numerical will be based on Unit III and IV only.

Reference Books:

1) Financial Management by Ravi Kishore, Taxmann Publications Pvt Ltd

2) Financial Management – I M Pandey – S. Chand & Co. Pvt. Ltd. (Old editions in Vikas
Publications)
3) Financial Management , Theory, Concepts and Problems by Dr. R. P. Rustagi, Taxmann
Publications Pvt Ltd

4) Financial Management, Text, Problems and Cases, by M Y Khan and P K Jain, McGraw-Hill
Publications
BBA Sem III
BB 10 – Basic Statistical Techniques

Unit I – Definition, functions, scope and role of statistics in business and importance of statistics.
Classification of data, tabulation, frequency distribution, diagrams & graphs.

Unit II – Importance and requisites of a good statistical average, types of averages – arithmetic mean,
median, mode, geometric mean, harmonic mean, weighted average, relationship amongst different
averages.

Unit III – Meaning and significance of dispersion, methods of measuring dispersion – range, quartile
deviation, mean deviation, standard deviation and coefficient of skewness.

25 | [Type the company name]

Unit IV – Definition of correlation, significance of correlation, types of correlation, merits and
limitations of coefficient, Calculation of coefficient of correlation and probable error for simple series,
calculation of coefficient of correlation and probable error for continuous series.

Numerical shall be based on Unit II, Unit III, and Unit IV

Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of statistics : D. V. Elhance&VeenaElhance
2. Statistices : V. K. Kapoor – S. Chand & Sons
3. Statistics : B. New Gupta – SahityaBhavan Agra
4. Statistics Methods : S.P. Gupta – S. Chand & Sons
5. Fundamental of Statistics : S. C. Gupta – Himalaya Publishing House
6. Business Mathematics & Statistics : NEWK Nag & S.C. Chanda – Kalyani Publishers

Illustrative Question Paper Pattern for BB10 – Basic Statistical Techniques

Question No. Unit Nature Max. Marks

1 I a.
Theory Question 8 Marks each
b.
Theory Question
OR
c. Theory Question
d. Theory Question
2 II a. Theory Question 8 Marks
b. Numerical Question 8 Marks
OR
c. Numerical Question 16 Marks
3 III a. Theory Question 8 Marks
b. Numerical Question 8 Marks
OR
c. Numerical Question 16 Marks
4 IV a. Numerical Question 8 Marks
b. Numerical Question 8 Marks
OR
c. Numerical Question 16 Marks
5 I Short Answer Theory Question 4 Marks each
II Short Answer Theory Question
III Short Answer Theory Question
IV Short Answer Theory Question
TOTAL MARKS 80

BB 11 – Evolution of Business & Commercial Geography

Unit I–Evolution of Business & Economy: Industrial revolution (1820-1850); Rise of European
business (1850-1900); Impact of First World War on International Business; The Great Depression and
its effect on International Business; Impact of Second World War on International Business.

Unit II – Evolution of Business in post WWII Scenario: Cold War and its impact on International
Business; OPEC Crises and its impact on International Business; Gulf War and its impact on
International Business; Dawn of IT era and its impact on business & economy.

Unit III – Commercial Geography: Geography - meaning & its relation with Commerce &
Commercial Geography - Nature and scope. Approaches of commercial Geography. 2. Geographical
Environment & Commerce - Relationship between geographical environment and Commerce,
Economic activities, Determinism and possibilism, Physical environment - Location, size and shape of

26 | [Type the company name]

the country relief, climate, water bodies, soils, vegetation, animals, minerals, Cultural environment,
settlements, transport, communication and technology.

Unit IV -Industries : Role of industries in Economic development; Factors of industrial location - Raw
material, power, market, transport and communication, land capital, technology; Webers theory of
industrial location, Iron & steel industry - India & USA, Cotton textile industry - India & USA.
Engineering industry in India - Major industrial regions of the world and India.

Reference Books:

1. Global Governmentality – Edited by Wendy Larner& William Walters, Routledge

Resource
2. The Origins of Globalisation – Karl Moore & David Charles Louis, Routledge
Resource
3. British Business History (1720-1994) – John F Wilson, Manchester University Press
4. The History of Family Business (1850-2000) – Andrea Colli, Cambridge University
Press
5. Exporting the American Model: The Post war transformation of European Business –
Marie-Laure Djelic, Oxford University Press
6. Order and Disorder after the Cold War – Brad Roberts, MIT Press
7. Commercial Geography - Sir Dudley Stamp.
8. Fundamentals of Economic Geography - Van Royen&Bengston.
9. Economic Geography - J. Alexander
10. Economic Geography - Jones &Darkenwald.

BB 12 – Environment Management
Unit I: Introduction to Environment Management: Definition, Scope importance, Need for public
awareness, sustainable development, Natural Resources- renewable and non- renewable resources,
role of individual in conservation of natural resources( Forest, water, land, energy, mineral)

Unit II: Environment Pollution: Types of pollution- air, water, soil, noise, thermal and Nuclear,
causes effectsna control measures, Global warming, green house effect, Ozone layer depletion, Acid
rains

Unit III: Human Population: Global population growth, variations among nations, Population
explosion- causes and impact, Family welfare Programs-methods of sterilization; Infectious diseases,
water related diseases, risk due to chemicals in food, Cancer and environment

Unit IV: Social Issues in Environment: Construction of dams: problems and concerns of
resettlement, rehabilitation of affected people; Environmental ethics– issues and possible solutions,
resource consumption patterns and need for equitable utilization; Equity disparity in western and
eastern countries; Urban and rural equity issues; Need for gender equity.

Reference Books:

1. A text book of environmental by K M Agrawal, P K Sikdar, S C Deb”, published by

Macmillan
2. Environment management by N K Uberoi”, published by Excel Books
3. Environment management by Dr. Swapan Deb”, published by Jaico Publishing
House.
4. Environmental Management by S K Agrawal”, published by A.P.H. publishing
Corporation.

Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examination

27 | [Type the company name]

 Semester – IV
BB 13 – Principles of Human Resource Management
Unit 1 : Introduction to Human Resource Management: Definition, concept and Scope of H. R. M.,
Difference between Personnel Management and H.R.M., Importance and Functions of H.R.M. Role of
H.R Department.

Unit 2 : Job Analysis, Job Design: Meaning of Job Analysis, Uses, Process and methods of collecting
data for job analysis, Job Description, Job Specifications. Meaning of Job Design, Techniques of Job
Design

Unit 3 : Human Resource Planning - Recruitment – Selection: Definition and objectives of Human
Resource planning, process of Human Resource planning factors influencing estimation of Human
Resources, Concept of Recruitment & Selection, sources of recruitment, Selection Procedure

Unit 4 : Induction & Training : Concept of Induction, Training- Need for training, benefits of
training, identification of training needs and methods/ types of training. Evaluation of effectiveness
of training programs.Placement, Transfer, Promotion, Demotion.

Reference Books:

 Dr. S S Khanka : Human Resource Management,

 Aswathappa, K.; Human Resource and Personnel Management (Text and Cases), Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company
 Dessler,Gary; Human Resource Management;Prentice Hall
 SubbaRao, Personnel and Human Resources management, HPH.
 Human Resource Management- Text and Cases-- VSP Rao

BB 14 – Money, Banking and Finance

Unit I: Money - Concept and functions of Money, Origin and development of Money, Limitations of
Barter System, Classification of Money, Importance of Money, Qualities of Good Money, Defects of
money.

Unit-II – Banking and Finance - Commercial Banking- Role and functions of Commercial Banks,
Credit creation and its limitations Central Banking-Functions of Central Bank. Reserve Bank of India –
Role in Indian Economy, Monetary & Non-Monetary functions of RBI.

Unit III: National Income Determination- Meaning, Method & Difficulties of Measuring National
Income; Concept of GDP, GNP, NNP, PI, DPI. Inflation and Deflation- Types, Causes and Measures
to Control.

Unit IV: Monetary and Fiscal Policy- Concept, Objectives, Instruments, Limitations of Monetary and
Fiscal policy, Public Finance- Meaning, Scope and Importance of Public Finance, Public Finance Vs
Private Finance.

Reference Books:

1. Appannaiah, Reddy &Shanthi, BBM Semester Economics, 2006, Himalaya Publishing House,
Mumbai.
2. Chaturvedi D., Macro Economics, 2005, Galgotia Publishing Company, New Delhi.
3. Dominick Salvatore, Managerial economics in a Global economy, 2006, Thomson learning
Press
4. Datt, Ruddar and K P M Sundharam, 2005, Indian Economy, S.Chand and Co. Pvt. Ltd. New
Delhi

28 | [Type the company name]

 5. Jhingan, 2004, M.L., Money Banking International Trade and Public Finance, Ed. 8, Veranda
Publishers, New Delhi.
6. Mithani D. M., Money, Banking, International trade and Public Finance,2006, Himalaya
Publishing House, Mumbai
7. Samuelson, Paul Anthony and William D. Nordhaus, 1998, Economics, Ed. 6 New Delhi: Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, New Delhi.
8. Somashekhar N T., Money, Banking, International trade and Public Finance,2006,Himalaya
Publishing House, Mumbai
9. Suma Damodran, Managerial Economics, 2006, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.

BB 15 – Introduction to Sociology & Psychology

Unit I: Sociology as the Science of Society: (a) Sociology – Meaning and Definitions, (b)
Characteristics of Sociology as a science (empirical, theoretical, cumulative and nonethical), (c)
Development of Modern Industrial Society – Characteristics, industrialism, capitalism, urbanism,
liberal democracy, (d) Postmodern Society – Nature and Characteristics, (e) Culture – Meaning and
elements, (cognitive elements, beliefs, values and norms and signs), Meaning, stages and agencies of
socialisation.

Unit II: Social Structure and Social Change: (a) Structural aspects of social system – Institutions,
groups, subgroups, roles, norms and values, (b) Social change – Its sources – Internal and External, (c)
Types of Social Change – Changes in social values with reference to pattern variab les, changes in
occupational structure and demographic changes

Unit III: Introduction to Psychology: (a) Definition, Nature, Scope and Applications of Psychology.
(b)Methods: Introspection, Observation, Experimental, Interview, Questionnaire and Case Study.
(c)Contemporary Perspectives: Biological, Cognitive, Psychoanalytical, Humanistic, Evolutionary and
Cross-cultural. (d)Biological Bases of Behaviour: Evolution, Genes and Behaviour. The Response
Mechanism: Receptors, Effectors and Adjustors. (e)The Nervous System: The Basic Structure,
Functions and Divisions of the Peripheral and Central Nervous System.

Unit IV: Social Psychology: (a)Introduction: Nature and Scope; Methods of Studying Social
Behaviour: Observation, Experimental, Field Study, Survey, Sociometry and Cross-cultural.
(b)Socialization: Agents and Mechanisms, Socialization and Deviation. (c)Perceiving Others: Forming
Impressions; Role of Non-verbal Cues, Group stereotypes, Central Traits; Primary and Recency
Effects; Models of Information Integration; Attribution of Causality: Biases and Theories (Jones and
Davis, Kelley).

Reference Books:

1. Inkeles, Alex, “What is Sociology?”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1987
2. Jayaram N., “Introduction to Sociology”, Macmillan India, Madras, 1988
3. Ghode R.N. and Bhau Daydar, “Sociology: Basic Concepts”, Spectrum Publications, Nagpur
4. Atkinson and Hilgard (2002). Introduction to Psychology. New York: Thomson Wadsworth
5. Feldman, R. S. (2006). Understanding Psychology. India: Tata McGraw Hill.
6. Feldman, R. S. (1985). Social Psychology: Theories, Research and Application.New York:
McGraw Hill.
7. Myers, David, G (1994). Exploring Social Psychology. New York: McGraw Hill.

29 | [Type the company name]

 B 16 – Business Legislations
Unit I: Administration of law & legal system in India - Introduction to legal aspects of Business in
general; Freedom of Trade, Profession and Occupation (Constitutional Provisions).

Unit II: Indian Contract Act (1872) - a) Definition (Sec.2) b) Essential elements of a valid contract c)
Competency to enter in contracts (Sec. 11 & 12).d) Consent – Free consent, Coercion, undue influence,
fraud, misrepresentation, mistake (sec 13-23).Void Agreement (sec 24-30) f) Consequences of breach
of contract (sec73-75).

Unit III: The Companies Act (1956) - Definition & characteristics of a company, Company
distinguished from partnership, Kinds of Companies, Provisions relating to incorporation, lifting the
Corporate Veil. Memorandum of Association, Doctrine of ultra-vires, Articles of Association, Doctrine
of indoor management & constructive notice, Concept of Prospectus.Company Management And
Board Meeting : Administrative Hierarchy, Board of Director – Director- Legal Position,
Appointment, Qualification, Disqualification, Removals Power, duties, Liabilities etc. Managing
Director – Meaning, Appointment, and Disqualification.Manager-Meaning,
Disqualification.Company Meetings Meaning of meeting-General Body meeting – statutory Meeting,
Annual General meeting, Extra ordinary meeting Board Meeting.

Unit IV: The Consumer Protection Act,1986 Salient features of Act. Definitions- Consumer,
Complaint, Services, Defect and Deficiency, Complainant. Rights and Reliefs available to
consumer.Procedure to file complaint.Consumer Disputes Redressal Agencies.(Composition,
Jurisdiction, Powers and Functions.) Procedure followed by Redressal Agencies. Introduction to GST

Reference Books:

1) Business and Commercial Laws-Sen and Mitra.

2) An Introduction to Mercantile Laws-N. D. Kapoor
3) Business Laws-N. M. Wechlekar
4) Company Law-Avatar Singh
5) Law of Contract-Avtar Singh
6) Consumer Protection Act in India .Niraj Kumar
7) Consumer protection in India. V.K.Agrawal
8) Consumer Grievance Redressal under CPA. Deepa Sharma.

Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examination

Semester – V

BB 17 – Entrepreneurship Development

Unit I:Entrepreneur & Entrepreneurship: Evolution of the concept of Entrepreneurs, Characteristics

of an Entrepreneur, Distinction between an entrepreneur and a manager; functions of an
entrepreneur, types of entrepreneurs, concept of intrapreneurs; growth of entrepreneurship in India,
role of entrepreneurship in economic development,.

Unit II:Entrepreneurial growth: Factors - Economic factors, non-economic factors, Government

actions; Entrepreneurial competencies – meaning, major competencies, developing competencies;
Entrepreneurship Development Programs (EDPs) - Need, objectives, course content of EDPs, phases
of EDPs, evaluating EDPs.

Unit III:Small Enterprises: An introductory framework: Definition, characteristics, relationship

between small and large units, rationale, objectives, scope, opportunities for entrepreneurial career,
problems of SSIs; Project Identification and Selection (PIS) - Meaning of project, project identification,

30 | [Type the company name]

project selection, contents of project reports, formulation of project reports; Project Appraisal -
Concept, methods, economic analysis, financial analysis, market analysis, technical feasibility,
managerial competence.

Unit IV:Institutional & financial support to Entrepreneurs: Need for institutional support, various
institutions supporting entrepreneurship in India – MIDC, MSME, MCED, DIC, SSIB, MSSIDC, BIFR;
Financial support to entrepreneurs: Commercial banks, other financial institutions – IDBI, IFCI, SFCs,
SIDBI, venture capital.

Reference Books:

1. Entrepreneurship 6 th edition. Robert D Hisrich , Tata McGraw-Hill.

2. Kuratko- Entrepreneurship – A Contemporary Approach, (Thomson Learning
Books)
3. Small-Scale Industries and Entrepreneurship. Desai, Vasant (2003). Himalaya
Publishing House, Delhi.
4. S.S. Khanka – Entrepreneurial Development (S. Chand & Co.)
5. Exploring Entrepreneurship, Blundel& Lockett, Oxford University Press
6. Entrepreneurship, Roy, Oxford University Press

BB 18 – Principles of Operations Management

Unit I: Introduction to Operations Management: Introduction to Operations Management, its

Nature, Scope, Importance and Functions. Difference between production, manufacturing and
service. Concept and types of production, mass, job-based, batch and assembly line production
system. Types of services.

Unit II: Facilities and Production Planning : Factors affecting plant location, types of plant layouts –
product layout, process layout, fixed position layout, cellular layout, types of service layouts. Concept
of production planning, definitions of capacities, master production schedule, material planning.
Introduction to maintenance.

Unit III: Material Management: Scope of materials management, Purchase and Stores Functions,
Introduction to warehouse management, Concept of Lead time, re-order level, minimum and
maximum stock, Basic concepts of Inventory management, inventory costs, ordering and carrying
cost.

Unit IV: Quality Management and Productivity: Introduction to quality, dimensions of quality,
concept of product, process and service quality. Introduction to Quality Management System, concept
of TQM, ISO, Kaizen, Quality circles, Six-sigma.Concepts of productivity, machine, labour and cost
productivity.

Reference Books:

1. Operations Management by Shridhar, Himalaya Publishing House

2. Operations Management Nair: TMH
3. Production and Operations Management, Adam & Ebert, Prentice Hall India
4. Operations Management by Chary ,Mcgraw Publications, 4th edition.
5. Production and Operations Management, K.Aswathappa&K.ShridharaBhat,
Himalaya Publication
6. Production and Operations Management, R.Panneerselvam, 3rd Edition, Eastern
Economy Edition.

BB 19 – International Business Environment

31 | [Type the company name]

Unit I: Introduction to International Business: Importance, nature and scope of International
business; Modes of entry into International Business; Internationalization process and managerial
implications; Issues in foreign investments, technology transfer, pricing and regulations; International
collaborative arrangements and strategic alliances; Concept and significance of balance of payments
account

Unit II: International Business Environment: Economic, Political, Cultural and Legal environments
in International Business. Framework for analyzing international business environment.

Unit III: Global Trading and Investment Environment: World trade in goods and services – Major
trends and developments; World trade and protectionism – Tariff and non-tariff barriers; Foreign
investments-Pattern, Structure and effects; Movements in foreign exchange and interest rates and
their impact on trade and investment flows.

Unit IV: International Economic Institutions and Agreements: WTO, WTO and Developing
Countries, IMF, World Bank, UNCTAD, International commodity trading and agreements. Structure
and functioning of EC and NAFTA, Regional Economic Groupings in Practice: Levels of Regional
Economic Integration; Regionalism vs. Multilateralism; Important Regional Economic Groupings in
the World.

Reference Books:

1. Bennet, Roger, International Business, Financial Times, Pitman Publishing,

London.
2. Bhattacharya, B., Going International: Response Strategies of the Indian Sector,
Wheeler Publishing, New Delhi.
3. Czinkota, Michael R., et. al., International Business, the Dryden Press, Fortworth.
4. Danoes, John D. and Radebaugh, Lee H., International Business: Environment and
Operations, Addison Wesley, Readings.
5. Hill, Charles W. L., International Business, McGraw Hill, New York.

BB 20 – Research Methodology
Unit I: Introduction - Meaning, Objectives and Types of research, Research Approach, Research
Process, Relevance & scope of research in management. Research Design - Features of good Design,
Types of Research Design,

Unit II: Sampling Design - Steps in sample Design, Characteristics of a good sample Design,
Probability & Non Probability sampling. Hypothesis – Meaning, Types, Process, Formation of
Hypothesis, Testing of Hypothesis

Unit III: Measurement & scaling techniques - Errors in measurement. Test of sound measurement,
Scaling and scale construction technique. Attitude Measurement and Scales: Introduction to attitude -
Various Methods to measure attitude.

Unit IV: Methods of data collection - Primary data – questionnaire and interviews; Collection of
secondary data. Interpretation of data - Techniques of Interpretation, Report writing, Layout of a
project report, preparing research reports.

Reference Books:
1. Research Methodology – C.R. Kothari
2. Business Research Methods – Naval Bajpai
3. Business Research Methodology – J K. Sachdev

Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examination

Semester – VI

32 | [Type the company name]

 Elective A - Financial Management

Paper 1

BBEL1 – Fundamentals of Business Finance

Unit –I: Mathematics of Finance – Concept of Time Value of Money, Compounding and Discounting
of single cash flow, series of cash flow and annuity. Simple problems based on Time Value of Money

Unit –II: Capital Budgeting - Premises of Capital Budgeting Decisions, Tools in Capital Budgeting,
Pay Back Period, Average Rate of Return on Investments, Net Present Value, IRR.

Unit –III: Dividend decision and Management of Earnings - Relevance approach of dividend
valuation models, Irrelevance approach of dividend valuation models, Stability of dividend, Factors
determining dividend decisions.

Unit IV: Corporate Restructuring - Reasons & drivers of corporate restructuring, Methods of
restructuring- mergers (types of merger), takeovers, acquisitions (Types of Takeover/ acquisition),
divesting/ demerger, spin-off, split ups

Simple Numerical will be based on Unit I, II and III only.

Reference Books:

1) Financial Management by Ravi Kishore, Taxmann Publications Pvt Ltd

2) Financial Management – I M Pandey – S. Chand & Co. Pvt. Ltd. (Old editions in Vikas
Publications)
3) Financial Management , Theory, Concepts and Problems by Dr. R. P. Rustagi, Taxmann
Publications Pvt Ltd
4) Financial Management, Text, Problems and Cases, by M Y Khan and P K Jain, McGraw-Hill
Publications

Paper 2
BBEL2 – Advanced Financial Management

Unit –I: Banking Services and Operations -Definition of banks, Functions of Commercial Banks,
Banking Structure in India, Role of RBI vis-a-vis other commercial banks, Introduction to Bank
Deposits, Types of Deposit Accounts, KYC

Unit –II: Insurance Services - Concept of insurance, principles of insurance, Traditional and Unit
linked policies, individual and group policies, Different type of insurance products – whole life
products, term assurance annuities, and endowment, Medi-Claim and health insurance products.

Unit –III: Mutual Funds – Organization Structure, Classification of Funds –Types of Funds – Equity
Funds, Debt Funds, Liquid Funds, Balanced Funds, Monthly Income Plans, ETFs, Commodity Funds,
Fund of Funds, Sectoral Funds, ELSS; Calculation of NAV; Systematic Investment Plans; Concept of
Cost Averaging and Value Averaging.

Unit IV: Capital Market - Introduction to Capital Markets, Structure of Capital Market, Primary and
Secondary Market, Stock Exchanges in India- BSE, NSE, OTCEI, ICSEI, Functions of Stock Exchange,
SEBI and Role of SEBI in Capital Market

Reference Books:

1) Indian Financial System by Bharti V Pathak Pearson Publications

2) Indian Financial System by M Y Khan McGraw-Hill Publications

33 | [Type the company name]

 3) Financial Markets and Services , Gordon and Natrajan, Himalaya Publications
4) Financial Services, SandeepGoel, PHI Publications
5) Know Your Bank (volume I to VI) published by IIBF
6) Life and Health Insurance, 13th Edition by Kenneth Black Jr., Harold D. Skipper Jr., PHI
Publications

Elective B–Human Resource Management

Paper 1

BBEL1 – Fundamentals of Human Resource Management

Unit 1 :Introduction: Concept, HRM ; Evolution of HRM; Challenges of HRM; Role of Human
Resource Management in strategic management, Characteristics of Workforce today

Unit 2 : Performance Appraisal :Concept and Introduction, Importance, process – methods of

performance appraisal – Traditional & Modern Methods.

Unit 3 : Job Evaluation & Compensation management: Concept, objectives and methods of Job
Evaluation, Wages & Salary, components of employee remuneration – – base and supplementary.
Wages & Salary Administration

Unit 4 : Legal Aspects :Introduction to Provident Fund Act, Employee State Insurance Corporation
Act, Minimum Wages Act, Industrial Relations Act, Industrial Dispute Act.

ReferenceBooks :

 Dr. S S Khanka : Human Resource Management,

 Aswathappa, K.; Human Resource and Personnel Management (Text and Cases), Tata
 Rao,V S P,Human Resource Management,Text and Cases
 Dessler,Gary; Human Resource Management;Prentice Hall
 SubbaRao, Personnel and Human Resources management, HPH.
 SeemaSanghi , Human Resource Management

Paper 2
BBEL2 – Advanced Human Resource Management

Unit 1 : Job Analysis, Job Design & Job Evaluation: Job Analysis & Design - Job Analysis – Meaning,
Uses, Competency approach to job analysis, Job Description, Job Specifications & Role Analysis,
Factors affecting Job Design, Techniques of Job Design, Cases and Exercises in understanding Job
Analysis. Job Evaluation –Concept, objective & methods.

Unit 2:Performance Appraisal: Nature, Objectives of Performance Appraisal, Performance Planning

and Potential Appraisal, Pitfalls of Appraisal, Praise and Recognition; Rewards and Incentives;
Promotions. HR Records, MIS HR Reports, HR Formats – Personnel Files, Attendance, Leave, Medical
Records.

Unit 3 : Industrial Relations :Nature, Concept, scope, objectives & significance of Industrial
Relations, Trade unions, Functions of Trade Unions - Forms of collective bargaining - Workers‟
participation in management, Nature & causes of Industrial Dispute and Settlement of Industrial
Disputes.

Unit 4 : Ancillary Topics: Goal Setting, Promotions and Transfers; Separations- Retirement, VRS,
Deputation, Death, Retrenchment, Pink Slips, Competency Mapping, Employee Manual / PPP
Handbook. Concept of Retention and Attrition. Online recruitment; Employee referrals; Recruitment

34 | [Type the company name]

process outsourcing Head hunting; Downsizing; Voluntary retirement schemes (VRS) HR
outsourcing, Job Rotation & Transfer

Reference Books :

 Dr. S S Khanka : Human Resource Management,

 Aswathappa, K.; Human Resource and Personnel Management (Text and Cases), Tata
 Rao,V S P,Human Resource Management,Text and Cases
 Dessler,Gary; Human Resource Management;Prentice Hall
 SubbaRao, Personnel and Human Resources management, HPH.
 SeemaSanghi , Human Resource Management

Elective C–Marketing Management

Paper 1

BBEL1 – Fundamentals of Marketing Management

Unit – I: Integrated Communication Mix (IMC) -meaning, importance; Communication meaning,

importance, process, communication mix-components, role in marketing,

Unit – II: Branding - meaning, brand recall, brand positioning. Importance of branding and
advertising. Digital Marketing – Scope and Importance, Search Engine Optimisation (SEO), Out of
home (OOH).

Unit – III: Sales Organisation and Relationship : Purpose of sales organization, Types of sales
organization structures, Sales department external relations, Distributive network relations.

Unit – IV: Concept of services - Nature & characteristics of services, Marketing Mix and strategies in
Service Marketing, Product decisions, pricing strategies, Promotion of services, Placing or
Distribution methods of services, Service vision & Strategies: Includes Advertisements, Branding,
Packaging of Services.

Reference Books:

1. Marketing Mgt. by Philip Kotler (PHI)

2. Marketing Management by RajanSaxena, Tata McGraw Hill, Education
3. Service Sector Management by S M Jha
4. Sales Management - Cundiff, Still, Govoni

Paper 2
BBEL2 – Advanced Marketing Management

Unit – I : Sales Management : - Evolution of sales function, Objectives of sales management positions,
Functions of Sales executives, Relation with other executives, Salesmanship : Theories of personal
selling, Types of Sales executives, Qualities of sales executives, Prospecting, pre-approach and post-
approach, Organising display, showroom & exhibition

Unit – II: Distribution network Management: Product Distribution Channel & Types of Marketing
Channels, Factors affecting the choice of channel, Types of middleman and their characteristics,

35 | [Type the company name]

Wholesale and Retail, Supply Chain Management (SCM) and introduction to Supply Chain
Management, Various types of Warehousing and transportation facilities.

Unit – III: Service Quality - Impact of service Quality, Approaches to service Quality, Ten original
dimensions of Service Quality, How to improve service Quality, Service quality information systems,
Benchmarking and certification. Marketing challenges in services business; Classification of services;
End user, Profit orientation, Services tangibility, People based services, Expertise. Role of IT in service
industry.

Unit – IV: Customer Retention & Relationship Marketing: CB-Services, Facts & Importance of CB in
services, Evolution of Relationship Marketing, Enhancement of Internal & External relationships,
Customer Retention (Operations, Delivery System). Various types of services offered to customers –
hotel, hospital, transport, insurance, banking and education.

Reference Books:

1. Marketing Mgt. by Philip Kotler (PHI)

2. Marketing Management by RajanSaxena, Tata McGraw Hill Education
3. Service Sector Management by S M Jha
4. Sales Management - Cundiff, Still, Govoni

36 | [Type the company name]

Subject wise Core Elective Papers

M. Sc. Subject Core elective paper to be opted in Core elective paper to be opted in
sem III (Sem V in case of M. Sc. sem IV (Sem VI in case of M. Sc.
(Tech) Applied Geology) (Tech) Applied Geology)
M. Sc. (Computer Science) Neural Network Design and Analysis of Algorithm
Multimedia Technologies Embedded System
ASP.NET Pattern Recognition

Foundation Course: (Candidate can opt for any one foundation course paper as shown below in the semester III
and IV (Semester V & VI in case of M. Sc. (Tech) Applied Geology). However, Student shall opt for this paper
from any other subject other than his / her main subject for postgraduarion. If the candidate decides to opt for
foundation course papers then he/she shall not be eligible to opt for Core (Subject Centric) papers in their
respective subjects). List of foundation courses available:
M. Sc. Subject Foundation Course I in semester Foundation Course II in Semester
III (Sem V in case of M. Sc. IV (Sem VI in case of M. Sc.
(Tech) Applied Geology) (Tech) Applied Geology)

M. Sc. (Computer Science) Operating system concepts Advances in information technology

Principles of Management Banking Operations And Services
E-Business Information Security And Cyber Law

Core (Discipline Centric): (Candidate can opt for this paper as shown below in the semester III and IV
(Semester V & VI in case of M. Sc. (Tech) Applied Geology) in their main subject of post graduation only. If the
candidate decides to opt for Core (Subject Centric) papers in their main subject of post graduation then he/she
shall not be eligible to opt for Foundation Course papers neither in their own subject nor in any other subject).
List of Core (Subject Centric) course available in the respective subject:

M. Sc. Subject Core (Discipline Centric) I in Core (Discipline Centric) II in

semester III (Sem V in case of M. Semester IV (Sem VI in case of
Sc. (Tech) Applied Geology) M. Sc. (Tech) Applied Geology)

M. Sc. (Computer Science) Mobile Computing Parallel Computing

Digital & Cyber Forensics Mobile & Cyber Forensics

1
Scheme of teaching and examination under semester pattern Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
for M.Sc.Computer Science

Semester I for M.Sc. Computer Science

Code Teaching Examination Scheme

scheme
(Hours /
Week)
Theory / Practical

Max. Marks Minimum

Duration in hrs.
Passing Marks

Total Marks
External

Internal
Credits

Marks
Total
Pract

Pract
Ass
Th

Th
Core 1 Paper 1 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
Discrete
Mathematical
Structure
Core 2 Paper 2 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
Programming
in Java
Core 3 Paper 3 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
Digital
Electronics and
Microprocessor
Core 4 Paper 4 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
Advanced
DBMS and
Administration
Pract. Practical 1 - 8 8 4 3-8* 100 - 100 40
Core 1 & based on theory **
2 paper-1 and 2
Pract. Practical 2 - 8 8 4 3-8* 100 - 100 40
Core 3 & based on theory **
4 paper-3 and 4
Seminar 1 Seminar 1 2 - 2 1 25 25 10
TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80

2
Semester II for M.Sc. Computer Science

Code Teaching Examination Scheme

scheme
(Hours /
Theory / Practical Week)
Max. Marks Minimum

Duration in hrs.
Passing Marks

Total Marks
External

Internal
Credits

Marks
Total
Pract

Pract
Ass
Th

Th
Core 5 Paper 5 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
Windows
Programming
using VC++
Core 6 Paper 6 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
Theory of
Computation
and Compiler
Construction
Core 7 Paper 7 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
Computer
Architecture
and
Organization
Core 8 Paper 8 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
Computer
Graphics
Pract. Practical 3 - 8 8 4 3-8* 100 - 100 40
Core 5 & based on theory **
6 paper-5 and 6
Pract. Practical 4 - 8 8 4 3-8* 100 - 100 40
Core 7 & based on theory **
8 paper-7 and 8
Seminar 2 Seminar 2 2 - 2 1 25 25 10
TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80

3
Semester III for M.Sc. Computer Science
Code Teaching Examination Scheme
scheme
(Hours /
Week)
Theory / Practical Max. Marks Minimum

Duration in hrs.
Passing Marks

Total Marks
External

Internal
Credits

Marks
Total
Pract

Pract
Ass
Th

Th
Core 9 Paper 9 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
Data
Communication
and Networks
Core 10 Paper 10 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
Software
Engineering
Core Paper 11 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
Elective 1 CE1-1 Neural
Network
CE1-2
Multimedia
Technologies
CE1-3
ASP.NET
Foundation Paper 12 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
Course 1/ FC1-1
Core(Subj Operating
ect System
Centric)1 Concepts
FC1-2
Principles of
Management
FC1-3
E-Business

CDC1-1
Mobile
Computing
CDC1-2
Digital & Cyber
Forensics
Pract. Practical 5 - 8 8 4 3-8* 100 - 100 40
Core 9 & based on theory **
10 paper-9 and 10
Pract. Practical 6 - 8 8 4 3-8* 100 - 100 40
Core based on paper **
Elective 1 11
Seminar 3 Seminar 3 2 - 2 1 25 25 10
TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80

4
Semester IV for M.Sc. Computer Science

Code Teaching Examination Scheme

scheme
(Hours /
Week)
Theory / Practical

Max. Marks Minimum

Duration in hrs.
Passing Marks

Total Marks
External

Internal
Credits

Marks
Total
Pract

Pract
Ass
Th

Th
Core 11 Paper 13 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
Data Mining
Core 12 Paper 14 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
Artificial
Intelligence &
Expert System
Core Paper 15 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
Elective 2 CE2-1
Design and
Analysis of
Algorithm
CE2-
2Embedded
System
CE2-3
Pattern
Recognition
Foundation Paper 16 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
Course 2/ FC2-1
Core(Subj Advances in
ect Information
Centric)2 Technology
FC2-2
Banking
Operations And
Services
FC2- 3
Information
Security And
Cyber Law

CDC2-1
Parallel
Computing
CDC2-2
Mobile &
Cyber Forensics

Pract. Practical 7 - 8 8 4 3-8* 100 - 100 40

5
Core 11, based on theory **
12 & paper-13,14,15.
Elective 2
Project Project 8 8 4 100 - 100 40
**
Seminar 4 Seminar 4 2 - 2 1 25 25 10
TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80
Note: Th = Theory; Pr = Practical/lab, * = If required, for two days.
** = The Practical and Project shall be evaluated by both External and Internal Examiner in the
respective Department / Center / Affiliated College as per guidelines appended with this direction.

6
 M.Sc. (Computer Science)
Semester I

Paper 1 : Discrete Mathematical Structure

Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Fundamental –Sets and Subsets, operations on sets, sequence, Division in the integer, Matrices,
Mathematics Structures. Logic-Proposition and Logical Operation Conditional Statements, Methods of
Proof, Mathematical Induction,
MathematicsLogic- Statements and Notation, Connectives ,Normal Forms ,The Theory of Interface for
the statement Calculus ,Inference Theory of the Predicate Calculus,

Unit-2 :
Counting-Permutation, Combination, The pigeonhole Principle, Recurrence Relations. Relationaland
Digraphs- Product sets and Partitions, Relations and Digraphs, Paths in Relations and Digraphs
Properties of Relations, Equivalence Relations, Computer Representation of Relations and Digraph,
Manipulation of Relations, Transitive Closure and Warshall‘s Algorithms. Functions-Definition and
Introduction, Function for Computer Science, Permutation Functions, Growth of Functions.

Unit-3 :
Graph Theory : Basic Concept of Graph Theory, Euler Paths and Circuits, Hamiltonian Paths and
Circuits. Otherrelations and Structure- Partially Ordered Sets, Lattices Finite Boolean-Algebra,
Functions of Boolean Algebra‘s, Boolean function as Boolean Polynomials. Tree-Introduction
Unidireted Tree, Minimal Spanning Trees.

Unit-4 :
Semigroups and Groups: Binary Operations Revisited,Semigroups, Products and Quotations of Groups.
Introduction to computability –Languages Finite –State Machines, Semigroup, Machines and Language.

Books :
1. Discrete Mathematical Structures By Bernard Kolmanc,Busby& Sharon Ross [PHI]
2. Discrete Mathematical Structures with Application to computer science By
J.P.Tremblay&R.Manohar [Tata McGraw –Hill]
3. Combinational Mathematics By.C.J.Liu

Reference Books:

1.Discrete Mathematics with Graph Theory By Goodaire[PHI]

2. Discrete Mathematics by J.K.Sharma(McMillan)
3. Discrete Mathematics and its Applications By Kenneth Rosen (TMH)
4. Discrete Mathematics By Seymour Lipschutz, Marc Lipson (TMH)
5. Discrete Mathematics :RajendraAkerkar, Pearson

Paper 2: Programming in Java

7
 Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Java and Internet, Features of java: security, portability, multithreading, etc, Bytecode, Datatypes,
variables and Arrays, Operators, Classes : declaring objects, methods, constructor, overloading
constructor, garbage collection, finalize() method, static variable and method, final variable, command
line argument. Inheritance: super keyword, final with inheritance. Packages and Interfaces.
Exception handling : Overview, types, Uncaught exception, try -catch block, multiple catch, nested try,
throw, throws, finally, bulit-in and user- defined exception.
Multithreading : Life Cycle, Thread class and Runnable Interface, isAlive(), join(),Priorites,
Synchronization : sleep() , run(). Interthreadcommunication : wait(), notify(), notifyAll(), deadlock.
String Handling.

Unit-2:
Wrapper classes, Applet: Applet Class, Architecture, Life Cycle, Display methods, HTML APPLET
Tag, Passing parameter to Applet
AWT : working with Windows, Controls, Layout Manager, Menus. Swings.Event handling.

Unit-3:
JDBC : Architecture, JDBC-ODBC bridge driver, SQL Package, ResultSet and its methods.
Networking : Socket, Reserve socket, Internet Addressing, InetAddress, TCP/IP client socket, TCP/IP
server socket, URL, URL Connection, Datagram.
RMI : Introduction, Architecture, Remote Interface, java.rmi. server package, class naming, creating
Rmi server and client ,transmitting files using rmi, client side callback, RMISECURITYMANAGER
class, RMI Exception, Stub and Skeleton.

Unit-4:
Servlet : Life Cycle, Tomcat, javax. servlet package, reading servlet parameter, javax.servlet.http
package, handling http request and response with HTTPGET and HTTPPOST, cookies,session tracking.
JSP : Introduction, Types of JSP tags, Application using JSP and Servlet.
JavaBeans : Advantages of Beans, BDK, JAR files, Introspection, Developing Beans using BDK.

Books:
1. Complete Reference by Herbert Schildt (TMH)
2. Programming with Java By C Muthu (McGraw Hill)
3. Black Book on java.

8
 Paper 3 :Digital Electronics and Microprocessor
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Number System and Data Representation
Number System : Binary, Octal, Decimal and Hexadecimal number system and their inter conversion.
Binary Codes : BCD, Excess3 , Parity, Gray, ASCII, EBCDIC codes and their advantages and
disadvantages. Data Representation : Positive , negative ,maximum and minimum number representation
(related to 8 bit number), real number representation, underflow, overflow , range and accuracy. Binary
Arithmetic : Binary addition, decimal subtraction using 9‘s and 10‘s compliment, binary subtraction
using 1‘s and 2‘s compliment, multiplication and division. Logic gates: Truth table, properties and
symbolic representation of NOT, AND, OR, NOR , NAND, EXOR, EXNOR gates. NOR and NAND
gates as a universal gates .

Unit-2 :
Boolean Algebra: Laws and Identities of Boolean algebra, DeMorgan‘s Theorem , use of Boolean
Algebra for simplification of logic expression, K-Map for 2,3,4 variables, simplification of SOP and
POS logic expression using K-Map.
Combinational circuits: Half adder, Full Adder, Parallel adder, Half subtractor, Full Subtractor, 4-bit
binary adder subtractor, Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Decoder, Encoder, Parity detector.

Unit 3 :
Sequential Circuits : Flip-Flops : Construction and working of RSFF, JKRSFF, DFF, TFF, JKFF, and
JKMSFF . Counters : Construction and working of asynchronous, synchronous, up-down counter, shift
registers and their types, Ring counter, Jonhson counter with their time diagram.

Unit-4 :
Architecture of 8086 and Assembly Language Programming
Block diagram of 8086, Pin diagram of 8086, Addressing modes, Instruction set: Data transfer,
Arithmetic, Logical, String manipulations, Control Transfer, Unconditional branch, Conditional branch,
Flag, Processor control. Assembler directives and operators, simple assembly programs.

Books:
1.Digital Electronics by Gothman(PHI)
2.Digital and analogue technique by Navaneeth, Kale and Gokhale
3.Fundamental of Micropocessor by B Ram
4.Microcomputers Systems: The 8086/8088 family by Liu. Gibson
5. Modern Digital Electronics By Jain (TMH)

9
 Paper 4 :Advanced DBMS and Administration
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Relational Database design: Functional dependencies, and Normalization Normal forms based on
primary keys (1 NF, 2 NF, 3 NF, BCNF, 4 NF, 5 NF) Loss less joins and dependency preserving
decomposition Query Processing: Query Processing Stages, Query Interpretation, Equivalence of
Expressions, Query Resource Utilization, Query Execution Statistics, Query Execution Plan, Estimation
of Query Processing Cost, Table Scan, Sample Index Access, Fill Factor, Multiple Index Access,
Methods for Joining Tables (Nested Loop, Merge Join, Hybrid Join, Multiple Join) Structure of a Query
Optimizer

Unit-2 :
Transaction Processing & Concurrency Control: Concept and definition of transaction, ACID properties,
serializibility, Prioritization, states of transaction, Types of failure, desirable properties of transaction
schedules and recoverability, serial usability of schedules, levels of transaction consistency, deadlocks,
long duration transactions, transaction performance, transaction processing as implemented in
contemporary database, management system. Concurrency Control, locking techniques, techniques
based on time-stamp ordering, multiple granularity. Crash Recovery: failure classification, recovery
concepts, database backup, recovery concepts based on deferred update and on immediate update.
Shadow paging, check points, on-line backup during database updates, crash recovery techniques.
Client/Server database: Evolution of client concept, Client/Server environment, characterization of
Client/Server computing. Functions of clients server , application partitioning, the two-layer and three-
layer architectures, communication between clients and servers.

Unit-3 :
Oracle Database Architectureand Administration: Oracle database architecture, Design, Creation,
Migration and Management of Oracle Databases and related database schemes, Data Dictionary views
and standard package Maintaining the control, Redo Loa files, Managing Tablespaces and Data Files,
Storage structure and relationships, Managing rollback segment, Managing tables, Indexes, Managing
data Integrity, Managing password security and resources, Managing users, Privileges, roles.
Oracle Backup and Recovery Strategies: Backup and recovery considerations, Oracle recovery structure
and processes, Oracle backup and recovery configuration, Physical backup, Complete recovery of an
Oracle database, Incomplete recovery of an Oracle database with Archiving, Oracle Export / Import
utilities, Oracle standby database.

Unit-4 :
Oracle Tuning and Troubleshooting:Oracle performance tuning methodology,'Oracle alert and trace files,
Tuning the shared pool, Buffer Cache, Redo Log buffer, Database configuration and I/O issues, Using
Oracl Blocks efficiently, Optimizing sort operations, Rollback segment tuning, Monitoring and detecting
lock contention, SQL issues and tuning considerations for different application. Integrity, Security: Need
for Database Integrity, Integrity Constraints, Non-Procedural and Procedural Integrity Constraints
Specifications in SQL, Introduction to Database Security issues, Authorization and use.

10
Books :
1. Fundamental of Database Systems by R. Elmasri; S. Navate; Benjamin Cummings;
2. Introduction to database systems by C. J .Date
3. Database system concept byKorth
4. DBA Handbook oracle press by Loney

Reference Books:
1. Principles of Database Management by James Martin
2. Relational database design for Micro computers Application by Prentice Hall (Jackson)
3. Database Management Systems by Bipin Desai

11
 M.Sc. (Computer Science)
Semester II

Paper 5 :Windows Programming using VC++

Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
Windows, Visual C++, Application Frameworks Fundamentals and MFC Libraries View Class.
Introduction, MFC, ATL and WFC, Windows Programming Model, Components, Application
Framework, MFC Library, Event Handling, Mapping Modes and Scrolling Views, Graphic Device
Interface, Colors and Fonts, Modal Dialog and Windows Common Control, Modeless Dialog and
Windows Common Dialog, ActiveX Controls and Internet Explorer Common Controls, Win32 Memory
Management, Bitmaps, Message Processing and Multithreaded Programming.

Unit-2 :
Document View Architecture : Menus, Keyboard Accelerators, Rich Edit Control and Property Sheets,
Tool bar and Status Bars, Reusable Frame Window Base Class, Separating the Documents from its
View, Reading and Writing Documents- SDI applications, MDI applications, Printing and Print Preview,
Splitter Windows and Multiple Views, Context-Sensitive Help, DLL‘s, MFC Programs without
Documents or View Classes

Unit-3 :
Active X: COM, Automation and OLE : Component Object Model, Automation, Uniform Data
Transfer- Clipboard Transfer and OLE, Drag and Drop, Structured Storage, OLE Embedded
Components and Containers, Introducing the Active Template Library, ATL and ActiveX Controls.

Unit-4 :
Database Management: Database Management with Microsoft ODBC, Database Management with
Microsoft Data Access Objects, OLE DB Templates.
Programming for the Internet: TCP/IP, Winsock, WinInet, Programming the Microsoft Internet
Information Server, ActiveX document Servers and the Internet, Introducing the Dynamic HTML,
Visual C++ for Windows CE.

Books :
1. Programming Microsoft Visual C++ by D. J. Kruglilski, G Shepherd and Scot Wingo Publication :
Microsoft Press Fifth Edition.

Reference Books:
1. Visual C++ 6 From The Ground Up: Mueller: TMH Publication
2. VC++ 6 The Complete Reference: Pappas, TMH Publication

12
 Paper 6:Theory of Computation and Compiler Construction
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Finite Automation and Regular Expression : Finite State systems, Basic Definitions, Non - deterministic
finite Automata, Finite Automata with moves, Regular Expressions, Two way finite automata, Finite
automata with output, Application on Finite Automata.
Properties of Regular Sets : The pumping lemma for Regular Sets, Close properties of Regular sets,
Decision Algorithms for Regular Sets.
Context Free Grammars : Motivation and Introduction, Context Free Grammar, Derivation Tree,
Simplification of context Free Grammars, Chomsky Normal form, Greibach normal form, The existence
of inherently ambiguous context free languages.
Properties of Context free languages : The pumping lemma for CFL‘s , Closure properties of CFL‘s,
Decision Algorithm for CFL‘s

Unit-2 :
Push Down Automata : Informal description, Definitions, Push – Down Automata & Context free
languages.
Turing Machine : Introduction, The Turing Machine Model, Computable languages and functions ,
Techniques Turing Machine construction, Modification of Turing Machines, Churchs Hypothesis,
Turing Machine as enumerators, Restricted Turing Machine equivalent to the basic model.
Undecidability : Problems, properties of recursive and recursively enumerable problem, Turing Machine
and undecidable problem, Rice theorem, Tool for proving CFL undecidable, Greibach‘s Theorem.
The Chomsky : Regular Grammars, Unrestricted Grammars, Context – Sensitive languages, Relation
between classes of languages.

Unit-3 :
Introduction to Compilers :
Compilers and translators, need, the structure of a compiler, Lexical Analysis, Syntax analysis,
Intermediate code Generation, Optimization, Code Generation, Book keeping, Error Handling, Compiler
writing tools. Basic parsing Techniques: Parsers, Shift-reduce parsing, Operator precedence parsing,
Top-down parsing, predictive parsers, automatic construction of efficient parsers : LR parsers the
canonical collection of LF (O) items, constructing SLR parsing tables, constructing LALR parsing
tables, Ambiguous grammar.

Unit-4 :
Syntax directed translation : syntax directed translation schemes, implementation, intermediate
code,postfix notation, parse tree and syntax trees, tree- address code, quadruple, triple, translation of
Symbol Table: Data Structure, Representation of Scope Information,
Code Optimization: The principal source optimization, Loop optimization, The DAG Representation of
basic blocks, Value number and algebraic laws, Global data-flow analysis.
Code Generation : Object Programmers Problems in code generation, A machine model, a simple code
generator, Register Allocation and assignment, Code Generation from DAG‘s Peephole Optimization.

13
Books :
1. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and Computation: John E. Hoperott& Jeffery D.
Ullman.
2. Compilers Principles, Techniques and Tools Aho, Ullman, Ravisethi, Pearson Education.
3. Theory of Computer Science : E. V. Krishmamoorty.
4. Theory of computer Science : K. L. P. Mishra.

Reference Books:
1. D. I. A. cohen : Introduction to Computer Theory (JW)
2. H. R. Lewis & C. H. Papadimitrion : Elements of Theory Of Computation (PHI)
3. J. Caroll and D. Long : Theory of Finite Automata (PHI)
4. M. Davis &Weyukur : Computability, Complexity & Languages.
5. M. Machtey& P. R. Young : An introduction to Genral Theory of Algorithm ( Elsevier).
6. Zvihohavi : Switching and Finite Automata Theory (TMH).

14
 Paper 7:Computer Architecture and Organization
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
Principle of computer design : Software, hardware interaction, layers in computer architecture, central
processing and machine language instruction, addressing modes, instruction types, instruction set
selection, instruction and execution cycle.

Unit-2 :
Control Unit : Data path and control path design, microprogramming v/s hardwired control, pipelining in
CPU design, RISC v/s CISC, superscalar processors.

Unit-3 :
Memory subsystem : Storage technologies, memory array organization, memory hierarchy, interleaving ,
cache memory and virtual memory including architectural aids to implement these.

Unit-4 :
Input/ Output Processing : Bus Interface, Data transfer techniques, I/O interrupts and channels,.
Performance evaluation :SPECmarks , Transaction Processing Benchmarks.

Books :
1. Computer Architecture and Organization by Tenenbaum
2. Computer Architecture and Organization by J. P. Hayes.
3. Parallel Processing by Hwang
4. Computer Organization by Hamacher, Vranesic, Zaky (TMH)

15
 Paper 8 : Computer Graphics
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Introduction of computer Graphics and its applications, Overview of Graphics systems, Video display
devices, Raster scan display, Raster scan systems, video controller, Raster scan display processor,
Random scan display, random scan systems, color CRT monitor, Flat panel display, Interactive input
devices, Logical classification of input devices, Keyboard, mouse, Trackball and spaceball, Joysticks,
Image scanner, Light pens, Graphics software, Coordinates representations, Graphics functions.

Unit-2 :
Line drawing algorithms, DDA, Bresenham‘s, Circle generating, Mid-point circle algorithm, Ellipse
generating, Polygon , Scan-line polygon fill, Boundary fill.

Unit-3 :
Basic transformation‘s, Translation, Rotation, Scaling, Matrix representation‘s & homogeneous co-
ordinates, Composite transformation‘s, Reflection, Two dimensional viewing, Two dimensional
clipping, Line, Polygon, Curve, Text. 3D-transformation, Projection, Viewing, Clipping.
Spline representation, Cubic spline, Bezier curve, Bezier surfaces, Beta spline, B-spline surfaces, B-
spline curve, Hidden surfaces, Hidden lines, Z-buffer.

Unit-4 :
Fractal‘s geometryFractal generation procedure, Classification of Fractal, Fractal dimension, Fractal
construction methods. Color models, XYZ, RGB, YIQ, CMY & HSV, Shading algorithms, Shading
model, Illumination model, Gouraud shading, Phong shading.

Books :
nd
1. Computer Graphics by M. Pauline Baker, Donald Hearn, 2 Edition PHI.
2. Mathematical Element for Computer Graphics By. David F. Roger., J. Alan Adams, 2nd Edition, Tata
McGHill.

Reference Books:
1. Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics By. William. M. Newmann. 2ndEdition Mc. Graw Hill.
2. Procedural Element for Computer Graphics By. David F. Roger. Mc. Graw Hill.
3. Computer Graphics By A.P. Godse, 2ndEditioTPPublication,
4. Computer Graphics By V.K. Pachghare, 2ndEdition, Laxmi Publication
5. Computer Graphics ByApurva Desai (PHI)

16
 M.Sc.(Computer Science)
Semester III
Paper 9 :Data Communication and Network
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
Introduction: Network structure and architectures and services OSI reference model.
The Physical Layer: theoretical basis for data communication, transmission media. Analog
Transmission, Digital Transmission, Transmission and Switching, ISDN.
The Data Link Layer: Design issues, Error detection and correction, Elementary data link protocols,
sliding window protocol, protocols performance, protocols specification and verification. Examples of
the Data link layer.
Network Layer: Design issues, routing algorithms, Congestion control algorithms, Internet working,
Examples of the network layer.

Unit-2 :
The Transport Layer: Design issues, Connection Management.
The session layer: Design issues and remote procedure call.
The Presentation Layer: Design issues, data compression techniques, cryptography.
The Application Layer: Design issues, file transfer, access and management, virtual terminals.

Unit-3 :
Network Security Fundamentals: Introduction, security Vulnerabilities and Threats, Classification of
Security Services.Cryptography: Encryption principles, Conventional Encryption DES, IDEA,
Algorithms, CBC, Location of Encryption Devices key Distribution.

Unit-4 :
Message Digests and Checksums, Message Authentication, Message Digests, Hash Functions and SHA,
CRCs. Public key Systems: RSA Diffie-Heliman, DSS, Key Management.
Intruders: Intrusion Techniques, Intrusion Detection, Authentication, Password- Based Authentication,
Address- Based Authentication, Certificates, Authentication Services, Email Security, Firewalls, Design
Principles, Packet Filtering, Access Control, Trusted Systems, Monitoring and Management.

Books :
1. Computer Networks – Andrew S Tanenbum (PHI)
2. Network Security and Essentials: Application and standers
3. Willam Stalling – Pearson Education.
4. Cryptography and network security
5. Willam Stalling – Pearson Education.
Reference Books:
1. Internet Security: Timspeed, Juanita Ellis, Digital Press Publication
2. Internet Security: Jan L. Harington, Morgan Kaufmann Publication
3. Firewall Network System: John R. Vacca, Scott R. Ellis, Digital Press
4. Network Algoritm, George Varghese, Morgan Kaufmann Publication
5. TCP/IP Addressing: Buck Graham, Morgan Kaufmann Publication
6. Data Communication and Networking: Behrouz A. Forouzan, TMH.

17
 Paper 10 :Software Engineering
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Introduction to Software Engineering :The evolving role of software, Changing Nature of Software,
Software myths.
A Generic view of process :Software engineering- A layered technology, a process framework, The
Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMI), Process patterns, process assessment, personal and
team process models.
Process models :The waterfall model, Incremental process models, Evolutionary process models, The
Unified process. Software Requirements :Functional and non-functional requirements, User
requirements, System requirements, Interface specification, the software requirements document.
Unit-2 :
Requirements engineering process :Feasibility studies, Requirements elicitation and analysis,
Requirements validation, Requirements management. System models :Context Models, Behavioral
models, Data models, Object models, structured methods. Modeling with UML .
Design Engineering :Design process and Design quality, Design concepts, the design model.
Creating an architectural design :Software architecture, Data design, Architectural styles and patterns,
Architectural Design.
Unit-3 :
Object-Oriented Design :Objects and object classes, An Object-Oriented design process, Design
evolution. Performing User interface design :Golden rules, User interface analysis and design, interface
analysis, interface design steps, Design evaluation.
Testing Strategies :A strategic approach to software testing, test strategies for conventional software,
Black-Box and White-Box testing, Validation testing, System testing, the art of Debugging. Product
metrics :Software Quality, Metrics for Analysis Model, Metrics for Design Model, Metrics for source
code, Metrics for testing, Metrics for maintenance.
Unit-4 :
Metrics for Process and Products :Software Measurement, Metrics for software quality.
Risk management :Reactive vs. Proactive Risk strategies, software risks, Risk identification, Risk
projection, Risk refinement, RMMM, RMMM Plan.
Quality Management :Quality concepts, Software quality assurance, Software Reviews, Formal
technical reviews, Statistical Software quality Assurance, Software reliability, The ISO 9000 quality
standards.

Books :
1.Software Engineering, A practitioner‘s Approach- Roger S. Pressman, 6th edition.McGrawHill
International Edition.
2. Software Engineering- Sommerville, 7th edition, Pearson education.
Reference Books:
1. Software Engineering- K.K. Agarwal&Yogesh Singh, New Age International Publishers
2. Software Engineering an Engineering approach- James F. Peters, WitoldPedrycz, John Wiely.
3. Systems Analysis and Design- ShelyCashmanRosenblatt,Thomson Publications.
4. Software Engineering principles and practice- Waman S Jawadekar, The McGraw-Hill.

18
 Paper 11:CE1-1( Core Elective 1)
Neural Network
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
Introduction: Feedforward Neural Networks: Artificial Neurons, Neural Networks and Architectures:
Neuron Abstraction, Neuron Signal Functions, Mathematical Preliminaries, Neural Networks Defined,
Architectures: Feed forward and Feedback, Salient Properties and Application Domains of Neural
Network Geometry of Binary Threshold Neurons and Their Network: Patterns Recognition and Data
Classification, Convex Sets, Convex Hulls and Linear Separability, Space of Boolean Functions, Binary
Neurons are pattern Dichotomizes, Non‐linearly separable Problems, Capacity of a simple Threshold
Logic Neuron, Revisiting the XOR Problem, Multilayer Networks.
Unit-2 :
Supervised Learning I: Perceptrons and LMS: Learning and Memory, From Synapses to Behaviour: The
Case of Aplysia, Learning Algorithms, Error Correction and Gradient Descent Rules, The Learning
Objective for TLNs, Pattern space and Weight Space, Perceptron Learning Algorithm, Perceptron
Convergence Theorem, Perceptron learning and Non‐separable Sets, Handling Linearly Non‐Separable
sets, α‐Least Mean Square Learning, MSE Error Surface and its Geometry, Steepest Descent Search
with Exact Gradient Information, μ‐LMS: Approximate Gradient Descent, Application of LMS to Noise
Cancellation
Unit-3 :
Supervised Learning II: Backpropagation and Beyond: Multilayered Network Architectures,
Backpropagation Learning Algorithm, Structure Growing Algorithms, Fast Relatives of
Backpropagation, Universal Function Approximation and Neural Networks, Applications of
Feedforward Neural Networks, Reinforcement Learning
Unit-4 :
Neural Networks: A Statistical Pattern Recognition Perspective: Introduction, Bayes Theorem,
Classification Decisions With Bayes Theorem, Probabilistic Interpretation Of A Neuron Discriminant
Function, Interpreting Neuron Signals As Probabilities, Multilayered Networks, Error Functions And
Posterior Probabilities, Error Functions For Classification Problems
Generalization: Support Vector Machines and Radial Basis Function Networks: Learning from
Examples and Generalization, Statistical Learning Theory Briefer, Support Vector Machines, Radial
Basis Function Networks, Regularization Theory Route to RRBFNs, Generalized Radial Basis Function
Network, Learning In RRBFNs, Image Classification Application, Other Models for Valid
Generalization

Books :
1. Neural Network‐A Classroom Approach, Satish Kumar, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Introduction to neural networks using MATLAB 6.0 by Sivanandam, S Sumathi, S N Deepa, Tata
Mcgraw Hill
Reference Books:
1. Neural networks A comprehensive foundations, Simon Hhaykin, Pearson Education 2nd edition 2004
2. Artificial neural networks ‐B.Yegnanarayana, Prentice Hall of India P Ltd 2005.
3. Neural networks in Computer intelligence, Li Min Fu, TMH 2003.
4. Neural networks James A Freeman David M S kapura, Pearson education 2004.

19
 Paper 11: CE1-2 ( Core Elective 1)
Multimedia Technologies
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Fundamental concepts in Text and Image: Multimedia and hypermedia, world wide web, overview of
multimedia software tools. Graphics and image data representation graphics/image data types, file
formats, Color in image and video: color science, color models in images, color models in video.
Fundamental concepts in video and digital audio: Types of video signals, analog video, digital video,
digitization of sound, MIDI, quantization and transmission of audio.

Unit-2 :
Action Script I :ActionScript Features, Object-Oriented ActionScript, Datatypes and Type Checking,
Classes, Authoring an ActionScript Class Action Script II :Inheritance, Authoring an ActionScript 2.0
Subclass, Interfaces, Packages, Exceptions.

Unit-3 :
Application Development :An OOP Application Frame work, Using Components with
ActionScriptMovieClip Subclasses.
Multimedia data compression:Lossless compression algorithm: Run-Length Coding, Variable Length
Coding, Dictionary Based Coding, Arithmetic Coding, Lossless Image Compression, Lossy compression
algorithm: Quantization, Transform Coding, Wavelet-Based Coding, EmbeddedZerotree of Wavelet
Coefficients Set Partitioning in Hierarchical Trees (SPIHT).

Unit-4 :
Basic Video Compression Techniques: Introduction to video compression, video compression based on
motion compensation, search for motion vectors, MPEG, Basic Audio Compression Techniques.
Multimedia Networks: Basics of Multimedia Networks, Multimedia Network Communications and
Applications : Quality of Multimedia Data Transmission, Multimedia over IP, Multimedia over ATM
Networks, Transport of MPEG-4, Media-on-Demand(MOD).

Books :
1. Fudamentals of Multimedia by Ze-Nian Li and Mark S. Drew PHI/Pearson
Education.
2. Essentials ActionScript 2.0, Colin Moock, SPD O,REILLY.

Reference Books:
1. Digital Multimedia, Nigel chapman and jenny chapman, Wiley-Dreamtech
2. Macromedia Flash MX Professional 2004 Unleashed, Pearson.
3. Multimedia and communications Technology, Steve Heath, Elsevier(Focal Press).
4. Multimedia Applications, Steinmetz, Nahrstedt, Springer.
5. Multimedia Basics by Weixel Thomson.
6. Multimedia Technology and Applications, David Hilman ,Galgotia.

20
 Paper 11: CE1-3 (Core Elective1)
ASP.Net
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
ASP.NET programming model:Introduction, event driven programming over http, http protocol,
structure of ASP.NET page, ASP.NET component model, ASP.NET Provider model, Anatomy of
ASP.Net Page: Invoking page, Page class, Page Life cycle.
ASP.NET Core Server controls:Generalities of Server Controls, Properties, events and methods of
Control class, HTML controls:Generalities of HTML controls, HTML Containers, HTML input
controls.

Unit-2 :
Web controls:Generalities of Web Control, core web control, misc web control, Validation controls:
Generalities of validation controls, Gallery of controls, Programming with Web forms; HtmlFrom Class,
Multiple forms, cross page postings, Page errors, Page Personalization.
Ritch Page Composition:Working with master page, working with themes, working with
wizards,ADO.NET data Providers, Connecting to data sources:connection strings, connection pooling,
Executing commands:ADO Data Readers, Data Adapters, working with transactions, procedures etc.
Data container objects: Data sets, Data tables, Data Relations, Data binding models:expressions and
components.

Unit-3 :
Creating bindable grid of data:DataGrid Control, GridView control, Managing list of records: ListView
control and Managing views of records: DetailView Control, FromView Control, Initialization of
Application: HttpApplicationClass, Application module, methods and events of HttpApplication Class,
The global.asax file, HttpContext Class, Server Object, HttpResponse Object, HttpRequest Object.

Unit-4 :
ASP.NET state management: Application state, Session State: working with session state,
customizing session state, view state of page. ASP.NET caching: Caching Application data, the Cache
Class, ASP.NET Security: Using Form authentication, membership and role management API, Security
related controls, AJAX Enabled web services: Web services as application specific services, remote call
via web services,

Books :
1. Programming with Microsoft ASP.NET 3.5 by Dino Esposito, Microsoft Press
2. Programming with Microsoft ASP.NET 4.0 by Microsoft Press
3. The Complete Reference ASP.NET by MacDonald(TMH)

21
 Paper 12:FC1-1 (Foundation1)

Operating System Concepts

Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit I - Introduction
OS As An Extended Machine, OS As An Resource Manager, History Of OS & Its Generation,
Mainframe OS, Server OS, Multiprocessor OS, Personal Computer OS, Real Time OS, Embedded OS,
Smart Card OS, Processor, Memory, I/O Devices, Buses, Processes, Deadlocks, Memory Management,
I/O, Files, Security, The Shell, System Calls, OS Structure.

Unit II - Processes& Threads

Process Model, Process Creation, Process Termination, Process Hierarchies, Process State
Implementation Of Processes, Thread Model, Thread Model, Thread Usage, Implementing Threads In
User Space & Kernel, Hybrid Implementation, Scheduler Activations, Pop-Up Threads, Interprocess
Communication, Scheduling.

Unit III - File System Concepts in OS.

File Name, File Structure, File Types, File Access, File Attributes, File Operations Memory Mapped
Files, Single Level Directory System, Two Level Directory System, Hierarchical Directory System, Path
Name, Directory Operations, File System Layout, Implementing Files, Implementing Directories,
Shared Files, CD-Rom File System, Ms-Dos File System, Windows File System, Unix File System.

Unit IV
Introduction to Disk Operating System (DOS) - File types, Directory Structure, Booting - Warm and
Cold Booting, Types of DOS commands (Internal and External), Directory commands, Commands
related to file management, General commands, batch commands, wild card characters & its use.
Introduction to windows Operating System Advantages of windows operating system, GUI, use of
help features, changing system settings, system tools, use of run command, setting peripherals, drivers,
editing graphics in windows, new features in windows XP/Vista versions.
Introduction to UNIX Operating System
History of UNIX File System: Pdp-11 UNIX, Portable UNIX, Berkeley Unix, Standard Unix, Linux.
Overview Of Unix, Processes In Unix Memory Management In Unix, I/O In Unix, Security In Unix.

Books:
1. Modern Operating System By Andrew Tannenbaum, PHI Publication.
2. UNIX the Complete Book a Guide for the professional By Jason Manger, Galgotia
Publication
3. Red Hat Linux 7 By Brain Proffitt, PHI Publication.
4. Dos/Unix & Windows: I.T. Today (Encyclopedia) By S. Jaiswal
5. Operating System Concept: Sillberschatz Galvin
6. MSDOS; Manual

22
 Paper 12: FC1-2 (Foundation1)
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit I: Introduction - Nature, function, definition and importance of management, Definition, nature,
purpose and scope of management, Functions of a manager, an overview of planning, organizing,
staffing leading and controlling. Is management a science or art? Development of Management Thought
- Scientific management; Contribution of Taylor, Fayol, Mary Follet, Elton Mayo; Hawthorne
experiments, Contingency approach, Indian heritage in production and consumption. Management and
administration, Management as a profession, Professionalism of management in India, Management
ethics and management culture, Skills required of manager, Classification of skills, Methods of skills
development
Unit II: Management Planning - Concept of planning, objectives, Nature, Types of plan, Stages
involved in planning, Characteristics of a good plan, Importance, Limitations of planning, Making
planning effective, Strategic planning in Indian Industry, MBO. Decision Making - Concept,
characteristics of decisions, Types of decisions, Steps Involved in decision making, Importance of
decision making, Methods of decision making, Committee Decision Making.
Unit III:Organisation - Concepts, Principle of organization, Importance, Features of good organization
structure, Types of Organisation structure. Authority, Responsibilities and Accountability, Delegation of
Authority Barriers to effective delegation, Span of control.Coordination & Direction Concept -
Importance and need for coordination, Principles of coordination, Methods of achieving effective
coordination; Meaning of direction, Importance and Principles of direction, Characteristics of good
directives.
Unit IV: Control - Concept, planning-control relationship, process of control -setting objectives,
establishing standards, measuring performance, correcting deviations. Brief review of Traditional
Techniques & Modern Techniques of Control; Human response to control; Dimensions or Types of
Control - (a) Feed forward control (b) Concurrent Control (Real Time Information & Control), (c)
Feedback Control v) Techniques of Control.

Books:
1. Essentials of Management, Harold Koontz & Heinz, Weihrich, 5th Tata McGraw Hill
2. Management Stoner, Freeman, Gilbert Jr. ,6th ,Prentice Hall
3. Management (A Global Perspective), Heinz Weihrich&Harnold Koontz, 10th Tata McGraw Hill
4. A Dictionary of Business 3ed. By Elizabeth Martin – Oxford
5. Fundamentals of Management, Robins ,3rd Pearson Education Asia
6. Management, 6e, Stoner, Pearson Education Asia

23
 Paper 12: FC1-3 (Foundation1)
E-BUSINESS
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

UNIT- I: Introduction-Definition of E-commerce, Unique Features of E-commerce Technology:

Ubiquity, Global Reach, Universal Standards, Richness, Interactivity, Information Density,
Personalization/Customization, Social Technology: User Content Generation and Social Networking,
Web 2.0, Play My version; Growth of the Internet and the Web, Origins and Growth of E-commerce,
Insight on Technology: Spider Webs, Bow Ties, Scale-Free Networks and Deep Web Technology and
E-commerce in Perspective
E-Business Technologies-The Internet: Key Technology Concepts: Packet Switching, Transmission
Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), IP Addresses, Domain Names, DNS, and URLs,
Client/Server Computing The Internet Today: The Internet Backbone, Internet Exchange Points,
Campus Area Networks (CANs), Internet Service Providers, Intranets and Extranets, Who Govern the
Internet? Building an E-commerce Website: Planning: The Systems Development Life Cycle, Systems
Analysis/Planning: Identify Business Objectives, System Functionality and Information Requirements. ,
System Design: Hardware and Software Platforms, Building Your-Own versus Outsourcing, Host your
Own versus Outsourcing,

UNIT – II: E-Business Models- Eight Key Elements of a Business Model: Value Proposition, Revenue
Model, Market Opportunity, Competitive Environment, Competitive Advantage, Market Strategy, Major
Business to-Consumer (B2C) Business Models: Portal, E-tailer, Insight on Technology: Search, ads and
Apps: The future for Google, (and Microsoft), Content Provider, Transaction Broker, Market Creator,
Service Provider, Community Provider, Major Business-to-business (B2B) Business Model: E-
distributor, EProcurement, Exchanges, Insight on Business: Onvia Evolves, Industry Consortia, Private
Industrial Networks, Business Models in Emerging E-commerce Areas: Consumer-toconsumer (C2C)
Business Models, Peer-to-peer (P2P) Business Models, M-commerce Business Models , E-Commerce
Enablers: The Gold Rush Models, Insight on Society: Is Privacy Possible in a Wireless World?, How the
Internet and the Web Change Business: Strategy, Structure, and Process, Industry structure , Industry
Value Chains, Firm Value Chains, Firm Value Webs, Business Strategy.

UNIT- III: Back Office Automatics For E-Business - Basics of Enterprise Resource Planning, ERP
Decision, Enterprise Architecture Planning, ERP Implementation, ERP Architecture and Toolkit
Evolution, Implementation Supply Chain Management And EFulfillment: The Basics of Supply Chain
Management, Internet-Enabled SCM, E-Supply Chain Fusion, Management Issues in e-supply Chain
Fusion, The continuing Evolution of eSupply Chains, A Roadmap for Managers, Demystifying E-
Procurement: Buy-Side, SellSide, Net Markets And Trading Exchanges: Evolution of e-Procurement
Models, Evolution of Procurement Processes, e- Procurement Infrastructure Integrating Ordering,
Fulfillment, and payment, E-Procurement, Analysis and Administration Applications, Marketplace
Enables, A Roadmap for e-Procurement Managers.

UNIT-IV: Moving To E-Business - Spotting E-Business Trends, Trends Driving E-Business, Customer-
Oriented Trends, E- Service Trends, Organizational Trends, Employee Megatrends, Enterprise

24
Technology, Trends, General Technology Trends, What These 20 Trends Have In Common, Digitizing
The Business: E-Business Patterns, E-Business Patterns: The Structural Foundation, The E-Channel
Pattern, The Click-And-Brick Pattern, The EPortal Pattern, The E- Market Maker Pattern, The Pure-E
―Digital Products‖ Pattern, Thinking E-Business Design: More Than Technology, The Race To Create
Novel E-Business Designs, Step: 1: Self – Diagnosis, Step: 2: Reverse The Value Chain, Step: 3:
Choose A Focus, Step 4: Execute Flawlessly, Lessons From E-Business Design.
Ethical, Social And Political Issues -Understanding Ethical, Social, and Political Issues in E-commerce,
A Model for organizing the issues, Basic Ethical Concepts: Responsibility, Accountability, and
Liability, Analyzing Ethical Dilemmas, Candidate Ethical Principles, Privacy and Information Rights,
Information Collected at Ecommerce Sites, Profiling and Behaviourial Targeting, The Internet and
Government Invasions of Privacy:, Ecommerce Surveillance, Legal Protections, Informed Consent,
Intellectual Property Rights, Types of Intellectual Property Protection, Copyright: The Problem of
Perfect Copies and Encryption, Patents: Business Methods and Processes, Trademarks: Online
Infringement and Dilution, Challenge: Balancing the Protection of Property with other values.

Books:
1. E-Business & E-Commerece for Managers,Deitel,Pearson Education
2. Michael Allen's E-Learning Library: Creating Successful E-Learning: A Rapid System For Getting It
Right First Time, Every Time (Michael Allen's E-Library) by Michael W. Allen
3. E-Business AmanagementPerspective,Reynolds, Oxford Higher Education
4. Harvard Business Review on Corporate Governance (Harvard Business Review Paperback Series) by
Walter J. Salmon, Jay William Lorsch, Gordon Donaldson, and John Pound
5. E-Commerce: Business, Technology, Society (3rd Edition) by Kenneth Laudon and Carol Traver
6. Knowledge Management by Carl Frappaolo

25
 Paper 12: CDC1-1 (Core Subject Centric1)

Mobile Computing
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
Mobile Communications: An Overview:Mobile Communication, Mobile Computing, Mobile
Computing Architecture, Mobile Devices, Mobile System Networks, Data Dissemination, Mobility
Management, Security Mobile Devices and Systems:Mobile Phones, Digital Music Players, Handheld
Pocket Computers, Handheld Devices: Operating Systems, Smart Systems, Limitations of Mobile
Devices, Automotive Systems GSM and Similar Architectures:GSM‐Services and System, Architecture,
Radio Interfaces, Protocols, Localization, Calling Handover, Security, New Data Services, General
Packet Radio Service, High‐speed Circuit Switched Data, DECT

Unit-2 :
Wireless Medium Access Control and CDMA based Communication: Medium Access Control,
Introduction to CDMA‐based Systems, Spread Spectrum in CDMA Systems, Coding Methods in
CDMA, IS‐95 cdma One System, IMT‐ 20 0 0, i ‐ m o d e , O F D M , Mobile IP Network Layer: IP and
Mobile IP Network Layers, Packet Delivery and Handover Management, Location Management,
Registration, Tunnelling and Encapsulation Route Optimization, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol,
Mobile Transport Layer, Conventional TCP/IP Transport, Layer Protocols, Indirect TCP, Snooping
TCP, Mobile TCP, Other Methods of TCP‐layer Transmission for Mobile Networks, TCP Over 2.5G/3G
Mobile Networks

Unit-3 :
Databases:Database Hoarding Techniques, Data Caching, Client‐Server Computing and Adaptation,
Transactional Models, Query Processing, Data Recovery Process, Issues relating to Quality of Service,
Data Dissemination and Broadcasting Systems: Communication Asymmetry, Classification of
Data‐Delivery Mechanisms, Data Dissemination Broadcast Models, Selective Tuning and Indexing
Techniques, Digital Audio Broadcasting, Digital Video Broadcasting, Data Synchronization in Mobile
Computing Systems: Synchronization, Synchronization Software for Mobile Devices, Synchronization
Protocols, SyncML Synchronization Language for Mobile Computing, Sync4J (Funambol),
Synchronized Multimedia ,Markup Language (SMIL)

Unit-4 :
Mobile Devices Server and Management:Mobile Agent, Application Server, Gateways, Portals, Service
Discovery, Device Management, Mobile File Systems, Security, Mobile Adhoc and Sensor Networks:
Introduction to Mobile Ad‐hoc Network, MANET, Wireless Sensor Networks, Applications Wireless
LAN, Mobile Internet Connectivity, and Personal Area Network:Wireless LAN (WiFi) Architecture and
Protocol Layers, WAP 1.1 and WAP 2.0, Architectures, XHTML‐MP (Extensible Hypertext Markup
Language Mobile Profile), Bluetooth‐enabled Devices Network, Layers in Bluetooth Protocol, Security
in Bluetooth Protocol, IrDA, ZigBeeMobile Application Languages XML, Java, J2ME, and Java
Card:Introduction, XML, JAVA, Java 2 Micro Edition (J2ME), JavaCard, Mobile Operating Systems
:Operating System PalmOS, Windows CE, Symbian OS, Linux for Mobile Devices 530

26
Books :
1. Mobile Computing, Raj Kamal, Oxford University Press

Reference Books:
1. Mobile Communications Jochen Schiller, Addison‐Wesley.
2. Handbook of Wireless Networks and Mobile Computing, Stojmenovic and Cacute, Wiley,
3. Mobile Computing Principles: Designing and Developing Mobile
4. Applications with UML and XML, Reza Behravanfar, Cambridge University Press,

27
 Paper 12: CDC1-2 (Core Subject Centric1)

DIGITAL & CYBER FORENSICS

Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit I: Recent amendments in IT Act, internet & web technologies, web hosting and development,
attributes in cyberspace and legal framework of cyberspace, hacking, virus, obscenity, pornography,
programme manipulation, Copyright, Patent, software piracy, intellectual property rights, trademark,
domain disputes, and computer security, etc., Encryption and Decryption methods. Search and seizures
of evidence.Investigation of cyber crimes and tools for analysis.
Unit II: Information security: Domains, Common Attacks, Impact of Security Breaches. Protecting
Critical Systems (Information Risk Management, Risk Analysis etc) Information Security in Depth
Physical security (Data security Systems and network security) Program Security: Secure programs,
Non-malicious program errors, Viruses and other malicious code, Targeted malicious code, Controls
against program threats File protection mechanism, Authentication: Authentication basics, Password,
Challenge response, Biometrics. Network Security: Threats in networks, Network security control,
Firewalls, Intrusion detection systems, Secure e-mail, Networks and cryptography, Example protocols:
PEM, SSL, IPsec. Principles of network forensics, Attack Traceback and attributes, Critical Needs
Analysis. IDS: Network based Intrusion Detection and Prevention Systems, Host based Intrusion
Previnsion System. Cloud Computing-Its Forensic and Security Aspects.
Unit III: Cyber Crime Investigations: Where Evidence Resides on Windows systems, Conducting a
Windows investigation, File Auditing and Theft of information, Handling the Departing Employee,
Steps in a Unix Investigation, Reviewing Pertinent Logs, Performing Keywords Searches, Reviewing
Relevant Files, Identifying Unauthorized User Accounts or Groups, Identifying Rogue Processes,
Checking for Unauthorized Access Points, Analyzing Trust Relationships, Detecting Trojan Loadable
Kernel Models. Finding Network based Evidence, Generating Session data with TCP Trace,
Reassembling sessions using TCP flow and Ethereal.
Unit IV: Open source tools for digital forensics and Registry Forensic- Open source, Open source
examination platform, preparing the examination system, using LINUX and Windows as host, Study of
Sleuth Kit: Installing Sleuth Kit, Sleuth Kit tools (Volume layer tools, File system Layer tools, Data unit
Layer tools, Metadata Layer Tools) Registry Analysis, Understanding Windows Registry and Registry
Structure.
Books:
1. C. P. Pfleeger, and S. L. Pfleeger, ―Security in Computing‖, Pearson Education.
2. Computer Forensic Investigating Data and Image Files, EC Council Press
3. Robert Jones, Internet Forensics Using Digital Evidence to Solve Computer Crimes, O‘Reilly Media
Publication
4. Forouzan Data Communication and Networking McGraw Hill
5. Stallings, ―Cryptography And Network Security: Principles and practice‖
6. Kevin Mandia, Chris Prosise and Matt Pepe, Incident response and computer forensics, McGraw Hill
Publication
7. Cory Altheide, Harlan Carvey, Digital Forensics with Open source Tools, Syngress Publication
8. Michael E Whitman and Herbert J Mattord, ―Principles of Information Security‖, Vikas Publishing
House, New Delhi, 2003
9. Micki Krause, Harold F. Tipton, ― Handbook of Information Security Management‖, Vol 1-3 CRC

28
Press LLC, 2004.
10. Stuart McClure, Joel Scrambray, George Kurtz, ―Hacking Exposed‖, Tata McGrawHill, 2003
11. Matt Bishop, ― Computer Security Art and Science‖, Pearson/PHI, 2002.`
12. Advances in digital forensic VI by kampui chow, sujeetshenoi
13. Malware forensic by Cameron malin
14. Windows registry forensic by Harlan carvey,
15. Digital forensic for network internet and cloud computing clint garrison
16. Indian Patents Law and Procedure, D. P. Mittal, 2002, New Delhi, Allied Services (P) Ltd. 1999
17. Patent Act,1970.
18. Copyright Act, 1957.
19. Trade Mark Act,1999.
20. Information Technology Act,2000.
21. Linux kernel development , paperback
22. Beginning linux, paperback 77. Linux command line and shell script , paperback

29
 M.Sc.(Computer Science)
Semester IV

Paper 13: Data Mining

Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
Introduction to Data Mining: Why Mine Data? Commercial Viewpoint, Scientific Viewpoint
Motivation, Definitions, Origins of Data Mining, Data Mining Tasks, Classification, Clustering,
Association Rule Discovery, Sequential Pattern Discovery, Regression, Challenges of Data Mining, Data
Mining-Data: What is Data? Attribute Values, Measurement of Length, Types and Properties of
Attributes, Discrete and Continuous Attributes, Types of data sets, Data Quality, Data Preprocessing,
Aggregation, Sampling, Dimensionality Reduction, Feature subset selection, Feature creation,
Discretization and Binarization, Attribute Transformation, Density.
Unit-2 :
Data Mining: Exploring Data: Data Exploration Techniques, Summary Statistics, Frequency and Mode,
Percentiles, Measures of Location: Mean and Median, Measures of Spread: Range and Variance,
Visualization, Representation, Arrangement, Selection, Visualization Techniques: Histograms, , Box
Plots, Scatter Plots, Contour Plots, Matrix Plots, Parallel Coordinates, Other Visualization Techniques,
OLAP : OLAP Operations, Data Mining Classification: Bask Concepts, Decision Trees, and Model
Evaluation: Classification: Definition, Classification Techniques, Tree Induction, Measures of Node
Impurity, Practical Issues of Classification, ROC curve, Confidence Interval for Accuracy, Comparing
Performance of Two Models, Comparing Performance of Two Algorithms.
Unit-3 :
Data Mining Classification: Alternative Techniques: Rule-Based Classifier, Rule Ordering Schemes,
Building Classification Rules, Instance-Based Classifiers, Nearest Neighbor Classifiers, Bayes
Classifier, Naive Bayes Classifier, Artificial Neural Networks (ANN), Support Vector Machines. Data
Mining Association Analysis: Basic Concepts and Algorithms: Association Rule Mining, Frequent
Itemset Generation, Association Rule Discovery : Hash tree, Factors Affecting Complexity, Maximal
Frequent Horible Closed Itemset, Alternative Methods for Frequent Itemset Generation, FPgrowth
Algorithm, Tree Projection, Rule Generation, Pattern Evaluation, Statistical Independence, Properties of
A Good Measure, Support-based Pruning, Subjective Interestingness Measure.
Unit-4 :
Data Mining Cluster Analysis: Basic Concepts and Algorithms: Applications of Cluster Analysis, Types
of Clusters, Clustering Algorithms: 'K-means and its variants, Hierarchical clustering, Density based
clustering. Graph-Based Clustering, Limitations of Current Merging Schemes, Characteristics of Spatial
Data Sets, Shared Near Neighbor Approach, ROCK (RObust Clustering using linKs), Jarvis Patrick
Clustering, SNN Clustering Algorithm, Data Mining Anomaly Detection: Anomaly jOutlier Detection,
Importance, Anomaly Detection Schemes, Density-based: LOF approach

Books :
1. Introduction to Data Mining by Tan, Steinbach, Kumar.
2. Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques by Jiawei Han, MichelineKamber, Morgan Kaufmann
Reference Books:
1. Data Mining: Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques by Ian H. Witten and Eibe Frank,
Morgan Kaufmann, 2nd Edition (2005).
2. Principles of Data Mining: David Hand, HeikkiMannila&Padhraic Smyth, PHP Publication.

30
 Paper 14 :Artificial Intelligence & Expert System
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
AI problems, AI Techniques, Tic-tac-toe, Question Answering, Problem as a state space search, A water
jug problem, production system, Control strategies, Heuristic Search, Problem Characteristics,
Production system characteristics, Design of search programs
AI Search techniques :- Depth-first, Breadth-first search, Generate-and-test, Hill climbing, Best-first
search, Constraint satisfaction, Mean-ends-analysis, A* Algorithm, AO* algorithm.

Unit-2 :
Knowledge Representation:- Representations and mappings, Knowledge Representations, Issues in
Knowledge Representation, Predicate Logic:- Representing Instance and Isa Relationships, Computable
Functions and predicates, Resolution, Natural Deduction, Logc programming, Forward versus
Backward Reasoning, Matching, Control knowledge, Expert System.

Unit-3 :
Games playing :Minimax search procedure , adding alpha-beta cutoffs, additional refinements,
Planning :- Component of a planning system, Goal task planning, Nonlinear planning, Hierarchical
Planning.

Unit-4 :
Understanding, Understanding as Constraint satisfaction, Natural Language Processing, Syntactic
Processing, Unification grammars, Semantic Analysis, Introduction to pattern recognition, Parallel and
Distributed AI, Psychological Modeling, Distributed Reasoning Systems,

Books :
1. Artificial Intelligence by Elaine Rich, Mcgrawhill Inc.
2. Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems – Jankiraman, Sarukes (M)

Reference Books:
1. Expert System : Theory and Practice- Ermine (PHI)
2. Lisp Programming – RajeoSangal – (TMH)
3. Rule based Expert System – M.Sasikumar (Narosa)
4. Artificial intelligence – Russell-Pearson- Ist Text book.
5. Principles of AI- Nils Nilson
6. A.I. by R.J.Winston - Pearson
7. ES : Theory and Practice- Ermine – PHI.
8. Int. ti Expert System – Jackson – Pearson.

31
 Paper 15: CE2-1 ( Core Elective 2)

Design and Analysis of Algorithm

Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Elementary Algorithmics: Introduction- Problems and Instances- The Efficiency of algorithms- Average
and worst case Analysis. Asymptotic Notation: A notation for the order of – Other asymptotic notation-
Conditional asymptotic notation- Asymptotic notation with several parameters- Operations on
asymptotic notation.
Analysis of Algorithms: Introduction- Analyzing control structures- Average case analysis- Amortized
Analysis- Solving recurrences.

Unit-2 :
Greedy Algorithms: Making change- General Characteristics of Greedy algorithms- Minimum spanning
trees and shortest paths- Knapsack Problems- Scheduling.
Divide and Conquer: Introduction- Multiplying large numbers- The general template- binary search-
sorting- Finding the median- Matrix multiplication- Introduction to cryptography.

Unit-3 :
Dynamic Programming: The Principle of Optimality- making change the knapsack problem- shortest
paths- Chained matrix multiplication- approaches using recursion- Memory functions.

Unit-4 :
Back tracking & Brach Bound: Traversing trees- Depth first search of directed and ndirected graph-
Breadth first search- Back tracking- Branch and bound- The minimax principle, Introduction to NP-
Completeness; Classes P and NP- Polynomial reductions- NP- Complete Problems NP- Hard problems-
Non- Deterministic algorithms.

Books :
1. Fundamentals of Algorithms - Gilles Brassard & Paul Brately. Prentice-Hall (India)Ltd.

Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms by Ellis Horowitz &SartajSahani. Galgotia Publication.
2. Computer Algorithms: Introduction to Design & Analysis. Sara Baase& Alien Van Gelder. Addison
Wesley Publishing Company.

32
 Paper 15: CE2-2 ( Core Elective 2)
Embedded System
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Introduction to Embedded Systems:Embedded Systems, Processor Embedded into a System, Embedded
Hardware Units and Devices in a System, Embedded Software in a System, Examples of Embedded
Systems, Embedded System‐on‐chip (Soc) and Use of VLSI Circuit Design Technology, Complex
Systems Design and Processors, Design Process in Embedded System, Formalization of System Design,
Design Process and Design Examples, Classification of Embedded Systems, Skills Required for an
Embedded System Designer 8051 and Advanced Processor Architectures, Memory Organization and
Realworld Interfacing:
8051 architecture, Real World Interfacing, Introduction to Advanced Architectures, Processor and
Memory Organization,Instruction‐Level Parallelism, Performance Metrics,Memory‐Types,
Memory‐Maps and Addresses, Processor Selection, Memory Selection, Devices and Communication
Buses for Devices Network:Types and Examples, Serial Communication
Devices, Parallel Device Ports, Sophisticated Interfacing Features in Device Ports, Wireless Devices,
Timer and Counting Devices, Watchdog Timer, Real Time Clock, Networked Embedded Systems,
Serial Bus Communication Protocols, Parallel Bus Device Protocols‐Parallel Communication Network
Using ISA, PCI, PCI‐X and Advanced Buses, Internet Enabled Systems‐Network Protocols, Wireless
and Mobile System Protocols

Unit-2 :
Device Drivers and Interrupts Service Mechanism:Programmed‐I/O Busy‐wait Approach without
Interrupt Service Mechanism, ISR Concept, Interrupt Sources, Interrupt Servicing (Handling)
Mechanism, Multiple Interrupts, Context and the Periods for Context Switching, Interrupt Latency and
Deadline, Classification of Processors Interrupt Service Mechanism from Context‐Saving Angle, Direct
Memory Access, Device Driver Programming,
Programming Concepts and Embedded Programming in C, C++ and Java: Software Programming in
Assembly Language (ALP) and in High‐Level Language 'C' 235 , C Program Elements: Header and
Source Files and Preprocessor Directives, Program Elements:
Macros and Functions, Program Elements: Data Types, Data Structures, Modifiers, Statements, Loops
and Pointers, Object‐Oriented Programming, Embedded Programming in C++, Embedded Programming
in Java,
Program Modeling Concepts:Program Models, DFG Models, State Machine Programming
Models for Event‐controlled Program Flow, Modeling of Multiprocessor Systems, UML Modelling

Unit-3 :
Interprocess Communication and Synchronization of Processes, Threads and Tasks:Multiple Processes
in an Application, Multiple Threads in an Application, Tasks, Task States, Task and Data, Clearcut
Distinction between Functions, ISRS and Tasks by their Characteristics, Concept of Semaphores, Shared
Data, Interprocess Communication, Signal Function, Semaphore Functions, Message Queue Functions,
Mailbox Functions, Pipe Functions, Socket Functions, RPC Functions,
Real Time Operating Systems: OS Services, Process Management, Timer Functions, Event Functions,

33
Memory Management, Device, File and 10 Subsystems Management, Interrupt Routines in RTOS
Environment and Handling of Interrupt Source Calls, Real‐time Operating Systems, Basic Design Using
an RTOS, Rtos Task Scheduling Models, Interrupt Latency and Response of the Tasks as Performance
Metrics, OS Security Issues,

Unit-4 :
Real time Operating System ProgrammingI:
MicrodOS‐II and VxWorks, Basic Functions and Types of RTOSES, RTOS mCOS‐II, RTOS
VxWorks,
Realtime Operating System ProgrammingII:
Windows CE, OSEK and Real‐time Linux Functions,Windows CE, OSEK, Linux 2.6.x and RTLinux,
Design Examples and Case Studies of Program Modeling and Programming with RTOS l:Case Study of
Embedded System Design and Coding for an Automatic, Chocolate Vending Machine (ACYM) Using
Mucos RTOS, Case Study of Digital Camera Hardware and Sofware Architecture, Case Study of
Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIIP Network Using RTOS Vxworks
Design Examples and Case Studies of Program Modeling and Programming with RTOS 2:
Case Study of Communication Between Orchestra Robots, Embedded Systems in Automobile, Case
Study of an Embedded System for an Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) System in a Car, Case Study of an
Embedded System for a Smart Card, Case Study of a Mobile Phone Software for Key Inputs,
Embedded Software Development Process and Tools:Introduction to Embedded Software Development
Process and Tools, Host and Target Machines, Linking and Locating Software, Getting Embedded
Software into the Target System, Issues in Hardware‐Software Design and Co‐design,
Testing, Simulation and Debugging Techniques and Tools:Testing on Host Machine: Simulators,
Laboratory Tools

Books :
1. Embedded Systems: Architecture, Programming and Design, Raj Kamal, McGraw Hill

Reference Books:
1. Embedded System Design‖ Frank Vahid&TonyGivargis; John Wiley &sons, Inc.
2. Real – Time Systems and software‖Alan C. Shaw ; John Wiley &Sons Inc
3. Fundamentals of embedded Software‖, Daniel W. Lewis, Pearson
4. Real time Systems‖, J. W. S. Liu, Pearson
5. Embedded Realtime System Programming‖, S. V. Iyer and P. Gupta, TMH
6. An Embedded System Primer‖ David E. Simon; Addison‐Wesley Pub
7. Embedded System Design‖ Steve Heath; Butterworth‐Heinemann Pub.
8. Embedded System Computer Architecture‖ Graham Wilson, Butterworth‐Heinemann
9. Introduction to Embedded Systems by Shibu K V (TMH)

34
 Paper 15: CE2-3 ( Core Elective 2)
Pattern Recognition
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Introduction to Pattern Recognition, Bayesian decision theory: Classifiers, Discriminant functions,
Decision surfaces, Normal density and Discriminant functions, discrete features

Unit-2 :
Maximum Likelihood and Bayesian Estimation: Parameter estimation methods, MaximumLikelihood
estimation, Bayesian estimation, Bayesian Parameter Estimation, Gaussian Case, General Theory,
Problem of Dimensionality, Accuracy, Dimension, and Training Sample Size,
ComputationalComplexity and Overfitting, Component Analysis and Discriminants, Principal
Component Analysis (PCA), Expectation Maximization (EM), Hidden Markov models for sequential
pattern classification, First-Order Markov Models, First-Order Hidden Markov Models, Hidden Markov
Model Computation, Evaluation, Decoding and Learning.

Unit-3 :
Non-parametric: Density estimation, Parzen-window method, Probabilistic Neural Networks (PNNs),K-
earestNeighbour, Estimation and rules, Nearest Neighbour and Fuzzy Classification. Linear
Discriminant function based classifiers: Perceptron, Linear Programming Algorithm, Support Vector
Machines (SVM)

Unit-4 :
Multilayer Neural Network: Feed Forward Classification, Back Propagation Algorithm, Error Surface
Stochastic Data: Stochastic search, Boltzmann Learning, Evolutionary method and Genetic
Programming.Non-metric methods for pattern classification: Decision trees, Classification and
Regression Trees (CART) and other tree methods, String recognition and Rule Based method.
Unsupervised learning and clustering : Mixture Densities and Identifiability, Maximum Likelihood
estimation, Application Normal Mixture, Unsupervised Bayesian Learning, Data Description and
Clustering, Hierarchical Clustering, Graph theory method, Problem of validity, Component analysis

Books :
1. R.O.Duda, P.E.Hart and D.G.Stork, "Pattern Classification 2nd Edition", John Wiley, 2007 2. 2.
Christopher M. Bishop, "Neural Network for Pattern Recognition", Oxford Ohio Press.

Reference Books:
1. E. Gose, R. Johansonbargh, "Pattern Recognition and Image Analysis", PHI
2. EthenAlpaydin, "Introduction to Machine Learning", PHI
3. SatishKumar, "Neural Network- A Classroom Approach", McGraw Hill.
4. Dr. Rao&Rao,Neural Network & Fuzzy Logic
5. S. S.Theodoridis and K.Koutroumbas, "Pattern Recognition", 4th Ed., Academic Press,
6. C.M. Bishop, "Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning", Springer, 2006
7. RajjanShinghal : Pattern Reognition (TMH)

35
 Paper 16: FC2-1 (Foundation 2)
Advances in Information Technology
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit I:
Software and programming languages. Introduction, The Software: Software types, Systems Software,
Application Software, Types of Programming Languages. Characteristics of good programming
language, Development of programming languages-machine language, assembly language, high level
language. Introduction to Microsoft Office, working with MS Word, MS Excel, MS Power point, Data
Base, Data Base Management System

Unit II:
Computer communication, need for networks, forms of data communication – analog, digital; data
transmission modes, data transmission media (Twisted pair, co-axial, Fibre Optic, Microwave, Satellite
communication), Bandwidth, Protocols, modems, Multiplexing, Types of network-, LAN, WAN, MAN,
Network topology, types of topologies, advantages & limitations .
Unit III:
Concept of E-Commerce and Internet. Brief history and development of internet, WWW, Internet
architecture – servers, browsers, URL; service providers – shell account, TCP/IP internet services and
Internet applications , Intranet, Extranet, Virus, Types of Viruses, Anti-Virus, Firewall and Anti-Spy
ware Utilities, Open Source Software.
Unit IV:
Current Trends in Wireless communication: Mobile Internet, GPS, 3G, 4G, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Wireless
Application Protocol,
Electronic Commerce, Types of E-Commerce and their utilities, M-Commerce.
Advanced Trends in IT - Mobile Computing, Cloud Technology, Bioinformatics, Virtual Reality,
Neural Network, Grid Computing, Intelligent Software Agent, , Virtual LAN Technology, Distributed
Computing, OLAP, Data Mining, BPO & KPO, Artificial Intelligence & Expert System, ERP, E-
Banking.

Books:
1) Dr. Madhulika Jain, Shashank&Satish Jain ,‖Information technology Concepts‖, BPB Publication,
New Delhi, ISBN-- 8176562769
2) Information Technology - Dr. SushilaMadan (Taxmann‗s)
3) Computer Fundamentals By P. K. Sinha
4) Business On The Net An Introduction To The Whats And Hows Of Ecommerce By K. N. Agarwala&
Others (Macmilan)
5) Verma,―Computer, Internet & Multimedia – Dictionary‖, Universities Press

36
 Paper 16: FC2-2 (Foundation 2)
BANKING OPERATIONS AND SERVICES
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit I: Overview - Definition-utility of banks – banks and economic development -types of banks with
their individual functions –Role of RBI – Monetary management –business in the globalized era, Rights
of a banker, Clayton's case, Banker's Obligation to honourcheques, Secrecy of customers' accounts.
Customers' Accounts -.Introduction for opening new accounts, opening of savings, current and fixed
deposit accounts Minor's accounts, Club accounts, Partnership accounts, Joint stock company's account.
Attorney's account, Joint accounts, Insolvency of the customer

Unit II: Payment and Collection of Cheques - Form of Cheque, Date, Amount, Insufficiency of funds,
customer's signature, Countermanding payment of cheque, Crossing, Not Negotiable Crossing,
Endorsements and Effect of Material Alterations. Liability for conversion, Protection to the collecting
Banker, Duties of Collecting Banker.

Unit III: Bills of Exchange - Definition, Parties, Accommodation Bill, Calculation of Date of Maturity,
Dishonour of Bills, Noting and Protesting, Drawee in Case of Need. Bank Drafts - salient features
Advances - Advances against various securities, Life Policy, Fixed Deposit Receipt, Goods, Shares,
Advances against Guarantees, Advances to Small-scale industries, Registration of Charge under
Companies Act, 1956. Accounts Receivable financing Advances for priority sectors—Hypothecation,
Documentation.

Unit IV: Investment Banking services: Fee based and Fund based services: Credit Cards, Debit Cards, ,
Venture Capital, Factoring, Forfeiting and Bill Discounting. Leasing and Hire Purchase, Housing
Finance, Other investment banking a services including distribution of Insurance and Mutual fund
products, PMS – Process and monitoring. Merchant Banking Services - Merchant Banking: An
Introduction, Issue Management, Corporate Restructuring and Mergers and Project
Financing.Securitization.Credit Rating.

Books:
1. Management of Banking and Financial Services,Padmalatha Suresh & Justin Paul, Pearson Education
2. Basics of Banking IIBF, Mumbai Taxmann Publications – paper I
3. Banking Law & Practices by H.C. Agarwal, Siwan Publications. –paper I
4. Indian Financial System & Commercial Banking by Shri B. Raviramchandran, Dr. Dwivedi et al,
IIBF, Mumbai Paper I
5. An introduction to documentary Credit – RupNarayan Bose, Macmilan India Ltd. New Delhi –paper I
6. Financial Institutions, Markets & money by David S. Kidwell & others, John Willy & Sons
7. The Indian Financial System,3rdEdition,BharatiV.Pathak, Pearson Education

37
 Paper 16: FC2-3 (Foundation 2)
INFORMATION SECURITY AND CYBER LAW
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-I : - Information Security : Overview, need for information security, objectives of Information
security. - Global information systems and their evolution, basics of information systems, role of the
Internet and the World Wide Web - Understanding about the threats to information systems security
Building blocks of InfoSec, How Organizations manage security of their information systems
Information security risk analysis fundamentals - Importance of physical security and biometrics
controls for protecting information systems assets - Security considerations for the mobile work force -
Network security perspectives, networking and digital communications (overview only), security of
wireless networks.

Unit-II : - Cryptographic techniques and Encryption, Intrusion Detection Systems and Firewalls,
security of virtual private networks - Security issues in application development with emphasis on
integration of enterprise applications, database security, operating security and security of electronic
mailing systems - Security models and frameworks and standards through introduction to the ISO
27001, SSE-CMM (systems security engineering – capability maturity model), COBIT (Control
Objectives for Information and related technologies) and the SarbanesOxley Act (SOX) and SAS 70
(statement on auditing standards) - Privacy Fundamentals, business practices‗ impact on data privacy,
technological impact on data privacy, privacy issues in web services and applications based on web
services - Information security best practices – staffing, audits, disaster recovery planning and business
continuity planning and asset management - Ethical issues and intellectual property concerns for
information security professionals – copy right, data protection etc.

Unit-III : - Introduction of IT Act 2000, main features of IT Act 2000, Digital Signature - Access
Control : Operating system Access Controls, Group and Roles, Access Control lists, Unix Operating
System Security, Windows NT, Capabilities, Added Features in Windows 2000, Granularity,
Sandboxing and Proof-carrying code, Hardware protection, Other technical Attacks. - Cryptography
&PKI : Symmetric Cryptography, Asymmetric Cryptography, Keys, Hash Functions, Digital Signatures.
- Distributed Systems - Concurrency, Fault Tolerance and Fault Recovery, Naming.

Unit-IV - Multilevel and Multilateral Security : Multilevel Security, Multilateral Security - Electronic
Banking –Banking and Bookkeeping. - Monitoring Systems –Introduction, Alarms, Prepayment
Masters. - Biometrics : Physiological biometric techniques, behavioral biometric techniques, - New
biometric techniques, biometric systems. - Incident Response : Incident Response, Prerequistes to
planning an IRT. - Network attack and Defence : Most Common Attacks, Scripts Kiddies and Packaged
Defence. - Management Issues :Organisational Issues, - Protecting E-commerce Systems – Introduction
- Hacking – Introduction

Books :
1. Information Systems Security Management - Nina S. Godbole (Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.)
2. Security Engineering - Ross Anderson

38
3. Information Security Management Handbook -Harold Tpton&Micki Krause (Auerbach Publications)
4. Network Security Essentials: Applications and Standards - W. Stallings (Pearson Education)
5. eSecurity and You - SandeepOberoi (Tata McGraw-Hill)
6. Cyber Laws – Singh Yatindra
7. Cyber Crime – Bansal S K
8. Cyber law , E-commerce & M-Commerce – AhmandTabrez
9. Handbook of Cyber and E-commerce laws – Bakshi P M &Suri R K
10. Management Fundamentals and Information Systems Dr. SushilaMadan (Taxmann‗s)

39
 Paper 16: CDC2-1 (Core Subject Centric 2)

Parallel Computing
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
Introduction to Parallel Computing:Motivating Parallelism, Scope, Applications, Parallel Programming
Platforms:Implicit Parallelism: Limitations of Memory System Performance, Dichotomy of Parallel
Computing Platforms, Physical Organization of Parallel Platforms, Communication Costs in Parallel
Machines, Routing Mechanisms for Interconnection Networks, Impact of Process‐Processor Mapping
and Mapping Techniques

Unit-2 :
Principles of Parallel Algorithm Design: Preliminaries ,Decomposition Techniques, Characteristics of
Tasks and Interactions, Mapping Techniques for Load Balancing, Methods for Containing Interaction
Overheads, Parallel Algorithm Models, Basic Communication operations:One‐to‐All Broadcast and
All‐to‐One Reduction, All‐to‐All Broadcast and Reduction, All‐Reduce and Prefix‐Sum Operations,
Scatter and Gather, All‐to‐All Personalized Communication, Circular Shift , Improving the Speed of
Some Communication Operations

Unit-3 :
Analytical Modeling of Parallel Programs: Performance Metrics for Parallel Systems, The Effect of
Granularity on Performance, Scalability of Parallel Systems, Minimum Execution Time and Minimum
Cost‐Optimal Execution Time, Asymptotic Analysis of Parallel Programs, Other Scalability Metrics,
Programming Using the Message Passing Paradigm: Principles of Message‐Passing Programming, The
Building Blocks: Send and Receive Operations , MPI: the Message Passing Interface, Topologies and
Embedding, Overlapping Communication with Computation, Collective Communication and
Computation Operations, Groups and Communicators,

Unit-4 :
Programming Shared Address Space Platforms: Thread Basics, Why Threads? The POSIX Thread API,
Thread Basics: Creation and Termination, Synchronization Primitives in Pthreads, Controlling Thread
and Synchronization Attributes, Thread Cancellation, Composite Synchronization Constructs, Tips for
Designing Asynchronous Programs, OpenMP: a Standard for Directive Based Parallel Programming,
Dense Matrix Algorithms: Matrix‐ Vector Multiplication, Matrix‐Matrix Multiplication, Solving a
System of Linear Equations Sorting: Issues in Sorting on Parallel Computers, Sorting Networks,
Bubble Sort and its Variants, Quicksort, Bucket and Sample Sort, Other Sorting Algorithms,
Graph Algorithms: Minimum spanning tree Prims Algorithm, Single‐Source Shortest Paths: Dijkstra's
Algorithm Search Algorithms for Discrete Optimization Problems: Sequential Search Algorithms,
Search Overhead Factor, Parallel Depth‐First Search, Parallel Best‐First Search, Speedup Anomalies in
Parallel Search Algorithms, Dynamic Programming: Overview of Dynamic Programming, Serial
Monadic DP Formulations, Monadic DP Formulations, The Longest‐Common‐ Subsequence Problem,
Serial Polyadic DP Formulations, Floyd's All‐Pairs Shortest‐Paths Algorithm, NonserialPolyadic DP
Formulations, The Optimal Matrix‐Parenthesization Problem, Fast Fourier Transform: The Serial
Algorithm, The Binary‐Exchange Algorithm, The Transpose Algorithm

40
Books :
1. Introduction to Parallel Computing, AnanthGrama, Pearson Education
Reference Books:
1. Fundamental of Paralle Processing, Harry F. Jordan, Gita Alaghband, Pearson Education
2. Parallel Programming, Michael Allen, Barry Wilkinson, Pearson Education

41
 Paper 16: CDC2-2 (Core Subject Centric 2)

MOBILE & CYBER FORENSICS

Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit I: Mobile Forensic: History, Professional Applications, Types of evidence, Internal memory,
External memory, Service provider logs, Forensic process, Seizure, Acquisition, examination and
analysis, Data acquisition types, Manual acquisition, Logical acquisition, File system acquisition
Physical acquisition tools, Commercial Forensic Tools, Open Source Tools, Forensic desoldering, Chip
re-balling, JTAG, Command Line Tools, System commands AT commands dd Non-Forensic
Commercial Tools, Flasher tools, controversies.
Unit II: Live Forensic : live response, volatile memory analysis, volatility, PTFinder, the impact on
investigated system, memory image analysis, recovering cached and internet artifacts , internet browsing
artifacts, volatile data acquisition, volatile forensic method, runtime disk explorer, logical acquisition,
memory dump analyzer, crash dump analyzer, cryptanalysis, MAC times, metadata issues, analyzing file
time stamps.
Unit III: Image Forensic: Detecting traces of re-sampling, more images are spliced together, detect high
quality and consistent image forgeries, detect geometric transformations such as scaling, rotation or
skewing re-sampling and interpolation. Detecting near–duplicated image regions, common type of
digital image forgery, copy–move forgery, Noise inconsistencies analysis to conceal traces of tampering
altered image regions. Application of cyclostationarity analysis to image forensics, (cyslostationary
signals) exhibit periodicity in their statistics. Find the traces of geometric transformation shows
promising results. Double JPEG compression, CFA analysis, quantization tables analysis, etc.
Unit IV: Network & Anti-Computer Forensics: Ethernet analysis, Network interface card analysis,
wireless forensic , attackers footprints , firewall logs, IDS/IPS, web proxies, traffic captures, DHCP log
examination, sniffing traffic , analyzing proxy cache, tools like tcpdumps, Snort, ngrep, tcpxtract, and
wireshark. Email tracker pro, analyzing index.dat, input debugging, controlled flooding, ICMP
traceback, packet marking techniques, honeypots and honeynets, source path isolation engine (SPIE).
Anti-Computer Forensic: Definition, Sub-categories, Purpose and goals, Data hiding, Encryption,
Steganography, Other forms of data hiding, Artifact wiping, Disk cleaning utilities, File wiping utilities,
Disk degaussing / destruction techniques, Trail obfuscation, Attacks against computer forensics
Physical, Effectiveness of anti-forensics

Books:
1. Wireless security model randall Nichols
2. Mobile application security by himanshudwivedi
3. Wireless crime and forensic investigation by Gregory kipper
4. Digital image forensic by husrevtaha, nasirmemon
5. Computer forensic investigating data and image files by Ec-council
6. Network forensic tracking hackers by sherri Davidoff
7. Mastering windows network forensic by stevenanson
8. Anti computer forensic by Grednumitor
9. Computer forensic Nathan Clarke
10. Gregory Kipper. Investigator's Guide to Steganography, Auerbach Publications.
11. Wireshark 101 essential skills for network analysis by laura chapel

42
12. Internet safety by leonotenboom
13. Guide to secure intranet and extranet server by Verisign
14. Intrusion detection with Snort by byrafeequrrehman
15. Improving web application security by Microsoft press
16. Open source security tools by tony howlett
17. Web application security by bryan Sullivan
18. Data recovery e-book V 1.5

43
Subject wise Core ElectivePapers

M. Sc. Subject Core elective paper to be opted in Core elective paper to be opted in
sem III (Sem V in case of M. Sc. sem IV (Sem VI in case of M. Sc.
(Tech) Applied Geology) (Tech) Applied Geology)
M. Sc. (Computer Science) Neural Network Design and Analysis of Algorithm
Multimedia Technologies Embedded System
ASP.NET Pattern Recognition

Foundation Course: (Candidate can opt for any one foundation course paper as shown below in the semester III
and IV (Semester V & VI in case of M. Sc. (Tech) Applied Geology). However, Student shall opt for this paper
from any other subject other than his / her main subject for postgraduarion. If the candidate decides to opt for
foundation course papers then he/she shall not be eligible to opt for Core (Discipline Centric) papers in their
respective subjects). List of foundation courses available:
M. Sc. Subject Foundation Course I in semester Foundation Course II in Semester
III (Sem V in case of M. Sc. IV (Sem VI in case of M. Sc.
(Tech) Applied Geology) (Tech) Applied Geology)

M. Sc. (Computer Science) Operating system concepts Advances in information

technology
Principles of Management Banking Operations And Services
E-Business Information Security And Cyber
Law

Core (Discipline Centric): (Candidate can opt for this paper as shown below in the semester III and IV
(Semester V & VI in case of M. Sc. (Tech) Applied Geology) in their main subject of post graduation only. If the
candidate decides to opt for Core (Discipline Centric) papers in their main subject of post graduation then he/she
shall not be eligible to opt for Foundation Course papers neither in their own subject nor in any other subject).
List of Core (Discipline Centric) course available in the respective subject:

M. Sc. Subject Core (Discipline Centric) I in Core (Discipline Centric) II in

semester III (Sem V in case of M. Semester IV (Sem VI in case of
Sc. (Tech) Applied Geology) M. Sc. (Tech) Applied Geology)

M. Sc. (Computer Science) Mobile Computing Parallel Computing

Digital & Cyber Forensics Mobile & Cyber Forensics

44